Skip to main content

AI assistant

Sign in to chat with this filing

The assistant answers questions, extracts KPIs, and summarises risk factors directly from the filing text.

OSE Annual Report 2019

Dec 11, 2020

52010_rns_2020-12-11_1865a9bf-47b7-4eaf-b1cd-6162d3e7c274.pdf

Annual Report

Open in viewer

Opens in your device viewer

Stock Code :2329

==> picture [172 x 92] intentionally omitted <==

Orient Semiconductor Electronics, Ltd. Annual Report 2019

The annual report is available at: http://mops.twse.com.tw/mops/web/t57sb01_q5 Company website: http://www.ose.com.tw

I. Company spokesperson and deputy spokesperson Company spokesperson: Chun-Kuan Lee Title: CFO Tel: (07) 361-3131 Deputy spokesperson: Simon Hung Title: Director of Financial Dept. Tel: (07) 361-3131 E-Mail: [email protected]

II. Company and factory address Company Address: No. 9, Central 3rd St., N.E.P.Z., Kaohsiung City Tel: (07) 361-3131 Factory Semiconductor Group Address: No. 80, Jing 3rd Rd., N.E.P.Z., Kaohsiung City Tel: (07) 361-3131 Electronics Manufacturing Services Group Address: No. 16, East 3rd Rd., N.E.P.Z., Kaohsiung City Tel: (07) 361-3131

III. Stock transfer agency Company: Stock transfer agency of CTBC Bank Co., Ltd Address: 5F., No. 83, Sec. 1, Chongqing S. Rd., Taipei City 100 Tel: (02)6636-5566 Website: http://www.ctbcbank.com.tw IV. CPA of the financial statement of the most recent fiscal year Name of CPA: Chen, Chih-Chung, Chen, Cheng-Chu CPA firm: Ernst and Young Global Limited Address: 17F., No. 2, Zhongzheng 3rd Rd., Kaohsiung City Tel: (07) 238-0011 Website: http://www.ey.com/taiwan

  • V. Name of any exchanges where the company's securities are listed overseas and the method by which to access information about the overseas securities: none

  • VI. Company website: http://www.ose.com.tw

Catalogue

Catalogue
Corporate Vision...................................................................................................................... 1
One. Message to Shareholders................................................................................................ 2
Two. Company Profile
I. Date of establishment ............................................................................................. 8
II. Company history .................................................................................................... 8
Three. Corporate Governance Report
I. Organization ......................................................................................................... 10
II. Profile of Directors, Supervisors, Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant
Managers, Department Heads and Branch Heads ................................................ 12
III. Remuneration for Directors, Supervisors, Presidents and Vice Presidents
in the most recent fiscal year ................................................................................ 26
IV. Implementation status of Corporate Governance ................................................. 34
V. Information of CPA fee ........................................................................................ 80
VI. Replacement of CPAs ........................................................................................... 80
VII. The Chairman, President or Managerial Officers in charge of finance or
accounting served at the firms or affiliates of CPAs in the most recent 1
year ....................................................................................................................... 80
VIII. Changes in the transfer or pledge of shares by Directors, Supervisors,
Managerial Officers, and shareholders holding over 10% of the shares: ............. 81
IX. Information of relationship between the company’s top ten shareholders
who are mutually stakeholders, spouses or relatives within the second
degree of kinship .................................................................................................. 84
X. The shareholding of the same investee held by the Company, Directors,
Supervisors, Managerial Officers, and the business entities directly or
indirectly controlled by the Company, and calculation of the consolidated
proportion of shareholdings of the above categories ........................................... 87
Four. Capital Overview
I. Capital and shares ................................................................................................. 88
II. Status of corporate bonds ..................................................................................... 94
III. Status of preferred stocks ..................................................................................... 94
IV. Status of global depository receipts...................................................................... 94
V. Status of employee stock option plan ................................................................... 94
VI. The process of new restricted employee shares: ................................................ 95
VII. Status of new shares issuance in connection with mergers, acquisitions
and transfer of shares .......................................................................................... 95
VIII. Implementation status of capital utilization plan ............................................... 97
Five. Operating Overview
I. Business content ................................................................................................... 98
II. Market, production and sales overview .............................................................. 105
III. Profile of employees ............................................................................................ 111
IV. Environmental protection expenditure ............................................................... 112
V. Labor relations .................................................................................................... 112
VI. Important contracts ............................................................................................. 115

Six. Financial Information

I. Condensed balance sheet and statement of comprehensive income in the
past 5 years ......................................................................................................... 116
II. Financial analysis in the past 5 years ................................................................. 120
III. Audit Committee's Review Report ..................................................................... 124
IV. The consolidated financial statements for the most recent year ......................... 125
V. The individual financial statements audited and certified by CPAs for the
most recent year ................................................................................................. 223
VI. Financial difficulties of the company and its affiliated enterprises .................... 317

Seven. Review and Analysis of Financial Status and Financial Performance and Risk Matters

I. Financial status ................................................................................................... 318
II. Financial performance ........................................................................................ 319
III. Cash flow ............................................................................................................ 320
IV. Major capital expenditures in the most recent years and the impact on
finance and business ........................................................................................... 321
V. Reinvestment policy in the most recent year, main reasons for profits or
losses, improvement plans and investment plans for the coming year .............. 322
VI. Risk matters ........................................................................................................ 322
VII. Other material information ................................................................................. 324

Eight. Special Disclosure

I. Information of affiliated enterprises ................................................................... 325
II. Private placement of securities ........................................................................... 330
III. Stocks of the company held or disposed by subsidiaries ................................... 332
IV. Other required supplementary notes .................................................................. 332
V. Events with material impacts on shareholder equity or stock price as
specified in Item 2, Paragraph 3, Article 36 of the Securities and
Exchange Act. ..................................................................................................... 332

【Corporate Vision】

“Sincerity and honesty at all times” is Orient Semiconductor Electronics’ (OSE) entrepreneurial spirit and business philosophy. OSE has dedicated itself to serving customers, caring for employees, managing enterprise, taking responsibilities for shareholders and fulfilling CSR for decades.

Since its founding in 1971, OSE provides IC packaging and testing services as well as electronics manufacturing services (EMS/CEM) for world-class customers and niche-oriented, high-growth customers via its core advantages in innovation of manufacturing process, information technology and business process, OSE has built long-term cooperation relationship with customers by OSE’s superior quality, diversified cost structure, production capacity, rapid order fulfillment, and global logistics support.

By holding the consistent spirit as before, and under the new core value of “sincerity, honesty, active innovation, team work and responsibility,” OSE is constantly committed to R&D, information technologies, production capacity, talents cultivation, global logistics, strengthening the ability of internal management, building its knowledge base, formulation and design of the operation procedure, cost control and management, and internal coordination and communication. OSE acquires world-class satisfaction from the customers via customer-oriented, service-oriented quality and performance.

1

One. Message to shareholders

2019 Annual Report

The business of OSE’s Semiconductor Group focuses on all the products related to the packaging and testing of memory, we play an important role in the market of flash memory packaging. In the future, we will not only strengthen the development of CSP/ BGA market, improve the production efficiency, continue the further development of memory market (especially LPDDR and DDR), but also expand the development of IoT and automotive electronics-related markets to boost OSE’s business.

The Electronic Manufacturing Services (EMS) Center uses its comprehensive services including mature technology; experience and process to provide customers advanced PCB and finished goods assembly from smaller batch high-mix to high volume of production to satisfy customers’ needs. The Company is publicly recognized as the leader in Taiwan. Aside from the original servers, high-end technology foundry (oil, satellite) and industrial computers, we have also introduced Netcom security, vehicle, high-end display card, FPGA customers that cover industries such as AI, 5G, Machine Learning, Big Data, unmanned vehicle and e-sports markets. In 2019, we were benefited from the reversed orders generated from the US-China trade war, providing productive capacity not only to existing customers but also new customers. The overall effective output has increased remarkably compared to 2018 and the Company has delivered the most satisfactory results for decades. With the generally increasing acceptance of the end market products, the orders have been continuing to increase for the product line of solid state drives (SSD) that we have been focusing on for many years. EMS Group makes advanced deployment to expand productive capacity in order to catch up with customers. We persist in moving forward to automation as a means to welcome bigger challenges in the coming year.

Operating Results

Unit: NTD thousand

Year 2019 2018 Difference %
Net Revenue 17,515,145 15,188,192 2,326,953
15.32%
Cost ofgoods sold (15,742,203) (14,656,055) (1,086,148) (7.41%)
Gross Profit 1,772,942 532,137 1,240,805
233.17%
OperatingExpense (996,827) (938,200) (58,627) (6.25%)
Net other operating income and
Expenses
357 357
OperatingIncome(loss) 776,472 (406,063) 1,182,535
291.22%
Non-operating Income and
(Expenses)
(39,879)
43,527

(83,406)
(191.62%)
Other Incomes 50,464 74,246 (23,782) (32.03%)
Other Gains and Losses (13,999) 26,770
(40,769)
(152.29%)
Financial Costs (115,732) (125,986) 10,254
8.14%

2

Expected credit loss (1,148) (1,148)
Share of Profit or Loss of
Associates under the Equity
Method
40,536 68,497 (27,961)
(40.82%)
Profit(Loss)before Tax 736,593 (362,536) 1,099,129
303.18%
Income Tax Benefits
(Expenses)
(148,633)
250,988
(399,621) (159.22%)
Net Income(Loss) 587,960 (111,548) 699,508
627.09%

The Company’s 2019 operating margin, net operating loss, non-operating income and expenses, net income are explained as follows:

  1. Gross Profit, Operating Income:

Due to the increase yield of upstream customer 3D NAND flash wafer, the productive capacity of the semiconductor business center has constantly improved which has met the market supply. With the significant improvement of operations, the demand for modules of solid state drive (SSD), cloud servers and industrial computers have all contributed to the business performances. In terms end markets, laptops, data center and severs use a large amount of SSDs, the penetration rate has grown rapidly. With the help of the demand from various industries, the Company is able to use the advantage of existing production platforms to adjust the setting of production line in order to accommodate the industry trend by making full use of existing resources to enhance production efficiency and constantly develop various application and production services.

Together with the factors of EMS center continuing to increase the orders for OEM consumer electronic products, niche products such as Class 3 becoming more mature, and the increase of mass production models as well as the reduction of the need to purchase materials and high-end server products for OEM, the sales income has increased and the purchase cost for materials has deceased which has allowed the gross margin to grow compared to the same period of the previous year.

  1. Non-operating Income and (expenses):

Reduced by 191.62% compared to the same period of the previous year, due to the effect of net foreign currency exchange loss by the USD (30.72→30.08), resulted in a decrease in other gains and (loss) by 152.29%.

  1. The business strategy in the future will be focusing on lean production, increasing the operating income and reducing the operating expenses in hope to create profit and improve the structure.

3

Financial Income/Expenses and Profitability Analysis

Year
Analysis item
Year
Analysis item
Financial analysis for the most recent
twoyears
Financial analysis for the most recent
twoyears
2019 2018
Financial
structure
Debt ratio% 61.89 67.14
Long-term Fund toProperty,
Plant and Equipment Ratio %
111.28 102.15
Profitability Return on Total Assets% 4.17 (0.06)
Return on Equity% 10.16 (2.00)
Net Income to Sales % 3.36 (0.73)
Earningsper Share(NTD) 1.06 (0.20)

R&D status

The R&D expenditure of 2019 was NT$278,307 thousand.

In terms of IC: Aside from the continuous introduction of process verification and mass production of various 3D NAND flashes, we also have response measures for the demand of the future high-speed memory (PCIE and DDR5). In 2019, we have completed the process development and establishment of production lines of flip chip package and have started the verification and development for relevant products. Furthermore, to fulfill the environmental protection constantly, the Company will continue focusing on the amendment and addition of the environmental protection regulation all around the world and verify new materials to comply with new environmental protection regulations.

In terms of EMS: With the transfer of customers’ high-end technology, plants are already equipped with the technology standard that exceeds the highest quality standard of class 3. The technology is applicable for fields such as oil exploration, aerospace satellites, military defense, etc. In 2019, we cooperated with the government policies and directors, and smoothly completed the satellite launch. We offer our extended services not only to Taiwan, but also any other country. The subsequent projects have gradually obtained licenses and certifications. We hope that in the future, we will provide high-end technology to customer groups in the niche market.

Summary of the Business Plan for the Current Fiscal Year

The Company’s business strategy will continue the development of flash memory market and select advantageous domestic/foreign proprietors for strategic cooperation. In addition to constant research and development for packaging of IoT, AI-related products and automotive electronics-related products, we will conduct the assessment and development the established product lines of flip chips for high-end wearable products. The Company has relatively strong advantage in terms of semiconductor packages and manufacturing services. Looking forward to 2020, not only will we strengthen the development of CSP/ BGA market, improve the production efficiency, and further enhance the development of memory market (especially LPDDR and DDR), we will also expand the development of IoT and automotive electronics-related markets to boost OSE’s business.

4

Consequently, the Semiconductor Group (IC packaging and testing) will be devoted to the following operating direction to boost the revenue:

  • I. Reduce the material costs constantly.

  • II. Constant development of high-end packaging process to meet the demand of customers’ future products.

  • III. Continue the further development of memory market and assist customers in the development of new customized products.

  • IV. Develop LPDDR and standard DDR-related products.

  • V. Adopt intelligent production management system.

Both SSD and products with quality requirement higher than IPC-610 class 3 in EMS Group has started the mass production stage. The main plans for 2020 include:

  • I. The ongoing expansion of the SSD production base -build an exclusive production area that serves the world’s top customers with the adjustment plan of the global productive capacity for the main customers to respond the demand of the future productive capacity.

  • II. With the growing demand for server products, the setting of production line has been adjusted accordingly in order to increase the productive capacity to handle customers’ demand. Aside from the production of the existing products, the products of the new generation will gradually be mass produced in 2020, ensuring the entering of markets for all products.

  • III. Proactively deploy military defense-related fields - obtain relevant certifications and use welding technology that is higher than class 3 for the application of products in relation to the production of military weapons.

  • IV. The non-consumable products were introduced due to the US-China trade war. These products are mainly applied in the equipment within buildings which have very long life cycle and are expected to have stable growth after successful introduction.

  • V. The IATF 16949 certification has been obtained in terms of vehicles. After the trial production, products have gradually entered their mass production stage since 2020.

Company’s Future Development Strategy

Semiconductor Group has put a lot of effort into the further development for the niche market of flash memory packaging. In addition to satisfying the quality, production capacity and cost requested by the packaging market of flash memory via current advantages in the future, we will also use relevant process technology to assist our customers in expanding the product markets of the development of IoT and AI.

  • I. Technique integration and quality yield rate: It is necessary not only to apply FEOL of packaging to flash memory module and IoT product module, but also to apply SMT manufacturing process to it. The Company has the technique and production capacity of the packaging of semiconductor and the assembly of electronics, we have the absolute advantages in manufacturing services compared with the domestic companies that have the same manufacturing process and scale as us.

5

  • II. Complete supply chain lowers the material cost constantly: After the transformation for many years, we have made up a complete supply chain with the related material suppliers, we continue looking for the cost-effective materials and manufacturing process via bilateral cooperation.

  • III. Complete product development team: Continue strengthening the investment on the software and hardware for developing the products. Currently, in addition to assisting the flash memory-related customers to conduct the electrical and thermal analysis, we continue helping the customers develop the relevant customized products.

  • IV. Development of the emerging markets: Apart from developing the emerging markets in China and India, we have expanded the development to ASEAN countries recently.

  • V. Expand memory product line: Aside from continuing expanding the packaging production capacity of flash memory and LPDDR, we are also going to develop the high-speed standard DDR products.

EMC Center has gradually completed the adjustment of different plants. Based on the production methods such as small quantity with variety and mass production, the production lines and management method are carefully planned out, in order to reach the goal of reducing costs and increasing efficiency, ensuring the punctuality and delivery of the development of new products. At the same time, we have to provide our customers with professional knowledge regarding supply chain and essential resources to make them have more competitiveness in the market.

  • I. SSD products have grown by a large margin as expected in 2019. We expect that the customer demand will still continue to increase in 2020; however, we will have wait and see that whether the subsequent market will be affected by the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic.

  • II. In terms of oil exploration products, testing technologies have been added and the production technology has become more mature. The output will continue to increase to accommodate our customers.

  • III. In terms of the market of consumer products, the Company has introduced the new product of headphones which are expected to be produced in the second half of this year.

  • IV. Netcom-related industries have thrived with the arrival of 5G generation. EMS Center is responsible for such type of products and has enhanced the production technology of high-end products by a large margin to accommodate the future growth of customers.

The Effect of External Competition, the Legal Environment, and the Overall Business Environment

The previous research conducted by Topology Research Institute (TRI) has pointed out that the overall revenue performance of the first of 2019 would be affected due to factors including falling memory prices and weakened sales of mobile phones. However, with the

6

drive of demand arising from the improved US-China conflict, as well as peak sales in the second half, the overall performance has gradually stabilized. However, the overall performance was still in decline due to the performance in the first half of 2019. In 2019, the global IC packaging and testing market revenue amounted to NT$51.76 billion US dollars, down by approximately 4.0% compared to 2018. The research of TRI also suggested that although the packaging output value of products in relation to 5G, automotive electronics, AI and the IoT continue to thrive, with the impact of the US-China conflict continuing to worsen and the coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic, TRI estimates that the packaging output value in 2020 will reach USD54.46 billion, up by approximately 3.3%.

To follow the development trend of electronic products, the Company will focus on niche-oriented products to avoid price competition and affecting the profit. With the popularity of smartphone devices and the demand increase of AI Big Data management, eMMC and Flash BGA will still be the main products for Flash memory application in the future. The Company will collaborate with the main memory industry chain and channel firms all over the world to continue developing the manufacturing services of all the Flash memory applications via the current advantages in the manufacturing platform.

In terms of external risks, due to the opportunities arising from the US-China trade war, the EMS Center benefited from them in 2019, but given the tariff exemption of some products, customers have returned to China for making production, therefore, the 2020 transfer of order benefit is expected to decrease. Furthermore, with the coronavirus (COVID-19) situation worsening day by day, the recovery rate of workers going back to work in China is poor and it is expected that the subsequent supply of materials from some places will be affected; with the continuous spread of the virus in Europe, USA and Middle East, many countries have imposed various prevention measures such as a lockdown or no flights coming in and out the country. It is anticipated that it will cause a significant degree of impact which will further affect the demand of many customers.

In the past, the Company was affected by the shortage of materials, the adaption period of generation alternation and the revision of the Labor Standards Act and so on, which caused the inability to make profits constantly. The Company has worked tirelessly and kept moving on forward to reach the goal of making a profit in the hard and difficult environment. The Company has reached the goal of making a profit in 2019. In the future, the Company will continue focusing on lean production to expand operating income foundation, enhance the capacity utilization, controlling operating expenses and so on, and actively adopt more efficient and friendly method to create a win-win situation for both operation results and legal compliance.

7

Two. Company Profile

  • I. Date of establishment

Incorporation date of company: June 12, 1971

  • II. Company history

OSE was established by raising capital from Dr. Chun-Yuan Tu and other prestigious domestic industrial individuals. As of the end of 2019, total assets were NT$15.9 billion.

Positioning

OSE is composed of two business departments “EMS Group” and “Semiconductor Group,” it provides professional electronics manufacturing services and IC packaging, testing and manufacturing services. OSE concentrates on providing various electronics manufacturing services with high added value to build long-term partnership with the customers.

Company history

06/1971 OSE was officiallyestablished with thepaid-in capital of NT$11,000,000.
03/1990 The new production facility of the Finished Products Group was completed and
began theproduction.
04/1994 OSE issued the common stock and it was listed on the Taiwan Stock Exchange on
Apr. 20 under Category1.
04/1999 The Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP: SAP/R3) and MES(Manufacturing
Execution System)was implemented.
06/1999 New Corporate IdentitySystem was officiallylaunched.
06/2000 Construction of the corporate headquarter building was completed The employees
of the Semiconductor Group and the Finished Products Group and the equipment
were all readyto start theproduction.
01/2002 The Finished Products Group won “Highest Overall Customer Rating” of Service
Excellence Award among middle size EMS providers sponsored by the professional
EMS periodical, Circuits Assembly Magazine and the market research company,
TechnologyForecasters, Inc.
07/2002 The President Mr. Chien Liang Li handed in his resignation and Mr. Edward
Shaw-Yau Duh was appointed as new President.
02/2003 The Chairman Ms. Mei Tso Yang handed in her resignation and Mr. Chun Yuan Tu
was appointed as new Chairman.
12/2005 OSE passed ISO14001:2004 transition verification of Environment Management
System.
12/2007 The Semiconductor Group passed TS16949 certification.
12/2008 Construction of the packaging/testing building was completed, the employees of
the Semiconductor Groupand the equipment were all readyto start theproduction.
09/2010 OSE passed verification of OHSAS 18001 and TOSHMS Taiwan Occupational
Safety& Health Management System.
12/2010 OSE passed the “Healthy Workplace Accreditation” by Heath Promotion
Administration,Ministryof Health and Welfare
07/2011 OSE passed the audit of Taiwan Training Quality System (TTQS), and was
awarded the silver medal and nominated for the National TrainQuali Prize.

8

09/2013 OSE passed CNS15506:2011 transition verification of Taiwan Occupational Safety
and Health Management System.
09/2013 The Finished Products Group passed ISO13485qualityassurance certification.
04/ 2015 The Finished Products Group established the facility specialized for SSD, and set
uptheproduction line specialized for automatic testingand automatic assembly.
08/2016 The President Mr. Chun Yuan Tu handed in his resignation and Mr. Yueh-Ming
Tung was appointed as new President.
The Chairman Mr. Chun Yuan Tu transferred all of his shareholdings and he was
discharged from theposition of the Director.
11/2016 The company called a special shareholders’ meeting to hold the by-election, Mr.
Edward Shaw-Yau Duh and Mr. Yueh-Ming Tung were elected as new Directors,
and Mr. Shao Yao Tu was elected as new Chairman bythe Board of Directors
09/2017 OSE passed ISO14001: 2015 transition verification of Environment Management
System.
10/2018 The Finished Products Group established production line specialized for computer
peripherals assembly
01/2019 The Finished Products Group was renamed as Electronics Manufacturing Services
(EMS)Group.
01/2019 EMS Groupestablished a new facilityfor e-sportsgraphics cards.
03/2019 The EMS Group has passed ISO 13485:2016 medical equipment quality
management system certification
06/2019 The EMS Group has passed IATF 16949:2016 quality management system (QMS)
in the automotive sector.
The EMS Group has passed RBA Validated Assessment Program and obtained the
certification.

9

Three. Corporate Governance Report

I. Organization

  • (I) Organizational structure

==> picture [452 x 600] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

Shareholders Meeting
Remuneration Committee
Auditorial Room Board Of Directors
Audit Committee
Chairman
President
Semiconductor Group Electronic Manufacturing Service General Administration Division President Office
(Taiwan) Group
Account Dept. Human Resources Div.
Sales Div. Marketing & BD Div.
Financial Dept. Enterprise Information
NEW PRODUCT Valueplus Tecnolohy Management Dept.
MANAGEMENT
Import & Export
Department
Quality Assurance Div.
Quality Assurance Div.
Legal Affair Department
Packaging Project Management Div.
&Manufacturing
Engineering Group
Supplier logistic Management Facility Department
Div.
Test & Manufacturing
Engineering Div.
Administration Department
Product Engineering Div.
PROCUREMENT Div. Risk Management Dept.
NEW BUSINESS MODEL
DEVELOPMENT DIV.
Production Planning
Div.
MANUFACTURING
ENGINEERING Div.
Logic IC packaging Div.
MANUFACTURING Div.
Memory Product
packaging Div.
Logistic Management Div.
----- End of picture text -----

10

(II) The responsibilities of all the major departments

Department Main responsibilities
Electronics Manufacturing Service
Group
In charge of electronics manufacturing services and
so on.
Semiconductor Group In charge of foundry and testing of the
semiconductorpackagingand so on.
Auditorial Room Oversees the appropriateness of the design and
effectiveness of execution for all control systems,
follows up the effectiveness of the promotion for the
Company’s management and projects, and whether
the legal compliance for corporate governance is
applied for internal audits.
Human Resources Div. In charge of recruit and appointment of personnel,
organization development,remuneration and so on.
Accounting Dept. In charge of the entire Company’s accounting, costs,
stock affairs, performance follow-up and planning
and executingspecificprojects.
Administration Department In charge of general affairs, transportation of the
Companyand so on.
Financial Dept. In charge of financial investment and management of
the entire Companyand so on.
Facility Department In charge of management and maintenance of plant,
machine and other hardware equipment of the
Companyand so on.
Import and Export Dept. In charge of import and export affairs, bonding
operation of the Companyand so on.
Risk Management Dept. In charge of the entire Company’s environmental
protection, safety and health, and applicable laws
and so on.
Legal Affairs Office In charge of all of the legal affairs of the Company.
Corporate Information Service Center In charge of the Company’s computer software and
hardware,internet maintenance and so on.

11

II. Profile of Directors, Supervisors, Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Managers, Department Heads and Branch Heads (1) Information on Board of Directors

April 20,2020 April 20,2020 April 20,2020
Title Nationality or place of
incorporation
Name Gender Date of assumption of office Term The commencement date of
the first term
Shareholdings in
commencement date of
the term

Current shareholdings
Current
shareholdings of
spouse and minor
children
Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement
Major
education(experience)
Other concurrent
position in the
Company or other
companies
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are spouses or
relatives within the second
degree of kinship
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Title Name Relationship
Chairman America Edward
Shaw-Yau
Duh
Male June 18, 2019 3 Jan. 18,
1995
(Note 1)
479,680
0.09%

479,680

0.09%
5,083
0.00%

0

0.00%

Master Degree of
Industrial Management
of Carnegie Mellon
University
Master Degree of
Computer Science of
University of Southern
California
President of Orient
Semiconductor
Electronics,Ltd.
Chairman of
InfoFab, Inc.
Chairman of OSE
PHILIPPINES, Inc.
Director of OSE USA,
Inc.
Independent Director
of Merry Electronics
Co., Ltd.
Chairman of
COREPLUS(HK)Ltd.


Administra
tion
Supervisor

Shu-L
ing
Kung
Spouse
Director The
Republic
of China
Yueh-Ming
Tung
Male June 18, 2019 3 Nov. 8,
2016
34,739
0.01%

34,739

0.01%

57

0.00%

0

0.00%

Master Degree of EMBA
of National Sun Yat-sen
University
Vice President of Orient
Semiconductor
Electronics, Ltd.

President of Orient
Semiconductor
Electronics, Ltd.
Representative of
juristic-person
director, Coreplus
(HK) LTD.
VALUE-PLUS
TECHNOLOGY(SuZ
hou) CO.
Director
None None None
Hong
Kong
Hok-Ngang
Chui
Fema
le
June 18, 2019 3 June 18,
2019
10,711,94
8

1.94%
10,711,948
1.92%

0

0.00%

0

0.00%

St. Margaret’s Girls’
College
(ST. MARGARET’S
GIRLS’ COLLEGE)
Director, Netcom
Tech (HK) LTD.
Director,
Longsys Electronic
(HK) Co.Ltd.
None None None
The
Republic
of China
Phison
Electronics
Corporation
(Note 2)
June 18, 2019 3 May 6,
2015
7,336,369
1.33%

7,336,369

1.32%

0

0.00%

0

0.00%

None
None None None None
Malaysia Representative:
Khein-Seng Pua
Male June 18, 2019 3 May 6,
2015
0
0.00%

0

0.00%

0

0.00%

0

0.00%

Master Degree of
Institute of Electrical and
Control Engineering of
National Chiao Tung
University

Chairman and CEO of
Phison Electronics
Corporation
Representative of
Director of Kingston
Technology Company,
Inc.

None
None None

12

Title Nationality or place of
incorporation
Name Gender Date of assumption of office Term The commencement date of
the first term
Shareholdings in
commencement date of
the term
Shareholdings in
commencement date of
the term

Current shareholdings

Current shareholdings
Current
shareholdings of
spouse and minor
children
Current
shareholdings of
spouse and minor
children
Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement
Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement
Major
education(experience)
Other concurrent
position in the
Company or other
companies
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are spouses or
relatives within the second
degree of kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are spouses or
relatives within the second
degree of kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are spouses or
relatives within the second
degree of kinship
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Title Name Relationship
Independent Director The
Republic
of China
Philip Wei June 18, 2019 3 June 26,
2014
0
0.00%

0

0.00%

0

0.00%

0

0.00%

Master of Public Finance
Institute, National
Chengchi University
Department of
Transportation
management, NCKU
Master of Tax Law
Institute, Northrop
University, USA

Chairman, Fortune
Information Systems
Corp.
Independent Director,
Powertech
Technology Inc.
Director, CyberSoft
Digital Services Corp.
Supervisor, Taishin
Insurance Agency
charityfoundation
None None None
The
Republic
of China
Ching-Tien Tsai Male June 18, 2019 3 Jun. 22,
2016
0
0.00%

0

0.00%

0

0.00%

0

0.00%
CPA of Ernst and Young
Global Limited
O-TA Precision
Industry Co., Ltd.
Independent Director
None None None
The
Republic
of China
Jerry Chiu Male June 18, 2019 3 Jun. 22,
2016
0
0.00%

0

0.00%

0

0.00%

0

0.00%

Professor of Department
of Accounting of
National Cheng Kung
University
CEO of the NCKU
Endowment Fund
Management Committee
Independent director,
JUNG SHING WIRE
Independent Director
of StrongLED
Lighting Systems
(Suzhou) Co., Ltd.
Yung Chi Paint and
Varnish Mfg.,
(Taiwan) Co., Ltd.
Representative of
juristic-person
supervisor
Supervisor of WAH
HONG INDUSTRIAL
CORP.

None
None None

(Note 1): Not elected as Director or Supervisor during the period from Jun. 21, 2007 to Nov. 7, 2016.

(Note 2): For directors and supervisors acting as the representatives of juristic-person shareholders, specify the names of the juristic-person shareholders as the following Table 1:

13

Table 1: Major shareholders of the juristic-person shareholders

Name of juristic-person shareholders Major shareholders of the juristic-person shareholders
Phison Electronics Corporation First Bank in custody for investment account of Kioxia Corporation (10.06%), CTBC Bank in custody for investment account of Kingston Technology Inc. (3.73%), HSBC
Bank (Taiwan) Limited is entrusted with the custody of the employee accumulation fund investment account (3.69%), Khein-Seng Pua (2.31%), Yang Jiunn Yeong (2.31%),
the 2nd-tier new labor pension plan (2.17%), Mercuries Life Insurance (1.91%), Aw Yong Chee Kong (1.73%), CITI Bank in custody for investment account of NOREGS
BANK(1.70%),old laborpension fund(1.54%)
(Note 1): When a director or supervisor is the representative of an juristic-person shareholder, specify the name of such juristic-person shareholder.
(Note2): Specify the name and the percentage of the shareholding of the major shareholders of the juristic-person shareholders (their percentage of the shareholding is among top 10). When the major
shareholders of an juristic-person shareholder are juristic-person investors, continue with Table 2 below.
Table 2: Major shareholders ofjuristic-person investors in Table 1
Name ofjuristic-person investor
Major shareholders ofjuristic-person shareholder
Kioxia Corporation
(Former Toshiba MemoryCorporation)
Kioxia Holdings Corporation (100%)

14

Professional qualifications and independence status of Directors and Supervisors

Criteria
Name
Meet one of the following professional qualification requirements and at least five years’ work
experience
professional qualification requirements and at least five years’ work
experience
Independence status Independence status Independence status Independence status Number of
other public
companies in
which the
individual is
concurrently
serving as an
independent
director
An instructor or higher
position in a department of
commerce, law, finance,
accounting, or other academic
department related to the
business needs of the
Company in a public or
private junior college, college
or university.
A judge, public prosecutor, attorney, CPA,
or other professional or technical specialist
necessary for the business of the Company
who has passed the national examination
and been awarded the certificate
Have work experience
in the fields of
commerce, law, finance,
or accounting, or other
work experience
necessary for the
business of the
Company
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Edward Shaw-Yau Duh 0
Yueh-MingTung 0
Hok-NgangChui 0
Phison Electronics Corporation
Representative: Khein-SengPua
0
PhilipWei 1
Ching-Tien Tsai 1
JerryChiou 2

Note: Please check “  ” in the corresponding boxes if the qualification applies to the directors or supervisors during the two years prior to being elected or during the term of office.

  • (1) Not an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates.

(2) Not a Director or Supervisor of the Company’s affiliates. (Except for Independent Directors of the Company or its parent company or a subsidiary established in accordance with this Act or the local laws).

  • (3) Not holding 1% or more than 1% of the total outstanding shares issued by the Company or among the top 10 natural person shareholders by the person or his spouse or minor children, or in the name of a third party.

(4) Not a spouse, relatives within the second degree of kinship, or lineal relatives within the third degree of kinship of any of the persons in the preceding three subparagraphs.

(5) Not a Director, Supervisor or employee of an juristic-person shareholder holding 5% or more than 5% of the total outstanding shares issued by the Company, or a Director, Supervisor or employee of an juristic-person shareholder who is among the top 5 shareholders.

  • (6) Not a Director, Supervisor, Managerial Officer of a specified company or institution which has a financial or operational relationship with the Company or a shareholder holding 5% or more than 5% of the total outstanding shares issued by the Company.

(7) Not a professional individual, owner, partner, director, supervisor, manager of proprietorship, partnership, company or institution that provides commercial, legal, financial and accounting services to the Company or its affiliates, or a spouse to the aforementioned persons. Except for members of the Remuneration Committee exercising their duties in accordance with Article 7 of the “Regulations Governing the Establishment and Exercise of Powers of Remuneration Committees of Companies whose Stock is Listed on the TWSE or Traded on the GTSM.”

(8) Not having a marital relationship, or not a relative within the second degree of kinship to any other director of the Company.

(9) Not been a person of any conditions defined in Article 30 of the Company Act.

(10) Not a governmental, juristic-person investor or its representative as defined in Article 27 of the Company Act.

15

(II) Profile of Presidents, Vice Presidents, Assistant Managers, Department Heads and Branches Heads

April 20,2020 April 20,2020 April 20,2020
Title Nationality Name Gender Date of assumption of office Shareholding Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement
Major
education(experience)
Other concurrent position in the
Company or other companies
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Title Name Relationship
President The
Republic
of China
Yueh-Ming
Tung
Male Aug. 26,
2016
34,739 0.01% 57 0.00% 0 0.00%
Master Degree of EMBA of
National Sun Yat-sen
University
Vice President of Orient
Semiconductor Electronics,
Ltd.

President of Orient Semiconductor
Electronics, Ltd.
Drector of OSE PHILIPPINES, INC.
Representative of juristic-person
director, OSE USA,INC、Coreplus (HK)
LTD.、VALUE-PLUS
TECHNOLOGY(SuZhou)CO.

None
None None
CFO The
Republic
of China
Chun-Kuan
Lee

Male
Mar. 14,
2002
53,997 0.01% 0 0.00% 0 0.00%
Master Degree of
Department of Business
Administration of National
Chung Hsing University
Chairman of OSE International
Limited、VALUE-PLUS
TECHNOLOGY(SuZhou) CO.
Representative of juristic-person
director , COREPLUS(HK)LTD.
Representative of juristic-person
Supervisors, InfoFab, Inc.
None None None

16

Title Nationality Name Gender Date of assumption of office Shareholding Shareholding Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children
Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement
Major
education(experience)
Other concurrent position in the
Company or other companies
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Title Name Relationship
Senior Vice President The
Republic
of China
Tzu-Ming
Liu
Male Feb. 28,
2003
56,304 0.01% 11,720 0.00% 0 0.00%
Department of Electronic
Engineering of National
Chin-Yi University of
Technology(renamed from
National Chin-Yi Institute
of Technology)
Juristic-person director, VALUE-PLUS
TECHNOLOGY(SuZhou) CO.
None None None
Vice President The
Republic
of China
Liang-Chun
g Wu
Male Jul. 20,
2015
112,381 0.02% 0 0.00% 0 0.00%
Institute of Electronics of
National Chiao Tung
University
President of Kai Yu
Technology, Engineering
Inc. (renamed from
TAIWAN MEMORY
TECHNOLOGY INC.)
Section Director of
HualongMicroelectronics
None None None None

17

Title Nationality Name Gender Date of assumption of office Shareholding Shareholding Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children
Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement
Major
education(experience)
Other concurrent position in the
Company or other companies
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Title Name Relationship
Vice President The
Republic
of China
Kuan-Tien
Shen
Male Nov. 19,
2018
96 0.00% 0 0.00% 0 0.00%
Master Degree of Business
Administration of I-SHOU
University
Vice President of SMIKE
International
President and COO of
Taiwan IC Packaging
Corporation
Vice President of SIGURD
MICROELECTRONICS
CO.

None
None None None

18

Title Nationality Name Gender Date of assumption of office Shareholding Shareholding Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children
Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement
Major
education(experience)
Other concurrent position in the
Company or other companies
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Title Name Relationship
Vice President The
Republic
of China
Shih-Chuan
Chen

Male
Mar. 5,
2019
0 0.00% 0 0.00% 0 0.00%
Department of Electrical
Engineering of Tatung
University
Foreign Affairs Supervisor
of Quick Test Corporation
Sandlacus Technology
Director of Intelligent
Equipment and Product
Vice President of
Department of automotive
electronics R&D of Wieson
Technologies
MICRO-STAR
INTERNATIONAL CO.,
LTD.

None
None None None

19

Title Nationality Name Gender Date of assumption of office Shareholding Shareholding Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children
Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement
Major
education(experience)
Other concurrent position in the
Company or other companies
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Title Name Relationship
Chief Information Officer The
Republic
of China
Chin-Chiu
Wang
Male September
4, 2019

6,004
0.00% 152 0.00% 0 0.00%
Executive Master of
Business Administration of
National Sun Yat-sen
University
IBM System
Engineer/Business
Specialist
Manager of corporate
information management,
Orient Semiconductor
Electronics
President, InfoFab, Inc.
None None None None
Assistant
Manager
The
Republic
of China
Tse-Wen Li
Male
May 1,
2008
0 0.00% 0 0.00% 0 0.00%
Department of Materials
Science and Engineering of
National Cheng Kung
University
None None None None

20

Title Nationality Name Gender Date of assumption of office Shareholding Shareholding Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children
Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement
Major
education(experience)
Other concurrent position in the
Company or other companies
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Title Name Relationship
Assistant Manager The
Republic
of China
Wen-Pin
Yang
Male Sep. 7,
2016
594 0.00% 99 0.00% 0 0.00%
Department of Electronic
Engineering of Kun Shan
University
Department of Plant
Industry of National
Pingtung University of
Science and technology
None None None None
Assistant
Manager
The
Republic
of China
Che-Kuang
Liu

Male
Sep. 7,
2016
10,278 0.00% 10,302 0.00% 0 0.00%
Department of Industrial
and Systems Engineering of
Chung Yuan University

None
None None None

21

Title Nationality Name Gender Date of assumption of office Shareholding Shareholding Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children
Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement
Major
education(experience)
Other concurrent position in the
Company or other companies
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Title Name Relationship
Assistant Manager The
Republic
of China
Min-Lang
Tsai
Male Jul. 19,
2017
6,852 0.00% 0 0.00% 0 0.00%
Master Degree of Industrial
Engineering and
Management of National
Kaohsiung University of
Science and
Technology(renamed from
National Kaohsiung
University of Applied
Sciences)
Assistant Manager of Dept.
of RD and Manufacturing
Process Engineering of
Taiwan IC Packaging
Corporation
Senior Manager of Dept. of
Flash packaging/testing
R&D of ADATA
TechnologyCo., Ltd.
None None None None

22

Title Nationality Name Gender Date of assumption of office Shareholding Shareholding Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children
Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement
Major
education(experience)
Other concurrent position in the
Company or other companies
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Title Name Relationship
Assistant
Manager
The
Republic
of China
Chen-Chun
g Sun
Male Aug. 10,
2017
636 0.00% 0 0.00% 0 0.00%
Department of Business
Administration of Tunghai
University
None None None None
Assistant Manager The
Republic
of China
Tseng-Chih
Chi

Male
Aug. 20,
2018
3,426 0.00% 0 0.00% 0 0.00%
Master Degree of Institute
of Applied Mechanics of
National Taiwan University
Director of ADATA
TechnologyCo., Ltd.
None None None None
Assistant
Manager
The
Republic
of China
Hung-Tai
Mai
Male May 1,
2019
29 0.00% 35,302 0.01% 0 0.00%
Department of Industrial
Management, Shu-Te
University
None None None None

23

Title Nationality Name Gender Date of assumption of office Shareholding Shareholding Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children
Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement
Major
education(experience)
Other concurrent position in the
Company or other companies
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Title Name Relationship
CHRO The
Republic
of China
Chen-Ling
Lai
Female Mar. 6,
2018
102,788 0.02% 0 0.00% 0 0.00%
National Kaohsiung
University of Science and
Technology(renamed from
National Kaohsiung
University of Applied
Sciences)
Master Degree of Graduate
Institute of Human
Resource Management
None None None None
Administration
Supervisor
The
Republic
of China
Shu-Ling
Kung
Female Nov. 19,
2018
5,083 0.00% 479,680 0.00% 0 0.00%
Master Degree of Science
in Telecommunications of
University of Pittsburgh
System Engineer of Wang
Laboratories
Project Manager of IBM
None Chairman Edward Shaw-Yau Duh Spouse

24

Title Nationality Name Gender Date of assumption of office Shareholding Shareholding Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children
Current
shareholdings of
spouse and
minor children

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement

Shareholdings
by nominee
arrangement
Major
education(experience)
Other concurrent position in the
Company or other companies
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Executives, Directors, or
Supervisors who are
spouses or relatives within
the second degree of
kinship
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Share Shareholding
percentage
Title Name Relationship
Accounting
Supervisor

The
Republic
of China
Shu Yung
Chu
Female Dec. 1,
2018
9,758 0.00% 0 0.00% 0 0.00%
Master Degree of Graduate
Institute of Finance of
National Sun Yat-sen
University
None None None None

25

III. Remuneration for Directors, Supervisors, Presidents and Vice Presidents in the most recent fiscal year

(1) Remuneration of general directors and independent directors

Dec. 31, 2019
Unit: NTD thousand
Dec. 31, 2019
Unit: NTD thousand
Dec. 31, 2019
Unit: NTD thousand
Dec. 31, 2019
Unit: NTD thousand
Dec. 31, 2019
Unit: NTD thousand
Dec. 31, 2019
Unit: NTD thousand
Dec. 31, 2019
Unit: NTD thousand
Directors remuneration Relevant remuneration received byDirectors who are also employees Ratio of total
Ratio of total
remuneration
remuneration Remuneration
Remuneration(A) Severance pay and
pensions(B)
Directors’
remuneration (C)
Allowances(D)
A+B+C+D to net
income after tax
Salary, bonuses, and
allowances (E)
Severance pay and
pensions(F)
Employees’
remuneration (G)
A+B+C+D+E+F+G
to net income after
tax
paid to
Directors
from an
Title Name Companies Companies Companies Companies Companies Companies Companies Companies Companies invested
The
company


in the
consolidated
financial
statements

The
company


in the
consolidated
financial
statements

The
company


in the
consolidated
financial
statements

The
company


in the
consolidated
financial
statements

The
company


in the
consolidated
financial
statements

The
company


in the
consolidated
financial
statements

The
company


in the
consolidated
financial
statements

The
company
in the
consolidated
financial
statements

The
company


in the
consolidated
financial
statements
company
other than the
Company’s
subsidiary
Cash Stock Cash Stock
Chairman Edward
Shaw-Yau
Duh
0

0 0 0 11,423 11,423 2,460 2,460 2.36% 2.36% 12,137 12,137 108 108 0 0 0 0 4.44% 4.44% None
Director Yueh-Ming
Tung
Director Hok-Ngang
Chui (Note
3)
Director Phison
Electronics
Corporation
Director Xi-Ren
Tseng
(Note 4)
Director Longsys
Electronics
(Taiwan)
Co., Ltd.
(Note 4)
Independent
Director

Philip Wei
0 0 0 0 0 0 900 900 900 0.15% 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0.15% 0.15% None
Independent
Director

Ching-Tien
Tsai
Independent
Director

Jerry Chiu
(Note)
1.
The independent directors’ remuneration policy, system, standards, and structure, and explain the factors including the independent directors’ duties, risks, and invested time connecting to the remuneration amount: Remuneration to the all
directors (including independent directors) is determined based on their participation and contribution to the Company’s operations, with reference to local and foreign peers, which is subject to review by the Remuneration Committee and the
Board of Directors.
2.
Remuneration received by directors for providing service to any company included in the financial statements (e.g. consultancy service without the title of an employee) in the last year: None.
3.
After the election of the general shareholders meeting on June 18, 2019, the new term started on June 18, 2019.
4.
After the election of thegeneral shareholders meetingon June 18,2019,theprevious term ended on June 18,2019.

26

Table of remuneration range

Table of remuneration range Table of remuneration range Table of remuneration range Table of remuneration range Table of remuneration range Table of remuneration range Table of remuneration range Table of remuneration range Table of remuneration range Table of remuneration range Table of remuneration range
Remunerations to individual directors in respective
brackets along the remuneration scale
Name of director
Total remuneration(A+B+C+D) Total remuneration(A+B+C+D+E+F+G)
The Company (Note 8) All companies included in the
financial reports(Note9)
The Company (Note 8) All companies included in the financial
reports(Note9)
Under NT$ 1,000,000 Xi-Ren Tseng, Longsys Electronics
(Taiwan) Co., Ltd., Philip Wei,
Ching-Tien Tsai,JerryChiou
Xi-Ren Tseng, Longsys Electronics
(Taiwan) Co., Ltd., Philip Wei,
Ching-Tien Tsai,JerryChiou
Xi-Ren Tseng, Longsys Electronics
(Taiwan) Co., Ltd., Philip Wei,
Ching-Tien Tsai,JerryChiou
Xi-Ren Tseng, Longsys Electronics
(Taiwan) Co., Ltd., Philip Wei,
Ching-Tien Tsai,JerryChiou
NT$1,000,000 (inclusive) - NT$2,000,000 (exclusive) Yueh-Ming Tung, Hok-Ngang Chui,
Phison Electronics Corporation
Yueh-Ming Tung, Hok-Ngang Chui,
Phison Electronics Corporation
Hok-Ngang Chui, Phison Electronics
Corporation
0
NT$2,000,000(inclusive)- NT$3,500,000(exclusive) Edward Shaw-Yau Duh Edward Shaw-Yau Duh 0 0
NT$3,500,000(inclusive)- NT$5,000,000(exclusive) 0 0 0 0
NT$5,000,000(inclusive)- NT$10,000,000(excluded) 0 0 Edward Shaw-Yau Duh Edward Shaw-Yau Duh
NT$10,000,000 (inclusive) - NT$15,000,000
(excluded)
0 0 Yueh-Ming Tung Yueh-Ming Tung
NT$15,000,000 (inclusive) - NT$30,000,000
(excluded)
0 0 0 0
NT$30,000,000 (inclusive) - NT$50,000,000
(excluded)
0 0 0 0
NT$50,000,000 (inclusive) - NT$100,000,000
(excluded)
0 0 0 0
Over NT$100,000,000 0 0 0 0
Total 9 9 9 9
(II) Supervisors remuneration
Title
Name
Supervisors DS Fund LLC
(Note) After the election of the
Title Name Supervisors remuneration Ratio of total remuneration A+B+C
to net income after tax(%)
Remuneration
paid to Directors
from an invested
company other
than the
Company’s
subsidiary
remuneration(A) Remuneration(B) Allowances(C)
The
company
Companies in the
consolidated financial
statements
The
company
Companies in the
consolidated financial
statements
The
company
Companies in the
consolidated financial
statements
The
company
Companies in the
consolidated financial
statements
Supervisors DS Fund LLC 0 0 0 0 180 180 0.03% 0.03% None
(Note) After the election of the general shareholders meeting on June 18, 2019, Audit Committee was established to replace supervisors who were then retired on June 18, 2019.

27

(III) Remuneration of President and Vice President

Remuneration of President and Vice President Remuneration of President and Vice President
Dec. 31,2019
Unit: NTD thousand
Title Name Salary(A) Severance pay and
pensions(B)
(Note 1)
Bonus and
allowances(C)
Employee remuneration (D)
(Note 5)
Ratio of total remuneration A +
B + C + D to net income after
tax(%)
Remuneration
paid to
Directors from
an invested
company other
than the
Company’s
subsidiary
The
company
Companies
in the
consolidated
financial
statements


The
company
Companies
in the
consolidated
financial
statements


The
company
Companies
in the
consolidated
financial
statements

The company
Companies in
the consolidated
financial
statements
The company Companies in
the
consolidated
financial
statements

Cash
Stock Cash Stock
President Yueh-MingTung 26,874 26,874 771 771 10,166 10,166 76 0 76 0 6.44% 6.44% None
CFO Chun-Kuan Lee
Senior Vice President Tzu-MingLiu
Vice President Liang-ChungWu
Vice President Chun-Chieh Wang
Vice President Kuan-Tien Shen
Vice President(Noe 2) Shih-Chuan Chen
Chief Information
Officer(Note 3)
Chin-Chiu Wang
(Note)
1. Severance pay and pensions are the Company’s contribution to employee’s pension account, not actual amount paid.
2. Vice President Shih-Chuan Chen’s new term came into force on March 5, 2019.
3. Chief Information Officer Chin-Chiu Wang’s new term came into force on September 4, 2019.
4. Starting from November 25, 2019, the Company has distributed employee restricted stocks and salary expenses are recognize in accordance with IFRS 2 “Share-based Payment”. As of December 31,
2019, the recognized amount for vice presidents or above was NT$710 thousand.
5. It has been suggested that the total amount of 2019 remuneration for employees should be NT$ 60,921 thousand, however the actual distribution has not yet been established, it is calculated using the
estimation.

28

Table of remuneration range

Table of remuneration range
Range of remunerations to the
President and Vice Presidents
Name of Presidents and Vice Presidents
The company Companies in the
consolidated financial
statements
Under NT$1,000,000 0 0
NT$1,000,000 (inclusive) -
NT$2,000,000(exclusive)
Shih-Chuan Chen Shih-Chuan Chen
NT$2,000,000 (inclusive) -
NT$3,500,000(exclusive)
Chun-Chieh Wang, Chin-Chiu
Wang
Chun-Chieh Wang,
Chin-Chiu Wang
NT$3,500,000 (inclusive) -
NT$5,000,000(exclusive)
0 0
NT$5,000,000 (inclusive) -
NT$10,000,000 (exclusive)
Yueh-Ming Tung, Chun-Kuan
Lee, Tzu-Ming Liu,
Liang-Chung Wu, Kuan-Tien
Shen
Yueh-Ming Tung,
Chun-Kuan Lee, Tzu-Ming
Liu, Liang-Chung Wu,
Kuan-Tien Shen
NT$10,000,000 (inclusive) ~
NT$15,000,000(exclusive)
0 0
NT$15,000,000 (inclusive) ~
NT$30,000,000(exclusive)
0 0
NT$30,000,000 (inclusive) ~
NT$50,000,000(exclusive)
0 0
NT$50,000,000 (inclusive) ~
NT$100,000,000(exclusive)
0 0
Over NT$100,000,000 0 0
Total 8 8

(IV)Name of Managerial Officer in charge of bonus distribution and distribution status:

December 31,2019
As a percentage of net
income(%)
0.03%
Title Name Stock Cash Total As a percentage of net
income(%)
President Yueh-Ming
Tung
0 153 153 0.03%
CFO Chun-Kuan
Lee
Senior Vice
President
Tzu-Ming
Liu

29

Vice President Liang-Chung
Wu
Vice President Chun-Chieh
Wang
Vice President Kuan-Tien
Shen
Vice President Shih-Chuan
Chen
Chief
Information
Officer
Chin-Chiu
Wang
Assistant
Manager
Tse-Wen Li
Assistant
Manager
Che-Kuang
Liu
Assistant
Manager
Wen-Pin
Yang
Assistant
Manager
Min-Lang
Tsai
Assistant
Manager
Chen-Chung
Sun
Assistant
Manager
Tseng-Chih
Chi
Assistant
Manager
Hung-Tai
Mai
CHRO Chen-Ling
Lai
Administration
Supervisor
Shu-Ling
Kung

Note 1: Names and titles have been disclosed separately, whereas the amount of

remuneration has been disclosed in aggregate.

Note 2: Represents the amount of employee remuneration provided for the managerial

30

officers (in cash or in shares), which the Board of Directors has proposed as part of the most recent earnings appropriation (where the amount could not be estimated, a calculation was made based on last year’s payout ratio). Net income refers to the amount of profit shown in the latest financial reports of the consolidated/standalone entity.

  • Note 3: The definition of manager, as governed by the letter of the SFC on March 27, 2003 with a reference no. of Tai-Tsai-Cheng (3) 0920001301, is as follows:

  • (1) President or equivalent position.

  • (2) Vice president and equivalent position.

  • (3) Assistant vice president and equivalent position.

  • (4) Chief financial officer.

  • (5) Chief accounting officer.

  • (6) Others with the right to manage affairs and sign for the Company.

Note 4: Directors, president and vice presidents who receive employee remuneration (in cash or in shares) shall have details disclosed in this table in addition to Table 1-2.

31

(5) Describe the ratio of remuneration for Directors, Supervisors, Presidents and Vice Presidents paid by the Company and all the companies in the consolidated financial statement in the most recent two fiscal years to net income after tax of financial statements and illustration of remuneration policy, standard and combination, remuneration resolution process, the relevance between operation performance and future risks.

  1. Analysis of total remuneration for Directors, Supervisors, Presidents and Vice Presidents paid by the Company in the most recent two fiscal years to net income(loss) after tax:
Year 2018 2018 2019 2019
Title The ratio of total
remuneration for
Directors, Supervisors,
Presidents and Vice
Presidents paid by the
Company to net
income(loss) after tax
The ratio of total
remuneration for Directors,
Supervisors, Presidents and
Vice Presidents paid by all
the companies in the
consolidated financial
statement to net
income(loss) after tax of
individual
financial statements
The ratio of total
remuneration for
Directors, Supervisors,
Presidents and Vice
Presidents paid by the
Company to net
income(loss) after tax
The ratio of total
remuneration for Directors,
Supervisors, Presidents and
Vice Presidents paid by all
the companies in the
consolidated financial
statement to net
income(loss) after tax of
individual
financial statements
Director (11.23%) (11.23%) 4.60% 4.60%
Supervisors (0.32%) (0.32%) 0.03% 0.03%
President
and Vice
President
(23.45%) (23.45%) 6.44% 6.44%

32

  1. Remuneration policy, standard and combination, remuneration resolution process, the relevance between operation performance and future risks of the Company:

  2. (1) Remuneration for Directors, Supervisors paid by the Company is in accordance with their contribution to the Company’s operation, and reference to domestic/foreign companies’ standard and their remuneration will be decided by the Board of Directors.

  3. (2) Remuneration for Managerial Officers paid by the Company is composed of base salary, duty allowance and bonus, which will be decided by the Chairman authorized by the Board of Directors according to their job responsibilities, education, experience, skill and potential.

  4. (3) The distribution ratios for the remuneration of the employees and the remuneration of the directors as well as the distribution form by stock or cash shall be determined by the board of director with the attendance of two-thirds or more of the directors and resolution of one-half or more of the attending directors. And it shall be reported to the shareholders’ meeting.

33

IV. Implementation status of Corporate Governance

(1) Practices of the Board of Directors: From 2019 to May 31, 2020, a total of 7 meetings of the 16th/17th Board of Directors were held. The attendance status of Directors are as follows:

Title Name Attendance
inperson
By
proxy
Rate of attendance
inperson(%)
Note
Chairman Edward
Shaw-Yau Duh
7 0 100% Appointed on the
election on June 18,
2019; attendance
time is 7
Director Yueh-Ming
Tung
7 0 100% Appointed on the
election on June 18,
2019; attendance
time is 7
Director Hok-Ngang Chui 4 1 80% Appointed on the
election on June 18,
2019; attendance
time is 5
Director Phison
Electronics
Corporation
(Representative:
Khein-SengPua)
1 6 14% Appointed on the
election on June 18,
2019; attendance
time is 7
Director Xi-Ren Tseng 2 0 100% Term of
appointment ended
after the election on
June 18, 2019;
attendance time is 2
Director Longsys
Electronics
(Taiwan) Co.,
Ltd.
Representative:
Dai-GangZhang
1 1 50% Term of
appointment ended
after the election on
June 18, 2019;
attendance time is 2
Independent
Director
(note)
Philip Wei 5 0 100% Appointed on the
election on June 18,
2019; attendance
time is 5
Independent
Director
(note)
Ching-Tien Tsai 7 0 100% Appointed on the
election on June 18,
2019; attendance
time is 7
Independent
Director
(note)
Jerry Chiu 7 0 100% Appointed on the
election on June 18,
2019; attendance
time is 7

34

(Note): The attendance of independent directors of the Board of Directors in 2019 and as of
May 31, 2020:
◎: Inperson☆: By proxy *: Absent
2019/2020
March
29
May 8
June 18
August
13
Novemb
er 12
March
27,2020
May 7,
2020
PhilipWei
X
X





Ching-Tien
Tsai







JerryChiou







Other matters that require reporting:
I.
If any of the following situations occur, please expressly state the dates and sessions of the
Board Meetings, motion contents, all independent directors’ opinions and the Company’s
response to independent directors’ opinions:
(I)
Matters referred to in the Article 14-3 of the Securities and Exchange Act:
1. The Company has established the Audit Committee on June 18, 2019. After all
matters specified in the Article 14-3 of the Securities and Exchange Act have been
submitted to the Board of Directors. For relevant explanation, please refer to other
matters 1 that require reporting for the Audit Committee’s practices 1. (page 37 in the
annual report).
2. Prior to the establishment of the Audit Committee, opinions of independent
directors responded by the Company in 2019 is as follows:
(1)The 17th session of the 16th board(March 29,2019)
Motion content
Opinions
of the
Independe
nt
Directors
Company’s
response to
opinions of the
Independent
Directors
1. Revision of the “Articles of Incorporation”.
2. Revision of the “Operating Procedure for
Assets Acquisition and Disposal”.
3. Revision of the “Operating Procedure for
Endorsements and Guarantees”.
4. Revision of the “Operational Procedure for
Loaning to Others”.
5. Revision of the “Rules for Director and
Supervisor Elections”.
6. Formulation of the “Audit Committee
Charter”.
7. Loaning to OSE Phil.
8. Performance bonus for the Company’s
Executive Officers.
9. Remuneration for managerial officers.
No
objections
or
qualified
opinions
Not applicable

35

(2) The 18th session of the 16th board (May 8, 2019)

Motion content Opinions of
the
Independent
Directors
Company’s
response to
opinions of the
Independent
Directors
1. Loaning to OSE Phil.
2. Evaluation of the CPA’s independence
and appropriateness.
3. Revision of the accounting system.
4. Revision of the “Operational Procedure
for the Internal Control System” and
“Auditing Procedure for the Internal
Audit”.
No objections
or qualified
opinions
Not applicable

(II) Other resolutions of the Board Meetings for which the independent directors express adverse opinions or qualified opinion with records or with written statements: None.

II. The implementation and state of directors’ recusal for conflicts of interests: Directors recused themselves for the discussion and voting of their remuneration.

III. The implementation and state of the Company’s self-assessment on Board of Directors: The Company has passed the board’s self-assessment measures on March 27, 2020 and it is expected the measures for performance evaluation will come into force in 2020.

IV. Objectives to strengthen the functionality of the Board (e.g. establish Audit Committee, enhance information transparency) and execution status:

(I) The Company’s Chairman does not concurrently hold managerial positions.

  • (II) After the election of the directors and supervisors on June 18, 2019, the Audit Committee was established to replace supervisors to strengthen the board’s functions.

  • Note1: For juristic-person directors, disclose juristic-person shareholders’ names and the name of their representatives.

  • Note2: (1) If a Director resigns before the end of a fiscal year, state the service termination date in the remarks section, and the rate of attendance in person (%) is calculated with the number of the Board Meetings and his attendance in person during his service period.

    • (2) If the re-election of the Board of Directors is held before the end of the fiscal year, the name of former and newly-elected Directors should all be listed, and also state the status of the Director: former, newly-elected or re-elected, and the re-election date in the remarks section. The rate of attendance in person (%) is calculated with the number of the Board Meetings and the attendance in person during his service period.

36

  • (II) Practices of the Audit Committee or participation of Supervisors in the Board of Directors:

  • Practices of the Audit Committee: From 2019 to May 31, 2020, a total of 4 meetings of the first Audit Committee were held. The attendance status of the independent directors is as follows:

Title Name Attendance in
person
By proxy Attendance
Rate(%)
Note
Independent
Director
(Convener)
Philip Wei 4 0 100% The first
Audit
Committee
has been
established
on June 18,
2019
Independent
Director
Ching-Tien
Tsai
4 0 100%
Independent
Director
Jerry Chiu 4 0 100%
Other matters that require reporting:
I.
For Audit Committee meetings that meet any of the following descriptions, state the date
and session of Board of Directors meeting held, motion contents, the Audit Committee’s
resolution, and how the company has responded to the Audit Committee’s opinions:
(I)
Matters specified in Article 14-5 of the Securities and Exchange Act: After being
approved by the Audit Committee, they have been submitted to the Board of
Directors.
Date
Term
Motion content
August 13,
2019
1st session of
the first Audit
Committee
1. The consolidated financial report for second
quarter of 2019.
2. Loaning to OSE Phil.
3. Discussion of “the change of the chief
auditor”
November
12, 2019
2nd session of
the first Audit
Committee
1. Loaning to OSE Phil.
2. Issuance of new restricted employee shares
for 2018.
March 27,
2020
3rd session of
the first Audit
Committee
1. 2019 individual and consolidated financial
statements
2. The effectiveness of the internal control
system and provision of “Internal Control
System System” for 2019
3. 2019 remuneration distribution for
employees and directors
4. Loaningto OSE Phil.

37

5. Provision of endorsements and guarantees to
OSE Phil
6. Amendment to the Article of Incorporation.
7. Amendment to the Audit Committee Charter.
8. Establishment of the Ethical Corporate
Management Best Practice Principles
May 7, 2020 4th session of
the first Audit
Committee
1. Amendments to operational procedures of
the internal control system
2. Loaning to OSE Phil.
3. Evaluation of 2020 CPA’s independence and
appropriateness.
4. Disposal of the plant.
5. Establishment of the Ethical Corporate
Management Best Practice Principles.
6. Privateplacement of ordinaryshares.
  • (II) Aside form the previous motions, other matters adopted by the approval of two-thirds or more of all directors, without having been passed by the Audit Committee of the Company: None.

  • II. For the implementation of independent directors’ recusal for conflicts of interests, the independent directors’ name, motion contents, reasons for the required recusal and participation in the voting process: None

  • III. State of communication between independent directors, internal audit supervisor and CPA (such as significant items, methods and results of communications on the Company’s finances and business status):

  • (I) The Company’s chief internal auditor communicates the report result with members of the Audit Committee on a regular basis and makes an internal audit report at the Audit Committee meeting on a quarterly basis. If any special circumstance arises, the chief internal auditor also reports to members of the Audit Committee without delay. In 2019, the communication between the Company’s Audit Committee and chief internal auditor remained sound.

  • (II) The Company’s CPAs regularly reports the audit of the most recent financial statements, or review results and communication items required by the law and regulation in the Audit Committee meeting. If any special circumstance arises, the CPAs also report to the members of the Audit Committee without delay. In 2019, the communication between the Company’s Audit Committee and CPAs remained sound.

38

  1. Participation of Supervisors in the Board of Directors: From 2018 to May 31, 2019, a total of 2 meetings of the 16th Board of Directors were held. The attendance status of Supervisors are as follows:
Title Name(note 1) Attendance in
person
Attendance Rate
(%)
(Note 2)
Note
Supervisors DS Fund LLC
(Representative:
Daphane Wu)
2 100% Attendance time is 2
Other matters that require reporting:
I.
Composition and responsibilities of Supervisors:
(I) Communications between Supervisors and the Company’s employees and
shareholders:
The Supervisor can understand the actual operations of the Company through monthly
and irregular audit reports, project audit reports to achieve corporate governance.
Meanwhile, the employees can express their opinions to the Supervisor directly.
Consequently, the Supervisor can perform the function of supervision and guidance.
(II) Communications between Supervisors and the Internal Chief Auditor and CPA:
The Internal Chief Auditor not only attends every Board Meeting and submits the audit
reports in time, but also appoints other auditors to attend the Company’s review
meeting between CPA, accounting dept. and financial dept.
To ensure the operation of accounting dept. and financial dept. complies with the
requirement of internal control system.
II.
If the supervisors stated any opinions while attending board meetings, please expressly
state the dates and sessions of the Board Meetings, motion contents, and resolution of the
directors’ Meeting as well as The Company’s disposition of opinions stated by the
supervisors shall be described:
The Company’s management team and chief auditor report the important matters
regarding finance and operation to Supervisor often, and they explain and report to the
Supervisor before holding a Board Meeting so that he can well understand the content of
motion for the Board Meeting. Consequently, when the Company’s Supervisor attends the
Board Meeting, he just makes a slight reminder rather than expressing any adverse
opinions. The management dept. places considerable value on the instructions from the
Supervisor and take it into consideration for planning and implementation of all the
operations.
III. After the election of the directors and supervisors on June 18, 2019, the Audit Committee
was established to replace supervisors to strengthen the board’s functions.

39

(III) Implementation status of corporate governance and the variations and causes of variations from the Corporate Governance Best Practice Principles for TWSE/TPEx Listed Companies.

Evaluation item Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and causes of
variations from the
Corporate Governance Best
Practice Principles for
TWSE/TPEx Listed
Companies
Yes No Summary Description
I. Has the Company defined and
disclosed its corporate
governance best practice
principles in accordance with
the “Corporate Governance
Best Practice Principles for
TWSE/TPEx Listed
Companies?”
V The Company has not established “Corporate Governance Best
Practice Principles for TWSE/TPEx Listed Companies.” But it has
defined Rules of Procedure for Shareholders Meeting, Rules of
Procedure for Board Meeting and Rules of Ethical Management
and internal control system, the corporate governance spirit is
included in the internal control system and related management
regulation to achieve the operation of corporate governance.
In compliance with
Corporate Governance Best
Practice Principles.
II. Structure of shareholdings and
shareholder’s equity
(I)
Has the company established
the internal procedures for
handling shareholder
suggestions, questions,
disputes and litigation and
implement according to the
procedures?
V (I)
The Company has established a spokesperson system and we
provide service personnel for shareholders’ affairs in the
accounting dept. to deal with shareholders’ suggestions and
related affairs. In addition to providing the investors with
contact windows, we have also appointed a professional stock
transfer agency to provide professional consulting services.
In compliance with
Corporate Governance Best
Practice Principles.

40

Evaluation item Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and causes of
variations from the
Corporate Governance Best
Practice Principles for
TWSE/TPEx Listed
Companies
Yes No Summary Description
(II)
Has the company kept an
up-to-date list of its
dominant shareholders and
the parties with ultimate
control over its dominant
shareholders?
(III)
Has the company established
and implemented a risk
control and firewall
mechanism among its
affiliates?
(IV)
Has the Company
established internal rules to
prevent the insiders from
trading marketable
securities through
undisclosed information in
the market?
V
V
V
(II) We can understand and control the major structure of
shareholders from the regular report of changes in
shareholding of Directors, Supervisors and Managerial
Officers by the stock transfer agency and insiders
(III) The management responsibilities between the Company and
its affiliates are divided clearly, “management regulation of
stakeholders transaction” and “supervision and management
regulations for subsidiary” are also defined and the finance,
business, accounting of affiliates operates independently
under the control and audit of the Company.
(IV) The Company has defined “Code of Ethics” and “Internal
Material Information Processing Operating Procedure” which
is applicable to Directors, Supervisors, Managerial Officers,
employees of the Company and the update and promotion of
the relevant information is implemented on an irregular basis.

41

Evaluation item Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and causes of
variations from the
Corporate Governance Best
Practice Principles for
TWSE/TPEx Listed
Companies
Yes No Summary Description
III. Composition and duties of the
Board of Directors
(I)
Has the Board of Directors
established and implemented
a defined policy to diversify
board membership?
(II)
In addition to the
Remuneration Committee
and the Audit Committee
required by law, has the
company voluntarily
established other functional
committees?
V V (I)
The Board of Directors of the Company has 7 Directors
including 3 Independent Directors and 1 female director; the
directors specialize in different professional qualifications,
skills and knowledge. They are prestigious individuals in the
academic field and the industry with rich experience of the
industry and academic background, and they are greatly
beneficial to increase of business performance and
management efficiency for the Company.
(II) The Company has established the Remuneration Committee
according to law, and other corporate governance operation is
responsible by each department based on its duties. The
Company has not established other functional committees and
it will be established in the future according to the
requirement.
Compliance with Corporate
Governance Best Practice
Principles.
May be established
according to requirements

42

Evaluation item
(III)
Has the company established
the Board of Directors’
performance evaluation and
its evaluation methods, and
does the company perform
regular performance
evaluation each year and
submit the results of
performance evaluations to
the Board of Directors and
use them as reference in
determining remuneration
for individual directors, their
nomination and additional
office term?
Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and causes of
variations from the
Corporate Governance Best
Practice Principles for
TWSE/TPEx Listed
Companies
Compliance with Corporate
Governance Best Practice
Principles.

Compliance with Corporate
Governance Best Practice
Principles.
Yes
V
No Summary Description
(III) The members of the Board of Directors of the Company are
all loyal to execution of operation and fulfill the care of good
administrators, exercise the authority with high self-discipline
and caution, review the effect of the Board of Directors
regularly. The Company has formulated Board of Directors’
performance evaluation on March 27, 2020. The performance
evaluation results will be used in the future as a reference
base to determine each director’s remuneration and
nomination of reappointment.
(IV) The Company’s CPAs do not serve as the Company’s Director
and Supervisor and are not the Company’s shareholders, and
abides by Certified Public Accountant Act and the Bulletin of
Norm of Professional Ethics for Certified Public Accountant
of the Republic of China No. 10 The Company implements
regular evaluation (once a year) of the CPAs’ independence
and appropriateness. After the Audit Committee evaluated the
CPAs’ independence and appropriateness on May 7, 2020, it
was delivered to the Board of Directors for resolution and the
independence statement wasprovided.
(IV)
Does the company regularly
evaluate the independence of
certified public accountants?
V

43

Evaluation item Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and causes of
variations from the
Corporate Governance Best
Practice Principles for
TWSE/TPEx Listed
Companies
Yes No Summary Description
IV. Where the company is a
TWSE/TPEX listed company,
has the company designated an
appropriate number of
personnel that specializes (or
is involved) in corporate
governance affairs (including
but not limited to providing
directors/supervisors with the
information needed and assist
directors and supervisors in
complying with the laws and
regulations to perform their
duties, convention of board
meetings and shareholder
meetings, preparation of board
meeting and shareholder
meetingminutes etc.)?

V
The Company has set up concurrent personnel in the accounting
department for stock affairs who is responsible for the Company’s
relevant affairs in connection to corporate governance. In 2021, the
Company will start to establish a chief corporate governance who
will assist in relevant matters such as making regular reports of
company legal affairs and legal compliance including:
(1) Handling of matters relating to Board of Directors’ meetings,
Audit Committee meetings, Remuneration Committee
meetings and shareholders’ meetings as required by the law.
(2) Assisting in appointment and continuous development of
directors.
(3) Providing information needed for directors to perform duties.
(4) Assisting directors with legal compliance.

Compliance with Corporate
Governance Best Practice
Principles.
V. Has the company established the
channels for communication
with the stakeholders
(includingbut not limited to the

V
(I)
The Company has a spokesperson and deputy spokesperson,
the related contact information is disclosed on Market
Observation Post System and the Company’s website
accordingto the regulation. Meanwhile,we also disclose
Compliance with Corporate
Governance Best Practice
Principles.

44

Evaluation item Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and causes of
variations from the
Corporate Governance Best
Practice Principles for
TWSE/TPEx Listed
Companies
Yes No Summary Description
shareholders, employees,
customers and suppliers), set up
the stakeholder section in the
company website, and respond
appropriately to important CSR
issues concerned by the
stakeholders?

financial and shareholders affairs-related information on
Market Observation Post System and our company’s website
to establish great communication channels with investors.
(II) The Company has established the stakeholder section
(including but not limited to relations with departments of
jurist persons, public relations, stock affairs, HR, customer
service and procurement) under CSR on the Company’s
website, and specified the contact channels with stakeholders
to make the Company understand the issues concerned by
stakeholders and respond to them appropriately.
VI. Has the company appointed a
professional stock transfer
agency to deal with
Shareholders’ Meetings affairs?
V The Company has appointed a professional stock transfer agency-
stock transfer agency of CTBC Bank Co., Ltd to assist in stock
affairs for the Company.
Compliance with Corporate
Governance Best Practice
Principles.
VII. Information disclosure
(I) Has the company set up a
website to disclose its financial
and corporate governance
information?
V (I)
The Company has set up a website(www.ose.com.tw) to
introduce company situation and relevant operations, and
also disclosed and reported all the financial, business
operations and corporate governance information on Market
Observation Post System according to the regulations of the
competent authority.
Compliance with Corporate
Governance Best Practice
Principles.

45

Evaluation item Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and causes of
variations from the
Corporate Governance Best
Practice Principles for
TWSE/TPEx Listed
Companies
Yes No Summary Description
(II) Has the company adopted other
methods to disclose information
(such as setting up an English
website, designating dedicated
personnel to gather and disclose
company information,
implementing the spokesperson
system, and posting investor
conferences on video in the
company website)?
(III) Has the company published and
reported its annual financial
report within two months after
the end of a fiscal year, and
published and reported its
financial reports for the first,
second, and third quarters, as
well as its operating status for
each month before the specified
deadline?
V V (II)
The Company has set up a Chinese/English website,
established the spokesperson and deputy spokesperson
systems to take charge of the external communication, and
designated the dedicated personnel to disclose the Company
information on Market Observation Post System website
according to the regulation.
(III)
The Company has published and reported its annual
financial report within the required period (within 3 months)
and financial reports of the first, second and third quarters
(within 45 days), and the monthly operating status (within
10th day each month) in accordance with Article 36 of the
Securities and Exchange Act.

46

Evaluation item Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and causes of
variations from the
Corporate Governance Best
Practice Principles for
TWSE/TPEx Listed
Companies
Yes No Summary Description
VIII. Is there any other material
information that will help the
stakeholders understand the
implementation status of
corporate governance in the
company (including but not
limited to employee rights,
employee care, investor
relations, supplier relations,
stakeholder rights, further
study status of Directors and
Supervisors, the
implementation status of the
risk management policy and
risk measurement standard, the
implementation status of the
customer policy, and the
company’s purchase of liability
insurance for Directors and

V
(I)
Employee rights, employee care: The Company has
assigned the HR as the dedicated unit for handling
employee rights. In addition, the Company has also set up
the Employee Welfare Committee to take care of the
employees, and all of them work smoothly.
(II)
Investor relations: The Company has established
communication channels like spokesperson and deputy
spokesperson system to answer the relevant questions asked
by the shareholders.
(III)
Supplier relations: The Company has kept a good
relationship with the suppliers and also set up the contact
window under the stakeholder section on the Company’s
website.
(IV)
Stakeholders’ rights: The Company respects and protects
stakeholders’ legal rights, keeps good communication
channels with customers, employees and suppliers, and
discloses the related information and provides all the
real-time company information according to the regulation
of competent authority.
Compliance with Corporate
Governance Best Practice
Principles.

47

Evaluation item Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and causes of
variations from the
Corporate Governance Best
Practice Principles for
TWSE/TPEx Listed
Companies
Yes No Summary Description
Supervisors)? (V)
Further study status of Directors and Supervisors: All of
the Directors and Supervisors have relevant operational
experiences and professions, please refer to annex 1 for
further education status of 2019.
(VI)
The implementation status of the risk management policy
and risk measurement standard: The Company’s material
motions such as material operation policies, investments,
endorsements and guarantees, loaning and bank loans are
evaluated and analyzed by the appropriate competent
authority and executed according to the resolution of the
Board Meeting, the Auditing Office also establishes and
effectively implements its annual audit plan according to the
risk evaluation result to fulfill supervision mechanism and
control all the risks.
(VII) The implementation status of the customer policy: The
Company has established dedicated unit to handle the
implementation of the customer policy, and the
implementation status goes smoothly.
(VIII)
The company’spurchase of liabilityinsurance for

48

Evaluation item Evaluation item Operation status Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and causes of
variations from the
Corporate Governance Best
Practice Principles for
TWSE/TPEx Listed
Companies
Yes No Summary Description
Directors and Supervisors: The Company has purchased
liability insurance of Directors, Supervisors and Managerial
Officers for Directors and Supervisors in 2019, and the report
has been submitted to the Board Meeting on November 12,
2019 after the renewal.
IX. Please specify the status of improvements which have been made and propose the prioritized improvements for other matters which have not
been improved yet according to the Corporate Governance Evaluation results announced by the Corporate Governance Center of Taiwan Stock
Exchange Corporation in the most recentyear.
Number Evaluation indicator Improvements which have been made/ proposal of the prioritized
improvements for other matters which have not been improvedyet
2.11 Does the company truthfully disclose the reason of
discussions and resolutions of the Remuneration
Committee and the company’s response to members’
opinionsinthe annual report?
The Company has disclosed the meeting date, session, motion contents,
resolution result and the Company’s response to the Remuneration
Committee’s opinions of the 2019 Remuneration Committee.
3.5 Does the MOPS upload the annual report disclosed in
English 7 days prior to a general meting of
shareholders?
The Company uploads its annual financial reports disclosed in English
within the required time.
4.10 Does the company website and the annual report
disclose the personal safety of workers and protective
measures in workplace as well as their actual
implementationstatus?
The Company has specified the personal safety and protective measures
in workplace as well as their actual implementation status in the annual
report; it has also been disclosed that the Company has obtained the
OHSAS18001or TOSHMS certification.

49

Evaluation item Evaluation item Operation status Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and causes of
variations from the
Corporate Governance Best
Practice Principles for
TWSE/TPEx Listed
Companies
Yes No Summary Description
4.11 Has the company disclosed annual emissions of carbon
dioxide or othergreenhousegases over thepast 2years?
The Company has disclosed annual emissions of carbon dioxide or other
greenhousegases for 2017 and 2018.
4.13 Has the company obtained ISO 14001, ISO50001 or
similar environmental or energy management system
certification?
The Company has disclosed the date and validity of the certification in
the annual report, company website and the CSR report.

50

Annex 1

Title Name Date of
assumption
of office
Date of further study Date of further study Organizer Name of course Hours

From
To
Juristic-person
director
Representative


Khein-Seng
Pua

June 18,
2019
June 12,
2019
June 12,
2019
Taiwan Corporate
Governance
Association
The newest revision and analysis of the Company
Act
3
Corporate M&A Practice 3
Independent
Director
Philip Wei June 18,
2019
June 25,
2019
June 25,
2019
Securities and Futures
Institute
Techniques for Interpreting Financial Information
for Directors and Supervisors
3
October
29,2019
October
29,2019
How to Perform Duties for Directors and
Supervisors of TWSE/TPEx Companies
3
Independent
Director
Ching-Tien
Tsai

June 18,
2019
January
24, 2019
November
5, 2019

The National
Federation of CPA
Associations of the
R.O.C.
Plans of Risk-Oriented Audit Method:
Consideration of Materiality and Risk of Material
Misrepresentation
3
March 24,
2019

March 24,
2019
Through APG Evaluations - New Challenge for
Accountants
3
November
1,2019

November
1,2019

TWSE
Seminar of Effective Use of Directors’ Functions 3
November
5, 2019

November
5, 2019

Taiwan Corporate
Governance
Association
Company’s Legal Compliance and Obligation of
Directors’ Supervision
3
Independent
Director
Jerry Chiu June 18,
2019
August 4,
2019
August 4,
2019
Taiwan Corporate
Governance
Association
Corporate Governance and Laws and Regulations
of Securities
3
August 4,
2019
August 4,
2019
Group Governance 3

51

Title Name Date of
assumption
of office
Date of further study Date of further study Organizer Name of course Hours

From
To
Accounting
Supervisor
Shu-Yung
Chu
December
1, 2018
January
28,2019
January
29,2019
Accounting Research
and Development
Foundation
Continuous Further Education of the Accounting
Manager Course of Issuers, Securities Firms, and
Securities Exchanges
12
July 11,
2019
July 12,
2019
12
January
21,2020
January
21,2020
Latest Financial and Taxation Policy and Practical
Analysis of “Businesses to Return to Taiwan”
3
January
21,2020
January
21,2020
Analysis of the Effectiveness and Legal
Responsibilityof "Evidence" in Economic Crimes
3
Chief auditor Chia-Jung
Wu
August 13,
2019
July 15,
2019
July 17,
2019
The Institute of
Internal
Auditors-Chinese
Taiwan

Pre-Employment Training Upon Initial
Appointment for Auditors
18
August
16,2019
August
16,2019
Practical Techniques of Audit 6

November
15, 2019

November
15, 2019
Function and Mission of Corporate Governance
Personnel Under the Corporate Governance
Blueprint
6
November
22, 2019

November
22, 2019
Strengthen the Analysis of the 3 Lines of Defense
and Operating Mechanism of the Board of Directors
(Includingthe ReportingSystem)

6

52

(IV) If the company has established the Remuneration Committee, the composition, duties and operation status should be disclosed:

  1. Information of members of the Remuneration Committee
Identity
category
(note 1)
Criteria
Name
Meet one of the following professional
qualification requirements and at least five years’
work experience
Meet one of the following professional
qualification requirements and at least five years’
work experience
Meet one of the following professional
qualification requirements and at least five years’
work experience
Status of independence Status of independence Status of independence Status of independence (note 2) (note 2) Number of
other public
companies in
which the
individual is
concurrently
serving as a
member of
the
Remuneration
Committee

Note
An instructor or
higher position in
a department of
commerce, law,
finance,
accounting, or
other academic
department related
to the business
needs of the
company in a
public or private
junior college,
college or
university.

A judge, public
prosecutor,
attorney, CPA or
Other
professional or
technical
specialist
necessary for the
business of the
company who has
passed a national
examination and
been awarded a
certificate.

Have work
experience in
the fields of
commerce,
law, finance,
accounting,
or other work
experience
necessary for
the business
of the
company.

1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Independent
Director

Ching-Tien
Tsai
1 None
Independent
Director

Jerry Chiu
2 None
Independent
Director

Philip Wei
1 None

53

  • Note 1: Please fill in Director, Independent Director or others in the identity category column.

  • Note 2: Please check “  ” in the corresponding boxes if the qualification applies to each member during the two years prior to being elected or during the term of office.

  • (1) Not an employee of the Company or any of its affiliates.

  • (2) Not a Director or Supervisor of the Company or any of its affiliates. Except for Independent Directors of the company or its parent company or a subsidiary established in accordance with this Act or the local laws.

  • (3) Not holding 1% or more than 1% of the total outstanding shares issued by the company or among the top 10 natural person shareholders by the person or his spouse or minor children, or in the name of a third party.

  • (4) Not a spouse, relative within the second degree of kinship, or lineal relative within the third degree of kinship, of any of the persons in the preceding three subparagraphs.

  • (5) Not a Director, Supervisor or employee of an juristic-person shareholder holding 5% or more than 5% of the total outstanding shares issued by the Company, or Director, Supervisor or employee of an juristic-person shareholder who is among the top 5 shareholders.

  • (6) Not a Director, Supervisor, Managerial Officer of a specified company or institution which has a financial or operational relationship with the Company or a shareholder holding 5% or more than 5% of the total outstanding shares issued by the Company.

  • (7) Not a professional individual, owner, partner, Director, Supervisor, Manager of proprietorship, partnership, company or institution that provides commercial, legal, financial and accounting services to the company or its affiliates, or a spouse to the aforementioned persons.

  • (8) Not under any of the categories stated in Article 30 of the Company Act.

54

  1. Operating status of the Remuneration Committee

  2. (1) The Company’s Remuneration Committee consists of three members.

  3. (2) The Company’s Board of Directors had an election on June 18, 2019. The term of office of this board (4th board) is August 13, 2019 to June 17, 2022.

  4. (3) The Remuneration Committee held 3 meetings (A) in the most recent year

    • (2019). The qualification of members and the status of attendance are as follows:
Title Name Attendance
in person
(B)
By
proxy
Rate of
attendance in
person (%)
(B/A) (Note)
Note
Convener Ching-Tien
Tsai
3 0 100% Elected on the 4th
board;
Attendance time is 3
Member
of the
Committee
Jerry Chiou 3 0 100% Elected on the 4th
board;
Attendance time is 3
Member
of the
Committee
Philip Wei 2 0 100% Elected on the 4th
board;
Attendance time is 2
Member
of the
Committee
Chung-Shan
Kao
1 0 100% Elected on the 4th
board;
Attendance time is 1
Other matters that require reporting:
I.
When the Board of Directors rejects or modifies the recommendations made by the
Remuneration Committee, please expressly state the date and session of the Board
Meeting, motion contents, the resolutions results by the Board of Directors, and
settlement on the opinions of the Remuneration Committee: none.
II.
When there are any of members expressing adverse opinion or qualified opinion with
records or with written statements for resolutions by the Remuneration Committee,
state the date and session of the Remuneration Committee meeting, motion contents,
all the members’ opinions and the settlement on their opinions:
Remuneration
Committee
Motion contents and further
handling
Resolution
result
The Company’s
response to the
Audit Committee’s
opinions
The 3rd board
6th meeting
(March 29,2019)
1. Reconfirmation of the
performance bonus for the
Company’s executive
All
attending
members
Was submitted to the
Board of Directors’
meetingand all

55

officers in 2018.
2. Reconfirmation of the
remuneration for the
Company’s managerial
officers in 2018 and 2019.
approved
the motion
without
any
dissenting
opinion
attending directors
have approved
The 4rd board
1st meeting
(August 13, 2019)
1. Please proceed and discuss
the transportation allowance
for newly elected directors
and independent directors of
the 17th board.
2. Please proceed and discuss
the remuneration for the
newly elected members of
the 4th Remuneration
Committee.
3. Please proceed and discuss
the remuneration for the
members of the 1st Audit
Committee.
4. Please proceed and discuss
part of the provisions of the
“Remuneration Policy and
System for Managerial
Officers”.
5. Please proceed and discuss
the pension of the
Company’s chief auditor.
6. Please proceed and discuss
the remuneration of the
Company’s newly appointed
chief auditor.
7. Reconfirmation of the
compensation for the
Company’s managerial
officers in 2019.
All
attending
members
approved
the motion
without
any
dissenting
opinion
Was submitted to the
Board of Directors’
meeting and all
attending directors
have approved
The 4rd board
2nd meeting
1. Please proceed and discuss
the distribution of new
All
attending
Was submitted to the
Board of Directors’

56

(November 12,
2019)
restricted employee shares
for 2018.
2. Please proceed and
reconfirm the remuneration
for the Company’s
managerial officers in 2019.
members
approved
the motion
without
any
dissenting
opinion
meeting and all
attending directors
have approved

Note:

  • (1) If a member of the Remuneration Committee resigns before the end of a fiscal year, state the service termination date in the remarks section, and the rate of attendance in person is calculated by the number of the Remuneration Committee meetings and his attendance in person during his service period.

  • (2) If a Remuneration Committee re-election is held before the end of a fiscal year, the name of former and newly-elected members should all be listed, and also state the status of the members: former, newly-elected or re-elected, and the re-election date in the remarks section. The rate of attendance in person (%) is calculated by the number of the Remuneration Committee meetings and the attendance in person during his service period.

57

(V) CSR performance:

Evaluation item Operation status (Note 1) The variations
and the causes of
variations from
the) Corporate
Social
Responsibility
Best Practice
Principles for
TWSE/TPEx
Listed
Companies
Yes No
SummaryDescription(Note 2)
I. Has the company
performed risk
assessments on
environmental,
social, and
corporate issues in
relation to the
company’s
operations
according to
material principles,
and formulated
relevant risk
management
policies or
strategies?(Note 3)
V The Company follows the requirements of the
GRI (Global Reporting Initiative) when
planning for CSR strategies as well as their
implementation. Material assessment is
determined by the degree of concern of
stakeholder groups and the degree of impact on
the Company’s operation. The Company
manages and responds according to the order of
the material degree. The top management has
signed social responsibility declaration in
combination with the existing ESH policy to
clearly declare his dedication to following
CSR-related regulation, and the implementation
effectiveness is submitted to the top
management regularly.

None
II. Has the company
established a
dedicated
(concurrent) unit to
implement
corporate social
responsibility? Has
the Board of
Directors delegated
a senior
management team
to handle CSR
affairs and report its
implementation
status back to the
Board?

V
General Admin. Dept., President Office and
each group jointly promote various tasks of the
Company’s CSR. The CSR management
system is audited annually by internal and
external personnel to ensure the management
system is continuous improving; the result of
audits are reviewed by the management to
ensure its continuous efficiency.
None

58

Evaluation item Operation status (Note 1) The variations
and the causes of
variations from
the) Corporate
Social
Responsibility
Best Practice
Principles for
TWSE/TPEx
Listed
Companies
Yes No SummaryDescription(Note 2)
III. Environmental
Issues
(I) Has the
company
established an
appropriate
environmental
management system
based on the
characteristics of its
industry?

V
We have established management system of
environment, safety and health and acquired
ISO 14001 (effective until 2022), OHSAS
18001 (effective until 2021) and CNS15506
(effective until 20221) certifications.
Formulate measurable goals and management
programs, regularly review the goals and the
effectiveness of the management programs.
None
(II) Is the company
dedicated to
improving the
utilization
efficiency of all the
resources and using
the recycled
materials with low
impact on the
environment?
V We have established energy management
standard operating procedure to regularly
review the utilization status of water, electricity
and other energy, implement the projects of
energy conservation and carbon reduction in the
factories to improve the utilization efficiency of
energy.


None
(III) Does the
company assess
potential risks and
opportunities
associated with
climate change, and
undertake measures
in response to
climate issues?
V We have established GHG inventories-related
operation standard according to ISO 14064-1
standard, and implemented all the projects of
energy conservation and carbon reduction
according to ISO 14001 standard.
None

59

Evaluation item Operation status (Note 1) Operation status (Note 1) Operation status (Note 1) Operation status (Note 1) Operation status (Note 1) The variations
and the causes of
variations from
the) Corporate
Social
Responsibility
Best Practice
Principles for
TWSE/TPEx
Listed
Companies
Yes No SummaryDescription(Note 2)
(IV) Does the
company maintain
statistics on
greenhouse gas
emission, water
usage and total
waste volume in the
last two years, and
implement policies
aimed at reducing
energy, carbon,
greenhouse gas,
water and waste?

V
We have established GHG inventories-related
operation standard according to ISO 14064-1
standard, and implemented all the projects of
energy conservation and carbon reduction
according to ISO 14001 standard.
Information for thepast 2years:
None
Metric
tons/CO2e
2018 2019
Scope 1 1,112.925 1.17% 1,355.450 1.48%
Scope 2 93,616.914 98.83% 89,933.713 98.52%
Total 94,729.839 100.00% 91,289.163 100.00%
IV. Social Issues
(I) Has the
company
established related
management
policies and
procedures in
accordance with
relevant laws and
international
conventions on
human rights?
V The formulation of all the management
regulations of the company follows and
conforms with the related laws of the
government, clearly declares its dedication to
following international CSR-related regulation
to ensure employee’s rights and interests.
None
(II) Has the
company developed
and implemented
reasonable
employee welfare
measures (including
compensation,
leave of absence
and other benefits),
and appropriately
reflected business
performance or
outcome in


V
The Company has established and enforced
reasonable employee welfare measures - please
refer to V. Labor Relations (Page 112 in the
annual report); and the Company has
appropriately reflected business performance in
employees’ remuneration - please refer to
(VIII) Remuneration of Employees and
Directors (Page 93 in the annual report).
None

60

Evaluation item Operation status (Note 1) The variations
and the causes of
variations from
the) Corporate
Social
Responsibility
Best Practice
Principles for
TWSE/TPEx
Listed
Companies
Yes No SummaryDescription(Note 2)
employees’
remuneration?
(III) Has the
company provided
the employees with
a safe and healthy
work environment
and arranged
regular safety and
health education for
employees?
V (1) The Company has established the
occupational safety and health management
system and acquired OHSAS 18001 and
CNS15506 certifications. The Safety and
Health Working Code of Conduct has also
been formulated and publicly announced
after the approval of the competent
authority.
(2) The fire equipment of the entire plant is
maintained on a regular basis; a fire
maintenance report form is submitted and an
inspection is carried out in accordance with
the regulation of the competent authority
each year.
(3) Security, control access, monitoring and
alarm system have been put in place at
various important entrances and exits,
environmental safety and health patrol is
enforced and self-inspection is carried out as
required by the law to strengthen the safety
within the plant.
(4) Participating in occupational safety and
health weekly events and performing various
safety and health educational and training in
accordance with the government’s
occupational safety and health education and
traininglaws and regulations.

None
(IV) Has the
company
established an
effective career
development plan
for employees?
V Our employees enter the training development
system from the first day they work in our
company. The system includes the newcomer
guidance training, and three major parts
containing the offline training, the online
trainingand the self-development training
None

61

Evaluation item Operation status (Note 1) The variations
and the causes of
variations from
the) Corporate
Social
Responsibility
Best Practice
Principles for
TWSE/TPEx
Listed
Companies
Yes No SummaryDescription(Note 2)
according to the Learning Map (engineering
technique staff, administration staff). An
inventory check for the ability gap of
employees is performed in the aspect of
organizational needs, departmental needs and
individual needs in order to plan, arrange the
ability of personnel or formulate training plans
for personnel development and provide a
comprehensive training blueprint to employees,
ensuring the consistency of talent development
and Company’s operationgoals.
(V) Has the
company complied
with laws and
international
standards with
respect to
customers’ health,
safety and privacy,
marketing and
labeling in all
products and
services offered,
and implemented
consumer
protection policies
and complaint
procedures?
V We mainly specialize in OEM and don’t have
our own brand, so we don’t conduct the related
marketing and labeling. We have set up a
communication channel for stakeholders, and a
complaint is handled according to the
procedures if there is a need for compliant.
None
(VI) Has the
company
implemented a
supplier
management policy
that regulates
suppliers’ conducts
with respect to
environmental
protection,
V We include the clauses for immediate
termination or rescission in contracts when the
supplier violates the CSR policy. Besides, we
request the suppliers to abide by related
environmental laws, issue the related letter of
guarantee and conduct on-site inspection at any
time, if the suppliers violate the laws, we can
terminate or rescind the contracts immediately.
None

62

Evaluation item Operation status (Note 1) Operation status (Note 1) Operation status (Note 1) The variations
and the causes of
variations from
the) Corporate
Social
Responsibility
Best Practice
Principles for
TWSE/TPEx
Listed
Companies
Yes No SummaryDescription(Note 2)
occupational safety
and health or work
rights/human rights
issues, and tracked
suppliers’
performance?
V. Has the
company taken
reference from the
internationally
accepted reporting
standards or
guidance when
compiling CSR
reports to disclose
non-financial
information?
Have the reports
mentioned
previously obtained
the assurance of
third party
verification?
V The Company compiles CSR reports each year
according to the GRI requirements. It has been
evaluated that there is no need to obtain the
assurance of third party verification as of now.
The Company may require a third party
verification in the future according to needs.
None
VI. If the company has established its own CSR guidelines according to the “Corporate Social
Responsibility Best Practice Principles for TWSE/TPEx-Listed Companies,” please specify the
operating status and the variations between them:
We have formulated the CSR-related regulations in all the operation standards of human
resources,environmentalprotection,safe and health to complywith the laws.

63

Evaluation item Operation status (Note 1) Operation status (Note 1) Operation status (Note 1) The variations
and the causes of
variations from
the) Corporate
Social
Responsibility
Best Practice
Principles for
TWSE/TPEx
Listed
Companies
Yes No SummaryDescription(Note 2)
VII. Other important information that helps understand CSR operations:
(I) Environmental protection, safety and health:
1. We have established the air pollution control and wastewater treatment equipment according
to the laws, we assigned the qualified companies to dispose of or recycle the industrial waste,
we have set up the wastewater recycling system. In response to the government’s policy, we
launched activities such as the energy conservation and carbon reduction, the garbage
classification and recycling and the green procurement, we have been awarded “the First Place
of the 2008 Building Renovation and Maintenance Rating,” “2013 Excellent
Water-Saving/Energy-Saving Company,” “2016 Resources Recycling Quality Award” by
the Export Processing Zone of the Ministry of Economic Affairs and awarded“2011
Kaohsiung City Enterprise Energy-saving Rating Competition Excellent Award,” “Green
Restaurant” by the Kaohsiung City Government.
2. We have launched healthy workplace activity, promoted to quit smoking, encouraged the
employees to participate in the hiking activities held by the government that can improve the
health, and we have been awarded “Healthy Workplace Accreditation” by the Heath
Promotion Administration, Ministry of Health and Welfare in 2010, 2012,2016 and 2019,
respectively.
3. We participated in the evaluation of the series activities in the occupational safety and health
week and were awarded “Judges’ list award,” “participation certificate” in
2012/2013/2014/2015/2016, respectively, by the Ministry of Labor of the Executive Yuan.
(II) The community participation, social contribution, social services and so on:
1. We assisted and provided the police with materials recorded by monitoring equipment around
our factories to conduct the investigation of the cases, participated in the Zone Defense
Organization of the Kaohsiung Export Processing Zone to actively maintain the community
order and was awarded “2015/2017 Accident Prevention Measures Quality Award” by the
Export Processing Zone.
2. We have regularly launched the internship opportunities during the school year and the
summer vacation to make the students who are going to enter the workforce adapt to the life
in the work place in advance and know about the company, job responsibilities for the
preparation for the future.
3. Our company has diverse clubs, so the employees can participate in the community activities
or take part in the activities in the official nonprofit organization to relieve the stress for them.
(III) Social welfare:
1. We buy the Shareholders’ Meeting souvenir from the public welfare groups and
underprivileged groups each year; in 2019, the Company spent approximately NT$1,890
thousand.
2. We invite the public welfare groups and underprivileged groups to put on performances in our
year-end banquet and take their seats every year.

64

The variations and the causes of variations from the) Corporate Social Operation status (Note 1) Responsibility Evaluation item Best Practice Principles for TWSE/TPEx Listed Companies Yes No Summary Description (Note 2)

  1. We are a member of the Alliance Association of the Export Processing Zone Administration, periodically hold public welfare activities for the blood donation in the company, invite the underprivileged groups to set up booths and procure the relevant souvenirs from them.

  2. (IV) Human rights:

  3. We uphold the philosophy of looking after the disadvantaged groups and hire a certain number of people who are disabled mentally or physically. From 2017 and 2018, the number of people the Company recruited remained the same as required by the law; in 2019, the Company exceeded in a total of 62 persons hiring slightly disabled: 34 people, moderately disabled: 17 people, and severely disabled: 11 people. The Company effectively helps the workers with disabilities to overcome work barriers through designing appropriate duties while working together with professional agencies, groups and applicable units in order to improve their work suitability and further encourage more disadvantaged groups to join in the the workplace.

  4. In response to the government’s policy on the employment promotion in combination with the manpower requirement and the recruit mode of our company, we recruited the local labors and the underprivileged groups.

  5. As a means to strengthen the work ability for students after they graduate from schools in line with the government’s policy, OSE has teamed up with 6 schools, providing internship opportunities and drawn up plans such as “Dual System of Vocational Training Project, “Industry-Academe Collaboration Program” and 33 Overseas Chinese, Industry College Program”. Students are able to adapt the industrial and work environment through the internship the Company offers. A total of 488 students were offered the internship in 2019 which is an increase from 367 in 2018.

  6. In 2019, the Company organized 9 university research institute visit in southern Taiwan and 13 school seminars and courses, with 799 interns taking part. The interns were able to learn about the workplace through visits and lectures in advance.

65

(VI) Implementation status of the ethical corporate management and the adoption of related measures:

Implementation status of the ethical corporate management Implementation status of the ethical corporate management Implementation status of the ethical corporate management Implementation status of the ethical corporate management Implementation status of the ethical corporate management Implementation status of the ethical corporate management
Evaluation item Operation status The variations and
causes of
variations from
the Ethical
Corporate
Management Best
Practice Principles
for TWSE/TPEx
Listed Companies
Yes No Summary Description
I. The establishment of the
ethical management
policies and plans
(I)
Has the company
demonstrated its ethical
management policies in
its regulations and
external documents, and
stated in its
Memorandum or
external correspondence
about the policies and
practices it has to
maintain business
integrity? Are the board
of directors and the
management committed
in fulfilling this
commitment?
V (I)
“Sincerity, honesty” is the
Company’s most crucial core
value, and the Company
engages in all business
activities with the principle
of ethical standards. In light
of this, the Company has
formulated its “Ethical
Corporate Management Best
Practice Principles”
according to the “Ethical
Corporate Management Best
Practice Principles for
TWSE/TPEx Listed
Companies” and their
applicable enforcement rules.
The principles will come into
force after being resolved
and approved by the Board
of Directors’ meeting on
May 7, 2020.
No significant
difference.

66

Evaluation item Operation status Operation status The variations and
causes of
variations from
the Ethical
Corporate
Management Best
Practice Principles
for TWSE/TPEx
Listed Companies
Yes No Summary Description
(II)
Has the company
established a risk
assessment mechanism
against unethical
behavior, analyzed and
assessed business
activities within their
business scope on a
regular basis which are
at a higher risk of being
involved in unethical
behavior, and
established prevention
programs at least
covering the preventive
measures specified in
Paragraph 2, Article 7
“Ethical Corporate
Management Best
Practice Principles for
TWSE/TPEx Listed
Companies”?
V (II) The Company has
formulated the “Ethical
Corporate Management Best
Practice Principles” and
Article 7, paragraph 2 has
been prescribed in
accordance with the
preventive measures for
various conducts stipulated
in Article 7, paragraph 2 in
the “Ethical Corporate
Management Best Practice
Principles for TWSE/TPEx
Listed Companies”; suppliers
are required to sign the
“Code of Conducts
Compliance Certificate” as
required by the supplier
management measures.
According to the certificate,
suppliers may not conduct
any inappropriate business
such as bribery, or the
Company is entitled to
terminate the contract or
transaction with the supplier
at any time and damage may
be compensated.

No significant
difference

67

Evaluation item Operation status Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and
causes of
variations from
the Ethical
Corporate
Management Best
Practice Principles
for TWSE/TPEx
Listed Companies
Yes No Summary Description
(III)
Has the company
specified operational
procedures, behavioral
guidelines, disciplines of
violations, as well as an
appeal system in the
program against
unethical behavior, and
implemented such
programs, and reviewed
and revised the previous
program on a regular
basis?
V (III) The Company has
established the “Ethical
Corporate Management Best
Practice Principles” which is
being promoted upon
directors and managerial
officers and is listed as the
annual performance
assessment.
No significant
difference
II. The implementation of the
ethical management
(I)
Does the company
evaluate the ethical
records of its transaction
parties and explicitly
include clauses on
ethical conduct in
contracts signed with its
transaction parties?
(II)
Has the company set up
a dedicated responsible
unit to promote
corporate ethical
management under the
Board of Directors, and

V
V (I)
We have expressly stated the
prevention measures for
violating the ethical
principles and the
punishment clauses in our
commercial contracts.
(II) The Company has not set up
a dedicated (concurrent)
responsible unit; it has been
planned to enforce relevant
matters after setting up a
corporate governance
No significant
difference
The Company has
planned to set up a
corporate
governance
manager in order
to enforce the

68

Evaluation item Operation status Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and
causes of
variations from
the Ethical
Corporate
Management Best
Practice Principles
for TWSE/TPEx
Listed Companies
Yes No Summary Description
has such unit reported its
execution in terms of
ethical management
policy and preventive
programs against
unethical behaviors and
the supervision status to
the Board of Directors
on a regular basis (at
least once a year)?
(III) Has the company
established and
implemented the policy
to prevent the conflicts
of interest and provide
the suitable channels for
reporting such conflicts?

V
manager in 2021.
(III) Our rules of procedure for the
Board Meeting expressly
state the recusal system for
the Directors. If the motions
proposed by the Board of
Directors have conflict of
interest with the Directors or
the juristic-person investors
they represent, where there is
a likelihood that the interests
of the company would be
prejudiced, they may state
their opinions and answer the
questions, but they may not
participate in the discussion
or vote on those motions and
shall recuse themselves from
any discussion and voting,
and may not exercise voting
execution status of
the report of
ethical
management on a
regular basis.

No significant
difference

69

Evaluation item Operation status Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and
causes of
variations from
the Ethical
Corporate
Management Best
Practice Principles
for TWSE/TPEx
Listed Companies
Yes No Summary Description
(IV)
Has the company
established an effective
accounting system and
internal control system
in order to implement
ethical management,
and propose relevant
audit plans according to
the assessment results
of the risks of unethical
behaviors, and review
the compliance status of
the prevention of
unethical behaviors, or
entrust an account to
carry out the review?

V
rights as proxy on behalf of
another Director.
(IV) To ensure the fulfillment of
the ethical management, we
have established effective
accounting system and
internal control system, the
internal auditors also have
audited the legal compliance
status of these systems.
(V) The Company regularly
organizes education and
training in connection with
applicable policy of corporate
social responsibility to raise
the awareness of employees’
knowledge on corporate social
responsibility and regulations.
Please refer to annex 1 for the
education training results of
social responsibilityof 2019.
No significant
difference
No significant
difference.
(V)
Does the company
regularly organize the
internal and external
education training
activities for the ethical
management?
V

70

Evaluation item Operation status Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and
causes of
variations from
the Ethical
Corporate
Management Best
Practice Principles
for TWSE/TPEx
Listed Companies
Yes No Summary Description
III. The operating status of the
corporate whistleblower
system
(I)
Has the company
established the explicit
whistleblower system, the
incentive scheme and the
convenient
whistleblowing channels,
and assign the appropriate
personnel to investigate
the target of the
whistleblower complaint?
(II) Has the company
implemented any standard
procedures and/or
subsequent measures after
carrying out an
investigation or
confidentiality measures
for handling reported
misconduct?
V
V
(I)
We have formulated
employee grievance
processing procedure, if the
employees want to submit
the grievance or
communicate, they can
reflect with their direct
supervisors, Human
Resources or other relevant
units. We have also
established the oral
notification, the staff
suggestions box , the
grievance hotline and email.
(II) The Company has set up
employee whistleblowing
procedures that specifically
state to handle a
whistleblowing case with
confidentiality without
leaking the name of the
whistleblower or other
relevant information enough
to identify the person; the
Company is discreet when
carrying out an investigation,
No significant
difference.
No significant
difference.

71

Evaluation item Operation status Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and
causes of
variations from
the Ethical
Corporate
Management Best
Practice Principles
for TWSE/TPEx
Listed Companies
Yes No Summary Description
(III) Has the company establish
the measures to protect the
whistleblowers against the
retaliation?


V
and the internal of the
Company is also very careful
when handling relevant
matters.
(III) We have formulated
employee grievance
processing procedure,
expressly stated any
retaliation against the
grievant, the whistleblower
or who assists with the
investigation, the violator
will be punished according
to the situation.

No significant
difference.
IV. Reinforcing the information
disclosure
(I)
Has the company
disclosed its ethical
management principles
and effectiveness on its
website and the Market
Observation Post System
website?

V
(I)
The Company has disclosed
its “Ethical Corporate
Management Best Practice
Principles” on MOPS and its
website(www.ose.com.tw).
(II)
There was no violation of
the “Ethical Corporate
Management Best Practice
Principles” in 2019.
(III) We have designated
dedicated personnel to gather
and disclose company
information, implement the
spokesperson system.

No significant
difference.

72

Evaluation item Operation status Operation status Operation status Operation status The variations and
causes of
variations from
the Ethical
Corporate
Management Best
Practice Principles
for TWSE/TPEx
Listed Companies
Yes No Summary Description
V.
If the company has established its own ethical management principles in accordance with
the “Ethical Corporate Management Best Practice Principles for TWSE/TPEx-Listed
Companies,” please specify the operation status and the variations between them:
“Sincerity and honesty at all times” is Orient Semiconductor Electronics’ (OSE)
entrepreneurial spirit and business philosophy. OSE has dedicated itself to serving
customers, caring for employees, managing enterprise, taking responsibilities for
shareholders and fulfillingCSR for decades.
V.
Other material information that helps understand the operation of the company’s ethical
management: (such as the review and revision of the company’s ethical management
principles and other situation):
We abide by the Company Act, the Securities and Exchange Act, Business Entity
Accounting Act and other relevant laws that the listed companies should follow to fulfill
the ethical management.
  • V. If the company has established its own ethical management principles in accordance with the “Ethical Corporate Management Best Practice Principles for TWSE/TPEx-Listed Companies,” please specify the operation status and the variations between them:

  • “Sincerity and honesty at all times” is Orient Semiconductor Electronics’ (OSE) entrepreneurial spirit and business philosophy. OSE has dedicated itself to serving customers, caring for employees, managing enterprise, taking responsibilities for shareholders and fulfilling CSR for decades.

  • V. Other material information that helps understand the operation of the company’s ethical management: (such as the review and revision of the company’s ethical management principles and other situation):

We abide by the Company Act, the Securities and Exchange Act, Business Entity Accounting Act and other relevant laws that the listed companies should follow to fulfill the ethical management.

Annex 1: the results of 2019 CSR education and training is as follows:

Course category Name of course Numbers
of students
Enterprise
operation laws
program
Personal Information Protection Act (confidentiality
obligation)
3,021
Trade Secrets Act (non-competition obligation, confidentiality
obligation)
9,552
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (ethicalpractice) 9,552
General Education Training for the Newcomers
(ConfidentialityObligations)
3,021
Human Rights RBA introduction 3,021
Operating program of the labor-management laws, information 218
securityand Personal Information Protection Act
Program General Education Training for the Newcomers
(RBA code of conduct, personal ethical practice of the
employees,the sexual harassmentpreventionguidance)
3,021

73

  • (VII) If the company has established corporate governance guidelines and related regulations, please disclose the methods to access them: The Company has established measures including the “Rules of Procedure for Shareholders’ Meetings”, “Rules of Procedure for Board of Directors Meetings”, “"Rules for Director Elections", “Procedures for Ethical Management and Guidelines for Conduct” and the “Ethical Corporate Management Best Practice Principles”. Please see the Company’s website (www.ose.com.tw)→Investor Relations→Corporate Governance→Major Internal Policies.

  • (VIII) Other material information that helps increase the understanding of the implementation status of corporate governance:

  • Please refer to “Implementation status of corporate governance and the variations and causes of variations from the Corporate Governance Best Practice Principles for TWSE/TPEx Listed Companies- page No. 40.”

74

  • (IX) Implementation status of the internal control system

  • Internal control system statement

Orient Semiconductor Electronics, Ltd.

Internal control system statement

Date: Mar. 29, 2020

According to the results of the 2019 self-evaluation of the internal control system, we hereby declare as follows:

  • I. We acknowledge and understand that it is the responsibility of our Board of Directors and Managerial Officers to establish, implement and maintain the internal control system and we have established such system. The purpose of such system is to reasonably ensure that the following objectives are achieved: the effectiveness and efficiency of operations (including profits, performance and safeguard of asset security), the reliability, timeliness and transparency of reporting and the compliance with applicable laws, regulations.

  • II. There are inherent limitations to the internal control system, no matter how it is perfectly designed. An effective internal control system can only reasonably ensure the achievement of the aforementioned 3 objectives. Moreover, the effectiveness of the internal control system may differ according to the different environments and situation. Our internal control system contains self-monitoring mechanisms, we can take immediate corrective actions against any defects once identified.

  • III. We assess the effectiveness of design and implementation of the internal control system based on the criteria specified in the “Regulations Governing Establishment of Internal Control Systems by Public Companies” (hereinafter referred to below as “the Regulations”). The criteria adopted by “the Regulations” divide the internal control system into five elements according to the process of control management: 1. environment control, 2. risk assessment, 3. control operation, 4. information and communication, and 5. monitoring operation. Each element is composed of several other items. Please refer to “the Regulations” for the aforementioned items

  • IV. We have assessed the effectiveness of design and implementation of the internal control system according to the aforementioned criteria.

  • V. Based on the results of the aforementioned assessment, we believe that, on 31 December 2018, the design and implementation of the internal control system (that includes the supervision and management of subsidiaries) were reasonably ensured the objectives were achieved: the effectiveness and efficiency of operations, the reliability, timeliness, and transparency of reporting, and the compliance with applicable laws, regulations, and bylaws.

  • VI. This statement is an integral part of the annual report and the prospectus, and will be made public. If there is any fraud, concealment, or other illegality in the aforementioned content made public will entail legal liability under Articles 20, 32, 171 and 174 of the Securities and Exchange Act.

  • VII. This statement was approved unanimously by the Board Meeting of the Company held on Mar, 27 2020, where 0 of the 7 attending Directors expressed dissenting opinions, and the remainder all affirmed the content of this statement.

Orient Semiconductor Electronics, Ltd.

Signature of Chairman: Edward Shaw-Yau Duh

Signature of President: Yueh-Ming Tung

75

  1. If the company assign a CPA to audit its internal control system it shall disclose the CPA audit report: none.

  2. (X) The punishments for the company and its internal employees by the laws, the punishments for its internal employees violating the internal control system by the company, the major defects, and the improvements in the most recent year and by the date of the annual report publication: none.

  3. (XI) Material resolutions made by the Shareholders’ Meeting and the Board Meeting in the most recent year and by the date of the annual report publication:

  4. The general meeting of shareholders was held on June 18, 2019, the material resolutions and the implementation status in the meeting:

Category The resolutions of the general meeting of
shareholders
The resolutions of the general meeting of
shareholders
The resolutions of the general meeting of
shareholders
Implementation status
General
meeting of
the
shareholders

Adoption:
1. 2018 Business Report and Financial
Statements.
2. 2018 appropriation of making up losses.
Discussion:
1. Amendment to parts of clauses of the
"Articles of Incorporation".
2. Amendment to parts of clauses of the
"Procedure for Acquisition or Disposal of
Assets".
3. Amendment to parts of clauses of the
"Procedure for Endorsements and
Guarantees".
4. Amendment to parts of clauses of the
"Lending Funds to Others".
5. Amendment to parts of clauses of the "Rule
for Director and Supervisor Elections".
Election:
Election of the 17th term of Directors
(Including 3 Independent Directors).
Discussion:
6. Lifting of the competition strife restriction
for new directors.
Adoption:
1. Approval by voting.
2. Approval by voting.
Discussion:
1. The motion was
approved by voting. The
change has been
registered at the Ministry
of Economic Affairs on
June 28, 2019.
2. The motion was
approved by voting.
3. The motion was
approved by voting.
4. The motion was
approved by voting.
5. The motion was
approved by voting.
The change of the elected
directors has been registered at
the Ministry of Economic
Affairs on June 28, 2019.
6. The motion was
approved byvoting.
2. Material resolutions in the Board Meeting:
Meeting Time Category Material resolutions
Mar. 29, 2019 Board of
Directors
Discussion:
1. Approval of the 2018 “Internal Control System

76

Meeting Time Category Material resolutions
Statement.”
2. “2018 Individual and Consolidated Financial Statement.”
3. “2018 Appropriation of Making up Losses.”
4. “2019 Business Plan.”
5. Date of 2019 general meeting of shareholders.
6. “Re-election of the Directors (Including the Independent
Directors).”
7. Lifting of the competition strife limitation for new
directors.
8. Revision of the “Articles of Incorporation”.
9. Revision of the “Operating Procedure for Assets
Acquisition and Disposal”.
10. Revision of the “Operating Procedure for Endorsements
and Guarantees”.
11. Revision of the “Operational Procedure for Loaning to
Others”.
12. Revision of the “Rules for Director and Supervisor
Elections”.
13. Formulation of the “Audit Committee Charter”.
14. Loaning to OSE Phil.
15. Bank loan amount.
16. Personnel.
17. Performance bonus for the Company’s Executive
Officers.
18. Remuneration for managerial officers.
May 8, 2019 Board of
Directors
Discussion:
1.
Bank loan amount.
2.
Loaning to OSE Phil.
3.
Evaluation of the CPA’s independence and
appropriateness.
4.
Revision of the accounting system.
5.
Revision of the “Operational Procedure for the Internal
Control System” and “Auditing Procedure for the
Internal Audit”.
June 18, 2019 Board of
Directors
Discussion:
1.
Election of the Chairman.
August 12, 2019 Board of
Directors
Discussion:
1.
Appointment of the remuneration committee.
2.
Amendments to measures of issuance of new restricted
employee shares.
3.
Amendment to the “Rules of Procedure for Board of
Directors Meetings”

77

Meeting Time Category Material resolutions
4.
Amendment to the “Guidelines for the Adoption of
Codes of Ethical Conduct”.
5.
Amendment to the “Compensation Committee
Charter”.
6.
Amendment to the “Internal Material Information
Processing Operating Procedure”.
7.
Amendment to the “Halt and Resumption
Applications”.
8.
Amendment to the “Rules Governing the Scope of
Powers of Independent Directors”.
9.
Amendment to the “Standard Operating Procedures for
Directors’ Requests”.
10. Loaning to OSE Phil.
11. Bank loan amount.
12. Auditing Executive Change.
13. Personnel.
November 13, 2019 Board of
Directors
Discussion:
1.
2020 audit plan.
2.
Bank loan amount.
3.
Loaning to OSE Phil.
4.
New restricted employee shares
5.
HR and remuneration
March 27, 2020 Board of
Directors
Discussion:
1.
“2019 individual and consolidated financial
statements”.
2.
The effectiveness of the internal control system and
provision of “Internal Control System System” for
2019.
3.
2019 remuneration distribution for employees and
directors.
4.
2019 earnings distribution.
5.
2020 business plan.
6.
Date of 2020 general meeting of shareholders.
7.
Bank loan amount.
8.
Loaning to OSE Phil.
9.
Provision of endorsements and guarantees to OSE
Phils.
10. Revision of the “Articles of Incorporation”.
11. Amendment to the “Audit Committee Charter”.
12. Formulation of the “Ethical Corporate Management
Best Practice Principles”.
13. Formulation of the “Board of Directors’ Performance
Evaluation”.

78

Meeting Time Category Material resolutions
14. Amendment to the “Calculation Measures for
Employees’ Bonus”.
15. Formulation of the “Remuneration Measures for
Directors and Members of Functional Committee”.
16. Amendment to the “Rules Governing the Scope of
Powers of Independent Directors”.
17. Transportation allowance for directors.
18. Performance bonus for the Company’s Executive
Officers.
May 7, 2020 Board of
Directors
Discussion:
1.
Formulation of the “Operational Procedures of the
Internal Control System”.
2.
Bank loan amount.
3.
Loaning to OSE Phil.
4.
Formulation of the “Company’s Self Compiling of
Financial Report Plan”.
5.
Evaluation of the CPA’s independence and
appropriateness.
6.
The record date of cancellation of capital reduction for
restricted employee shares has been approved.
7.
Personnel.
8.
Disposal of the plant.
9.
Formulation of the “Ethical Corporate Management
Best Practice Principles”.
10. Private placement of ordinary shares for cash capital
increase.
11. Reasons for the convening of 2020 general meeting of
shareholders have been newlyadded.
  • (XII) In the most recent year and by the date of the annual report publication, the material resolutions approved by the Board Meetings for which the Directors or Supervisors expressed the adverse opinion or qualified opinion with records or with written statements, and its main content: none.

  • (XIII) In the most recent year and by the date of the annual report publication, the resignation or dismissal of the company’s key individuals including the Chairman, President, and Accounting Supervisor, Financial Supervisor, Chief Internal Auditor and R&D Supervisor

Title Name Date of
assumption
Date of
dismissal
Reasons for the
resignation or
dismissal
Chief auditor Shu-Yen,Chang July1,1992 August 12,2019 Retirement

79

V. Information of CPA fee

Unit: NTD thousand

V. Information of CPA fee Unit: NTD thousand
Name of CPA firm Name of CPA Audit eriod Remarks
p
Ernst and Young Global Limited Chen,
Chih-Chung
Chen,
Cheng-Chu

January 1, 2019 -
December 31,2019
  • Note1: If the Company replaces the CPA or CPA firm, state the audit period and specify the reason for the replacement in the remarks section.

Unit: NTD thousand

Audit fee item
Price range
Audit fee item
Price range
Audit
fee
Non-audit
fee
Total
1 Under 2,000 thousand V
2 2,000 thousand(inclusive)- 4,000 thousand
3 4,000 thousand(inclusive)- 6,000 thousand
4 6,000 thousand(inclusive)- 8,000 thousand V
5 8,000 thousand(inclusive)- 10,000 thousand V
6 Above 10,000 thousand(inclusive)
  • (I) Amount of non-audit fee paid to a CPA, a CPA firm, and its affiliates is one quarter or more of the audit fee: none.

  • (II) Replacement of the CPA firm, and the audit fee is lesser than that of the previous year after the replacement: none.

  • (III) The audit fee is less than that of the previous year by 15% or more: none.

  • VI. Replacement of CPAs: In response to internal adjustment of the CPA firm and to maintain the independence of the CPA, we had resolved in the Board Meeting on Nov. 13, 2018 on replacing the CPA starting from the 1st quarter of 2019. The original CPA, Mr. Fang Wen Lee and CPA, Mr. Cheng Chu Chen of Ernst and Young Global Limited were replaced by the CPA, Mr. Chih Chung Chen and the CPA, Mr. Cheng Chu Chen.

  • VII. The Chairman, President or Managerial Officers in charge of finance or accounting served at the firms or affiliates of CPAs in the most recent 1 year: none

80

VIII.Changes in the transfer or pledge of shares by Directors, Supervisors, Managerial Officers, and shareholders holding over 10% of the stakes:

Title Name Category
of stock
2019 2019 As of April 20 of the
currentyear
As of April 20 of the
currentyear
Increase
(decrease) in
shareholdin
gs

Increase
(decrease)
in pledged
shares
Increase
(decrease) in
shareholding
s

Increase
(decrease)
in pledged
shares
Chairman Edward Shaw-Yau Duh Common
stock

0
0 0
0
Director
and
concurrentl
y serves as
President
Yueh-Ming Tung Common
stock

0
0 0
0
Director Phison Electronics
Corporation
Representative:
Khein-SengPua
Common
stock

0
0 0
0
Director Hok-Ngang Chui
(Date of assumption of
office: June 18,2019)
Common
stock

0
0 0
0
Independe
nt Director
Ching-Tien Tsai Common
stock

0
0 0
0
Independe
nt Director
Jerry Chiu Common
stock

0
0 0
0
Independe
nt Director
Philip Wei
(Date of assumption of
office: June 18,2019)
Common
stock

0
0 0
0
Supervisor
of financial
department


Chun-Kuan Lee
Common
stock

100,000
(100,000)
0 0
0
Vice
President
Tzu-Ming Liu Common
stock

100,000
(100,000)
0 0
0
Vice
President
Liang-Chung Wu Common
stock

60,000
(60,000)
0 0
0
Vice
President
Kuan-Tien Shen Common
stock

100,000
(100,000)
0 0
0
Vice
President
Shih-Chuan Chen
(Date of assumption of
office: Mar. 5,2019)
Common
stock

0
0 0
0

81

Title Name Category
of stock
2019 2019 As of April 20 of the
currentyear
As of April 20 of the
currentyear
Increase
(decrease) in
shareholdin
gs

Increase
(decrease)
in pledged
shares
Increase
(decrease) in
shareholding
s

Increase
(decrease)
in pledged
shares
Vice
President
(Chief
Informatio
n Officer)
Chin-Chiu Wang
(Date of assumption of
office: September 5, 2019)
Common
stock

0
0 0
0
Assistant
Manager
Wen-Pin Yang Common
stock

80,000
(100,000)
0 0
0
Assistant
Manager
Che-Kuang Liu Common
stock

80,000
(80,000)
0 0
0
Assistant
Manager
Tse-Wen Li Common
stock

50,000
(50,000)
0 0
0
Assistant
Manager
Min-Lang Tsai Common
stock

80,000
(80,000)
0 0
0
Assistant
Manager
Chen-Chung Sun Common
stock

80,000
(80,000)
0 0
0
Assistant
Manager
(CHRO)
Chen-Ling Lai Common
stock

80,000
(80,000)
0 0
0
Assistant
Manager
Tseng-Chih Chi Common
stock

80,000
(80,000)
0 0
0
Assistant
Manager
(Administr
ation
Supervisor
)
Shu-Ling Kung Common
stock

80,000
(80,000)
0 0
0
Assistant
Manager
Hung-Tai Mai
(Date of assumption of
office: May1,2019)
Common
stock

80,000
(80,000)
0 0
0
Supervisor
of
accounting
department

Shu-Yong Chu
Common
stock

40,000
(40,000)
0 0
0
Director Xi-Ren Tseng
(Date of dismissal: June 18,
2019)
Common
stock

0
0 0
0

82

Title Name Category
of stock
2019 2019 As of April 20 of the
currentyear
As of April 20 of the
currentyear
Increase
(decrease) in
shareholdin
gs

Increase
(decrease)
in pledged
shares
Increase
(decrease) in
shareholding
s

Increase
(decrease)
in pledged
shares
Assistant
Manager
Longsys Electronics
(Taiwan) Co., Ltd.
Representative: Dai-Gang
Zhang
(Date of dismissal: June 18,
2019)
Common
stock

0
0 0
0
Supervisor
s
DS Fund LLC
Representative: Daphane Wu
(Date of dismissal: June 18,
2019)

Common
stock

0
0 0
0
Vice
President
Chun-Chieh Wang
(Date of dismissal: April 1,
2020)
Common
stock

60,000
(60,000)
0 0
0
Assistant
Manager
Shih-Chung Hsiang
(Date of dismissal: August 1,
2019)

Common
stock

0
0 0
0

83

IX. Information of relationship between the company’s top 10 shareholders who are mutually

stakeholders, spouses or relatives within the second degree of kinship:

Name Personal shareholdings Personal shareholdings Shareholdings of
spouse, minor
children
Shareholdings of
spouse, minor
children
Shareholdings by
nominee
arrangement
Shareholdings by
nominee
arrangement
Name and relationship between
the company’s top 10
shareholders who are mutually
stakeholders, spouses or
relatives within the second
degree of kinship
Name and relationship between
the company’s top 10
shareholders who are mutually
stakeholders, spouses or
relatives within the second
degree of kinship
Share Proportion of
shareholdings

Share

Proportion of
shareholdings


Share

Proportion of
shareholdings


Name
Relationship
CTBC Bank in custody for
investment account of
Kingston Technology
Company, Inc.
37,960,831
6.81%
0 0 0 0 Mega Bank in
custody for
investment
account of
KTC-SUN
CORPORATION

The
representative
of these 2
companies
and the
Chairman,
the Vice
Chairman of
the
shareholder is
the same
person.
CTBC Bank in
custody for
investment
account of
KTC-TU
CORPORATION
DS Fund LLC The
representative
of the
company and
the Vice
Chairman of
the
shareholder is
the same
person.
CTBC Bank in custody for
investment account of
KTC-TU
CORPORATION
Representative: John Tu
27,604,459
4.95%
0 0 0 0 CTBC Bank in
custody for
investment
account of
Kingston
Technology
Company, Inc.
The
Chairman of
the company
and the
representative
of the
shareholder is
the same
person

84

Name Personal shareholdings Personal shareholdings Shareholdings of
spouse, minor
children
Shareholdings of
spouse, minor
children
Shareholdings by
nominee
arrangement
Shareholdings by
nominee
arrangement
Name and relationship between
the company’s top 10
shareholders who are mutually
stakeholders, spouses or
relatives within the second
degree of kinship
Name and relationship between
the company’s top 10
shareholders who are mutually
stakeholders, spouses or
relatives within the second
degree of kinship
Share Proportion of
shareholdings

Share

Proportion of
shareholdings


Share

Proportion of
shareholdings


Name
Relationship
Mega Bank in custody for
investment account of
KTC-SUN
CORPORATION
Representative: David Sun

27,579,321

4.95%
0 0 0 0 CTBC Bank in
custody for
investment
account of
Kingston
Technology
Company, Inc.
The Vice
Chairman of
the company
and the
representative
of the
shareholder is
the same
person.
DS Fund LLC The
representative
of the
company and
the
shareholder is
the same
person.
Chun-Yuan Tu 13,750,000
2.47%
0 0 0 0 None None
Chang Chun Investment Co.
Ltd.

11,956,597

2.15%
0 0 0 0 None None
CTBC Bank in custody for
investment account of
Hok-NgangChui
10,711,948
1.92%
0 0 0 0 None None
JPMorgan Chase Bank in
custody for investment
account of NOREGS
BANK
9,277,931 1.66% 0 0 0 0 None None
JPMorgan Chase Bank
in custody for Vanguard
Total International Stock
Index Fund

8,321,208
1.49% 0 0 0 0 None None

85

Name Personal shareholdings Personal shareholdings Shareholdings of
spouse, minor
children
Shareholdings of
spouse, minor
children
Shareholdings by
nominee
arrangement
Shareholdings by
nominee
arrangement
Name and relationship between
the company’s top 10
shareholders who are mutually
stakeholders, spouses or
relatives within the second
degree of kinship
Name and relationship between
the company’s top 10
shareholders who are mutually
stakeholders, spouses or
relatives within the second
degree of kinship
Share Proportion of
shareholdings

Share

Proportion of
shareholdings


Share

Proportion of
shareholdings


Name
Relationship
DS Fund LLC
Representative: Ta Wei Sun
(David Sun)
7,864,990 1.41% 0 0 0 0 Mega Bank in
custody for
investment
account of
KTC-SUN
CORPORATION

The
representative
of the
company and
the
shareholder is
the same
person.
CTBC Bank in
custody for
investment
account of
Kingston
Technology
Company, Inc.
The Vice
Chairman of
the company
and the
representative
of the
shareholder is
the same
person.
Phison Electronics
Corporation
7,336,369 1.32% 0 0 0 0 None None

86

  • X. The shareholdings of the same investee held by the Company, Directors, Supervisors, Managerial Officers, and the business entities directly or indirectly controlled by the company, and calculation of the consolidated proportion of shareholdings of the above categories:
Unit: shares,% Unit: shares,% Unit: shares,% Unit: shares,% Unit: shares,% Unit: shares,%
Investee (Note) Shareholdings of the company
(1)
Shareholdings of Directors,
Supervisors, Managerial
Officers, and business
entities directly or indirectly
controlled by the company
(2)
Syndicated shareholdings
(1)+(2)
Share Proportion of
shareholdings

Share
Proportion of
shareholdings

Share
Proportion of
shareholdings
OSE PHILIPPINES Common
3,680,365
93.67%
Common
248,760

6.33%

Common
3,929,125

99.99%
OSE PROPERTIES,
INC.
Common
7,998
39.99%
Common
0

0

Common
7,998

39.99%
OSE USA, INC. Common
8,024
100.00%
Common
0

0

Common
8,024

100.00%
OSE
INTERNATIONAL
LTD.
Common
16,000,000
100.00%
Common
0

0

Common
16,000,000

100.00%
ATP Electronics
Taiwan Inc.
Common
7,518,750
9.57%
Common
7,074,335

9.00%

Common
14,593,085

18.57%
InfoFab, Inc. Common
632,899
13.32%
Common
829,857

16.60%

Common
2,074,529

43.66%
COREPLUS (HK)
LTD.
Common
7,500,000
100.00%
Common
0

0

Common
7,500,000

100.00%

(Note): Investments accounted for using the equity method

87

Four. Capital Overview

I. Capital and shares

(I) Sources of capital

Apr. 20, 2020 Apr. 20, 2020 Apr. 20, 2020
Year/month Issuance
price
Authorized capital Paid-in capital Note
Share
(Thousand
shares)
Amount
(NTD
thousand)
Share
(Thousand
shares)
Amount
(NTD
thousand)
Sources of capital Subscription
of capital
stock with
assets other
than cash
Others
1996/Apr. 10 200,000 2,000,000 200,000 2,000,000 Capital increase by cash
NT$353,213 thousand.
None None
1996/Jun. 10 420,000 4,200,000 261,325 2,613,250 Capital increase by the retained
earnings NT$ 376,000
thousand, capital increase by
the capital reserve NT$ 224,000
thousand, capital increase by
the employee bonus NT$ 13,250 thousand.
None None
1997/Apr. 10 420,000 4,200,000 270,949 2,709,487 Transfer of the convertible
bonds to the common stock
NT$96,237 thousand.
None None
1997/Jun. 10 526,000 5,260,000 375,899 3,758,987 Capital increase by the retained
earnings NT$593,378 thousand,
capital increase by the capital
reserve NT$436,227 thousand,
capital increase by the
employee bonus NT$ 19,895
thousand.
None None
1997/Jul. 10 526,000 5,260,000 407,987 4,079,867 Transfer of the convertible
bonds to the common stock
NT$320,880 thousand.
None None
1998/Jun. 10 1,000,000 10,000,000 586,876 5,868,671 Capital increase by the retained
earnings NT$943,387 thousand,
capital increase by the
employee bonus NT$25,618
thousand, capital increase by
the capital reserve NT$ 650,172
thousand, transfer of the
convertible bonds to the
common stock NT$169,626
thousand.
None None
1999/Jul. 10 1,000,000 10,000,000 710,532 7,105,324 Capital increase by the retained
earnings NT$586,867 thousand,
capital increase by the capital
reserve NT$586,867 thousand,
transfer of the convertible bonds
to the common stock
NT$10,104 thousand, capital
increase by the employee bonus
NT$52,815 thousand.
None None
1999/Oct. 10 1,000,000 10,000,000 810,532 8,105,324 Capital increase by cash NT$ 1,000,000 thousand None None

88

Year/month Issuance
price
Authorized capital Authorized capital Paid-in capital Paid-in capital Note
Share
(Thousand
shares)
Amount
(NTD
thousand)
Share
(Thousand
shares)
Amount
(NTD
thousand)
Sources of capital Subscription
of capital
stock with
assets other
than cash
Others
2000/Aug. 10 1,400,000 14,000,000 993,143 9,931,428 Capital increase by the retained
earnings NT$777,828 thousand,
capital increase by the capital
reserve NT$818,767 thousand,
transfer of the convertible bonds
to the common stock
NT$160,684 thousand, capital
increase by the employee bonus
NT$68,825 thousand.
None None
2001/Jun. 10 1,400,000 14,000,000 1,091,383 10,913,826 Capital increase by the capital
reserve NT$ 982,398 thousand
None None
2001/Sep. 10 1,400,000 14,000,000 1,241,383 12,413,826 Issuance of the preferred
stock for capital increase totaled
NT$1,500,000 thousand.
None None
2003/Jan. 10 2,000,000 20,000,000 1,391,383 13,913,826 Issuance of the common stock
for capital increase totaled
NT$1,500,000 thousand at a
discount.
None None
2003/Mar. 10 2,000,000 20,000,000 1,458,259 14,582,589 Transfer of the convertible
bonds to the common stock
NT$668,763 thousand at a
discount.
None None
2003/Sep. 10 2,000,000 20,000,000 1,601,043 16,010,425 Transfer of the convertible
bonds to the common stock
NT$1,427,836 thousand at a
discount.
None None
2003/Dec. 10 2,000,000 20,000,000 1,590,298 15,902,975 Retirement of the treasury stock
NT$107,450 thousand.
None None
2003/Dec. 10 2,000,000 20,000,000 1,704,902 17,049,017 Transfer of the convertible
bonds to the common stock
NT$1,146,042 thousand at a
discount.
None None
2004/Feb. 10 2,000,000 20,000,000 1,734,625 17,346,245 Transfer of the convertible
bonds to the common stock
NT$297,228 thousand at a
discount.
None None
2004/Aug. 10 2,000,000 20,000,000 861,714 8,617,141 Capital reduction NT$8,729,104
thousand for making up the
losses
None None
2005/Dec. 10 2,000,000 20,000,000 876,016 8,760,158 Transfer of the convertible
bonds to the common stock
NT$143,017 thousand at a
discount.
None None
2007/May. 10 2,000,000 20,000,000 1,056,016 10,560,158 Issuance of the common stock
by the private placement for
capital increase totaled
NT$1,800,000 thousand at a
discount.
None None
2008/Jun. 10 2,000,000 20,000,000 606,016 6,060,158 Capital reduction NT$4,500,000
thousand for makingupthe
None None

89

Year/month Issuance
price
Authorized capital Authorized capital Paid-in capital Paid-in capital Note
Share
(Thousand
shares)
Amount
(NTD
thousand)
Share
(Thousand
shares)
Amount
(NTD
thousand)
Sources of capital Subscription
of capital
stock with
assets other
than cash
Others
losses
2011/Sep. 10 2,000,000 20,000,000 806,016 8,060,158 Issuance of the common stock
for capital increase totaled
NT$2,000,000 thousand at a
discount.
None None
2018/Sep. 10 2,000,000 20,000,000 552,329 5,523,285 Capital reduction NT$2,536,872
thousand for making up the
losses
None None
2019/Sept. 10 2,000,000 20,000,000 557,329 5,573,285 NT$50,000 thousand of new
restricted employee shares
None None

Apr. 20, 2020 Unit: shares

Stock Class Authorized capital (including the convertible shares of the
convertible bonds)
Authorized capital (including the convertible shares of the
convertible bonds)
Authorized capital (including the convertible shares of the
convertible bonds)
Authorized capital (including the convertible shares of the
convertible bonds)
Authorized capital (including the convertible shares of the
convertible bonds)
Note
Outstanding shares Unissued
shares
Total
Listed Unlisted Total
Common stock 486,543,618
70,784,915

557,328,533
1,442,671,467 2,000,000,000
None
Total 486,543,618
70,784,915

557,328,533
1,442,671,467 2,000,000,000
None

Relevant information of shelf registration: None.

(II)Structure of shareholders

April 20, 2020

Structure of
shareholders
Quantity


Government
agencies
Financial
institutions
Other
juristic-person
investors
Individuals Foreign
institutions
and
individuals
Treasury
stock
Total
Number of
Persons
0 6 174 66,142 97 1 66,420
Shareholding 0 4,905,732 59,276,623 318,511,642 174,520,536 114,000 557,328,533
Proportion of
shareholdings
0.00% 0.88% 10.64% 57.15% 31.31% 0.02% 100.00%

90

(III) Diversity of Ownership:

)Diversityof Ownership: April 20,2020
Ranking of shareholding Number of
shareholders
Shareholding Proportion of
shareholdings%
1-999 41,230 10,698,756 1.92%
1,000-5,000 17,021 38,934,889 6.99%
5,001-10,000 3,808 29,572,283 5.31%
10,001-15,000 1,235 15,601,909 2.80%
15,001-20,000 798 14,813,518 2.66%
20,001-30,000 739 18,623,362 3.34%
30,001-40,000 361 12,943,257 2.32%
40,001-50,000 270 12,596,703 2.26%
50,001-100,000 506 36,090,603 6.48%
100,001-200,000 234 32,664,912 5.86%
200,001-400,000 105 28,937,893 5.19%
400,001-600,000 42 20,281,398 3.64%
600,001-800,000 15 10,433,364 1.87%
800,001-1,000,000 7 6,006,745 1.08%
1,000,001 shares and more 49 269,128,941 48.28%
Total 66,420 557,328,533 100.00%

The diversification of shareholdings of the preferred stock: None

(IV) List of major shareholders

V)List of major shareholders April 20,2020
Proportion of
shareholdings
6.81%
4.95%
4.95%
2.47%
2.15%
1.92%
1.66%
1.49%
1.41%
1.32%
Shares
Name of major shareholders
Shareholding Proportion of
shareholdings
CTBC Bank in custody for investment account of
Kingston TechnologyCompany,Inc.
37,960,831 6.81%
CTBC Bank in custody for investment account of
KTC-TU CORPORATION
27,604,459 4.95%
Mega Bank in custody for investment account of
KTC-SUN CORPORATION
27,579,321 4.95%
Chun-Yuan Tu 13,750,000 2.47%
ChangChun Investment Co. Ltd. 11,956,597 2.15%
CTBC Bank in custody for investment account of
Hok-NgangChui
10,711,948 1.92%
JPMorgan Chase Bank in custody for investment
account of NOREGS BANK
9,277,931 1.66%
JPMorgan Chase Bank in custody for Vanguard
Total International Stock Index Fund
8,321,208 1.49%
DS Fund LLC 7,864,990 1.41%
Standard Chartered is entrusted with the custody of
Vanguard Global Market Stock Index Fund

7,336,369
1.32%

91

  • (V) The market price, net value, earning, dividends and relevant information in the two most recent years
recent years
Year Item 2018 2019 Jan. to Mar.,
2020
Market price
per share
Highest 12.90 19.45 13.60
Lowest 6.68 11.65 8.01
Average 9.53 15.34 10.63
Net value per
share
Before distribution 9.96 10.88 Not
applicable
After distribution
(note 1)
It has been
resolved that
there is no
distribution
(Note 2)
EPS Weighted average of
shares
552,328,533 552,328,533
EPS (0.20) 1.06
Dividends per
share
Cash dividends 0 0.15
Stock
grant
From
retained
earnings
0 0
From capital
reserve
0 0
Accumulated unpaid
dividends for the
preferred stock
0 0
Analysis on
ROI
Price to earnings ratio (47.65) 14.47
Price to dividends ratio 0 102.27
Cash dividends yield 0 0.98%

Note 1: Fill in according to the distribution status in the Shareholders’ Meeting of the next year; there is no earnings distribution 2018.

  • Note 2: Earnings distribution of 2019 will be resolved upon 2020 general meeting of shareholders.

Note 3: Calculation formula

(1) Price to earnings ratio = Average share price/EPS

= (2) Price to dividend ratio Average share price/Cash dividend per share

= (3) Cash dividends yield Cash dividends per share/Average share price

*If there is a surplus or additional paid-in capital to increase the capital allotment, the market price and cash dividend information adjusted retrospectively based on the number of shares to be issued shall be disclosed.

92

(VI) Dividends policy and implementation status

1. Dividends policy

After the Company deducts the remuneration of the employees, the Director and the Supervisors from its income before tax, and also offsets the accumulated deficits , it should set aside the employees bonus at 8% - 12% and the Directors and Supervisors bonus not more than 3% from the remaining income before tax.

The proportion of the remuneration distribution for the employees, the Director and the Supervisors or the bonus distribution by cash or stock should both be decided in the Board Meeting where at least two-thirds or more of all the members of the Board of Directors should attend and 1/2 of the attending members should approve the motion and the resolution should be reported in the Shareholders’ Meeting as well.

The employees of parent or subsidiaries who receive the remuneration in the form of cash or stock should meet certain requirements.

If there are any retained earnings upon the general final accounts at the end of the year, they will be used for the payment of all payable taxes and offsetting the accumulated deficits in the previous years and 10% of the remainder will be contributed as a legal reserve and a special reserve should be provided or reversed according to the laws or as requested by the competent authority, the balance and the undistributed accumulated earnings for the previous years, which are identified as allocatable earnings, and the motion for the distribution should be proposed by the Board of Director and submitted to the Shareholders’ Meeting for the resolution.

As the Company operates in a volatile business environment, the enterprise life cycle is in the growth stage, and to take into consideration the Company’s capital demand in the future, long-term financial plan and to satisfy the shareholders’ cash flow. The distribution of the earnings in the year shall not be less than 10% of the accumulated distributable earnings; however, when the accumulated distributable earnings is less than 1% of paid-in capital, it may not be distributed; in which the cash dividends shall not be less than 10% of the total dividends.

  1. The dividend distribution proposed on the general meeting of shareholders: cash dividends of NT$82,849,280 (NT$0.15 per share).

  2. Any expected material changes in the dividends policy: None

  3. (VII) Impacts of the stock grants proposed by the current Shareholders Meeting on the company’s operations and EPS: Not applicable.

  4. (VIII) Remuneration for employees, Directors and Supervisors:

  5. The percentage or range of remuneration for employees, Directors and Supervisors in the articles of incorporation:

Please refer to the dividends policy in the page No. 93.

93

  1. Bases for estimating the remuneration for the employees, Directors and Supervisors of the period, bases for calculating the compensation in stock for the employees, and accounting solution for variation between actually distributed amount and estimated amount: 2019 remuneration for employees and directors recognized according to measures stipulated in the Charter were NT$60,921,000 and NT$11,423,000, respectively. The base for disclosed previously is the 2019 current income before tax deducting profit for employee and director remuneration which was reserved for accumulated loss. If there is a difference between estimated and actual payment amount, the amount will be reflected in the Company’s next year’s expense base on accounting estimation treatment.

  2. Information on the adoption of the remuneration distribution by the Board of Directors:

    • (1) The amount of the remuneration distributed in cash or stock for the employees, Directors and Supervisors. Any discrepancy between the annual recognized distributed amount and figure, the difference, reason and response should be disclosed: On March 27, 2020, the Board of Directors approved to distribute NT$60,921,000 for employees’ remuneration and NT$11,423,000 for directors’ remuneration in cash.

    • (2) The proportion of the amount of the remuneration distributed in stock for the employees in the net income after tax in the individual financial statement of the period and the total amount of the remuneration for the employees: Not applicable.

  3. If there is variation in the actual status of remuneration (including number of shares, amount, and stock price) distributed to the employees, Directors, and Supervisors in the previous year, state the variation amount, causes, and settlement of variation. (1) Remuneration for the employees: No difference.

    • (2) Remuneration for the Directors and Supervisors: No difference.
  4. (IX) Status of shares buyback: None.

  5. II. Status of corporate bonds: None.

  6. III. Status of preferred stock: None.

  7. IV. Status of global depositary receipts: None

  8. V. Status of employee stock option: None.

94

VI. The process of new restricted employee shares:

(I) The process of new restricted employee shares

April 20, 2020

Types of new restricted employee
shares
First new restricted employee shares
FilingEffective Date June 10,2019
GivingDate November 25,2019
Date of Issuance December 30,2019
New restricted employee shares issued 5,000,000 shares
Issuance price NT$10 per share
(bonus shares)
New restricted employee shares issued
to the total number of shares issued at
the time of issuance
0.91%
Vesting conditions for new restricted
employee shares
1. The Company will use the standalone financial
statements of the most recent year when the vesting
term expires as the Company’s performance
conditions:
(1). First year: EPS reaching NT$0.3 (inclusive) or
more
(2). Second year: EPS reaching NT$0.8 (inclusive) or
more
(3). Third year: EPS reaching NT$1 (inclusive) or
more
(4). If the performance conditions mentioned above
are not reached, it is deemed that the vested conditions
have not been met
2. After the personal performance and the Company’s
performance have been reached at the same time,
employees’ share proportion for vesting conditions
according to their service terms for the year is as
follows:
(1). After distribution and the term of service has
reached one year, 30% of shares
(2). After distribution and the term of service has
reached two years, 30% of shares
(3). After distribution and the term of service has
reached threeyears,40% of shares
Restricted rights for new restricted
employee shares
(I)
The new restricted employee shares issued by the
Company shall be safeguarded by an entrusted
trust institution assigned by the Company after
employees receive the distribution. Employees
may not ask the trustee to return new restricted
employee shares for anyreason or method.

95

Types of new restricted employee
shares
First new restricted employee shares
(II) Before reaching vested conditions, employees
may not sell, pledge, transfer, gift to others, set or
other method to dispose of their shares.
(III) Before reaching vested conditions, the attending,
proposals, speeches, voting rights, voting rights,
and other matters in connection with
shareholders’ rights and interests of the
shareholders’ meeting are executed in accordance
with custody contract made with the entrusted
institution.
(IV) Restrictions on shareholder’s rights to (subscribe)
shares and dividends: Before reaching the vested
conditions prescribed by the measures for new
restricted employee shares, employees have no
right to participate in the original shareholder’s
rights to (subscribe) shares and dividends.
(V) Employees reaching vested conditions during the
book closure date for issuance of bonus shares,
book closure date for cash dividends, the
subscription of new shares resulting from a cash
capital increase, matters of closure date for
shareholders meeting specified in Article 165,
paragraph 3 of the Company Act, or other book
closure period of the record date for distribution
of entitlements, their lifted restricted shares may
not enjoy the rights of subscriptions for the shares
and dividends.
The custody of new restricted employee
shares:
When entrusting a trust for custody, the exercise of
shareholders’ rights during the trust period shall be
enforced accordingto the custodycontract.
Method for handling with employees
who have not reached the vested
conditions after being allocated or
subscribed for new shares
If the vested conditions for performance before the
end of the period are not met, new restricted employee
shares received according to the issuance measures
will be returned to the Companyand cancelled.
New restricted employee shares
returned or bought back
114,000 shares
Number of new restricted employee
shares lifted
0
Number of new restricted employee
shares cancelled due to participating in
the Company’s reduction of capital
0

96

Types of new restricted employee
shares
First new restricted employee shares
Number of new restricted employee
shares not lifted
5,000,000 shares
Number of new restricted employee
shares not lifted to the total number of
shares issued(%)
100%
Impact to the shareholders’ equity The dilution of earnings per share of the company
during the vesting period is still limited and should
pose no significant impact on shareholders’ equity.
  • VII. Status of new share issuance relating to the merger, acquisition, and transfer of shares: none

  • VIII. Implementation of fund utilization plan: Until the deadline of providing hardcopy of annual report, no unissued shares or private placement of securities have not yet been complete, nor has existing plans within the last three years generated significant changes. It is therefore not applicable.

97

Five. Operation Overview

I. Business content

  • (I) Business scope

  • Business scope of the company includes:

    • (1) Integrated circuit and semiconductor parts

    • (2) Electronic, computer, communication circuit boards

    • (3) Hardware, software, system, and peripheral equipment of computer and communication products.

    • (4) R&D, design, manufacturing, assembly, processing, testing and after-sale services for all the aforementioned products.

    • (5) Import and export business (except special approval business)

  • Proportion of operations

operations
Product item proportion of
operations (%)
2019
Plastic integrated circuit 60.11
EMS 39.89
Total 100.00
  1. The current products(services) of the Company and the new products(services) we plan to develop:

  2. (1) IC packaging and testing services

The items of services include: Packaging and testing services for IC and semiconductor parts.

  • (2) Electronics manufacturing services (EMS/CEM)

The items of services include: PCB assembly, box build and system integration, and we also provide the customers with the services of prototype and Pilot run to make their products introduced in the market earlier.

  • (II) Current status of the industry

  • Current status and development of the industry

Semiconductor Group

  • (1) For NAND Flash:

First half of 2019, NAND Flash continued to decline by 32% from the decline of 2018. In the second half of 2019, although Samsung reduced capital expenditure and some manufactures increased their price, due to factors including seasonal preparation of materials in the third season and many companies also prepared

98

materials in advance influenced by the impact of the trade war between China, the US, Japan and Korea, the business growth in second half did not decline due to price increase.

Market of Consumer NAND Flash price trend

Chinese flash memory market www.chinaflashmarket.com as of January 23, 2020

Figure 1(Flash price index trend)

(Source of the data: http://www.chinaflashmarket.com/)

Although NAND Flash prices continued to increase in the second half of 2019, in terms of demands, data center and enterprise-level markets continued remain strong for SSDs. As well as ensuring the demand of the mobile phone and PC markets, the original manufacturer supply strategy focuses on the high-margin market, resulting in tight supply in the consumer market. Also, with the impact of some companies protecting their goods, the market remained promising and would persist till January of 2020. Before the lunar new year, all companies were optimistic for 2020.

However, with the coronavirus outbreak emerging during the lunar new year, resulting in the lockdown in the second biggest economic body in the world. Each country was cautious for the pandemic. As companies and factories returned to work after the lunar new year, the resuming of work, transportation and logistics have all met with problems, posing some uncertain factors for the market.

According to the analysis of the Chinese flash memory market,the impact of the pandemic would only the in the first quarter. With the slowdown of the outbreak and increase of workers returned to work, online services, big data and gaming machines have increased due to 5G and the pandemic; therefore the demand for DRAMs and SSDs will continue to increase. Overall, we are still positive about the overall 2020.

99

There is a golden cross between the price of NANA Flash and traditional hard drive. Besides, NAND Flash enjoys the advantages of small volume, light weight and low power consumption, which causes some products such as notebooks to adopt SSD as the storage device. With the new increase in demand in the 2019 data, according to IEK statistics (as shown in Figure 2), SSD accounts for 43.9% of the overall ratio, up 3.2% from 2018. In 2020, driven by the demand for AI systems and big data management, the demand for Flash BGA will persist its growth.

Mobile memory (eMMC / eMCP / eUFS) will bring benefits from the effects of the launch of 5G mobile phones. We can clearly see that from the IEK statistics, the entire mobile phone memory for the proportion of NAND Flash applications accounted for 36.9% in 2019, compared to 34.9% in 2018. With the main mobile supplier continuing to launch 5G mobiles, aside from the demand increase of eMMC and eMCP, we can also look forward to the demand for eUFS in 2020.

In terms of memory cards, although the supply for flash die was sufficient in 2019, the price of NAND Flash continued to decline with the market price; therefore, the supply of the high-profit SSD was the main focus in the second half, making the entire memory card account for the proportion of NAND Flash applications decrease from 7.0% in 2018 to 4.5% in 2019.

Self-driving is the key point for the automobile development. The sensor, radar, AI, navigation, traffic performance analysis, multimedia entertainment and computing platform have transformed the automobile into a mobile data center. The NAND Flash enjoys the advantages of high efficiency, reliability, stability, and durability, it will become the best choice for the storage in the automobile industry. Affected by the US China trade war in 2019, car sales were not as expected, resulting in a slight decline in automotive memory to only 0.9%. We anticipate that it will become the top 3 applications among the NAND Flash applications in the coming 10 years.

100

==> picture [419 x 260] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

USB Flash Drives,
3.5% Solid-State Drives,
Flash Cards, 4.5%
43.9%
Electronic Data
Processing, 5.4%
Industrial
Electronics, 0.6%
Automotive
Electronics, 0.9%
Military/Civil
Aerospace
Electronics, 0.2%
ADAS, 0.1%
Consumer
Electronics, 4.2%
Communicarion
Electronics, 36.9%
----- End of picture text -----

Figure 2 (proportion of Flash applications )

(2) For other IC:

According to TRI’s analysis, with factors of being effected by the conflict between China and the US in 2019, the demand for mobile phone terminals declined. With the decline in the price of memory, the packaging and testing industry has encountered a decreased revenue. But in the beginning of the 3rd quarter of 2019, benefiting from the increase in memory prices and the growth momentum of mobile phone sales due to the 5G mobile phone market, the overall packaging and testing market gradually rebounded. The overall package production value in 2019 totaled NT$51.76 billion. In 2020, packaging demands such as chips in 5G mobiles, establishment of masts and NB IoT are going to be the driving force for growth in 2020. According to TRI’s analysis, the production value of packaging in 2020 will grow by approximately 2%, reaching USD52.8 billion. The Company will not only focus on IoT-related, memory products, and provide the resources and manpower to develop them, but also will devote itself to the development and evaluation of the newly established Flip chip technology to boost AI and 5G-related products this year.

Electronics manufacturing services (EMS) Group

(1) For SSD cards:

As order demand from our customers increased, the shipment of SSDs in 2019 increased by 88%; it is expected that the demand will increase in 2020 than in 2019. (2) For petroleum exploration:

With oil prices continuing to decline, negotiation between Saudi Arabia and Russia on production cuts have failed, affecting the oil and natural gas market.

101

Moreover, the coronavirus pandemic still tops the chart for being the most impactful. Due to the disease, the energy demand has declined by a wide margin and it is expected that in 2020, the overall energy demand will continue to fall. The business performance on that part will be estimated with reservation.

(3) For servers:

The digitalization is one of the indispensable components for the enterprise to enhance its competitiveness, AIoT and 5G contribute to expanding the demand for processing the data, which results in the growing demand for computing servers year by year, the order demand by customers is also growing constantly.

  1. Relationship of upstream, midstream, and downstream in the Industry

The key parts of flash memory cards include flash memory and memory controller. The Company can support all the products produced by the top 5 global flash memory suppliers currently, we also have built the direct communication channels with some flash memory suppliers, we can understand the current situation of the flash memory in the market and its technology development in the future by communicating with them directly.

In 2019, the Company has successfully mass produced the chips of Yangtze Memory Technology Corp. through working with its major customers. In terms of the memory controller, the Company have cooperated closely with the domestic/foreign memory controller companies with cost advantage and strong functionalities, so we enjoy certain advantages in the quality, cost and customer support.

  1. Trends and competition situation of products

We will continue to focus on adjusting its marketing position and restructuring internal organizations, creating the Company’s core value. We have also started to focus on the niche market of flash memory packaging which requires more management and production resources. By far, the shipment volume has been more than 50-60 million pieces each month. For future prospect, the Company will continue utilizing the following competitive advantages to satisfy the quality, capacity, and cost necessary for the packaging market of flash memory.

  • (1) Technique integration and quality yield rate:

  • It is necessary not only to apply FEOL of packaging to memory cards, but also to apply SMT manufacturing process to them. The Company has the technique and production capacity of the packaging for semiconductor and the assembly for the electronics, we can finish manufacturing the products rapidly. Furthermore, our company adopts one-stop production, so we enjoy advantage on controlling of the quality yield rate relatively.

102

  • (2) Complete supply chain lowers the material cost constantly:

    • We continue looking for the cost-effective materials and manufacturing process via bilateral cooperation by working together with suppliers of related materials to form a comprehensive supply chain.
  • (3)Complete flash memory supply chain:

    • In terms of flash memory cards, the key parts of flash memory cards include flash memory and memory controller. The Company irregularly discusses with the top 5 global flash memory suppliers and memory controller suppliers about the future trends of the products, and we also regularly discuss with the related memory controller suppliers about the relevant techniques.
  • (4)Complete products development team:

    • We will continue to investment on software and hardware of product development, while at the same time assisting in flash memory-related customers to conduct the electrical and thermal analysis and help them develop the relevant customized products.
  • (III) Current status of technology and R&D

  • R&D expenses invested

Unit: NTD thousand
The 1st quarter of
2020
69,056
3,642,533
1.89%
Year
Item
2018 2019 The 1st quarter of
2020
R&D expenses 270,528 278,307 69,056
Operatingrevenue 15,188,192 17,515,145 3,642,533
R&D expenses as a
percentage of revenue
1.78% 1.59% 1.89%
  1. Technologies or products developed successfully

  2. Semiconductor Group

    • (1) Successfully mass produced NAND Flash for Yangtze Memory Technology Corp.

    • (2) Completed the Flip chip production line.

  3. ◆Electronics manufacturing services (EMS) Group

    • (1) Introduction of the high-end Netcom, the yield rate of BGA (> 5000 pins) can fulfill the demand successfully.

    • (2) The technique of manufacturing process over IPC class 3 for manufacturing standard regulation enters the mass production stage, and is applied to the petroleum exploration, aerospace and military defense and so on.

103

  - (3) Automation for SSD production line, the development of the robot technology and its application.
  • (IV) Long-term and short-term business plans

  • Short-term business plan:

Semiconductor Group: The short-term business plan will mainly focus on constant further development for the customer relationship, creating strategic partners, utilizing the current resources completely, strengthening the reduction of cost and select the niche market with caution. Our main competitive products are lead frame products (QFN), CSP products, Flash, and LPDDR-related products. EMS Group: 3 areas of focus. SSD cards, special electronic products whose manufacturing standard regulation is over IPC-610 Class 3, which is applied to the medical, aerospace and other special fields, servers and instruments and other niche-oriented products or future star products like Netcom, AIoT and e-sports.

  1. Long-term business plan:

Our long-term business plan will focus on continuing developing the niche-oriented products (like photoelectric and wireless communication products) in combination with the technique of the semiconductor packaging, testing and electronic assembly, and strengthening the relationship with the customers to bring more profits.

104

II. Market, production, and sales overview

(I) Market analysis

  1. Sales regions of major products (services)

Unit: NTD thousand

Unit: NTD thousand Unit: NTD thousand
Year
Area
2018 2019
Sales amount % Sales amount %
Foreign
sales
America
4,186,016
27.56 3,766,910 21.51
China 1,676,305 11.04 2,254,742 12.87
Others 4,258,396 28.04 5,493,230 31.36
Sub-total 10,120,717 66.64 11,514,882 65.74
Domestic sales 5,067,475 33.36 6,000,263 34.26
Total 15,188,192 100.00 17,515,145 100.00

2. Market share

Unit: NTD 100 million

Industry
category
Year OSE packaging
revenue
Output value of
packaging industry in
Taiwan
Market share
IC
packaging
2017 73.18 3,330 2.20%
2018 77.48 3,445 2.25%
2019 98.00 3,463 2.83%

Source: TSIA; Institute of Industrial Technology Research Institute IEK (2020/02).

  1. Demand, supply, and growth status in the future

  2. Semiconductor Group

The future growth of the semiconductor will still be driven by the mobile communication. In addition, the automotive electronics, 5G and AI will also blow up continually. OSE began to adjust its market and products a few years ago in addition to the active development for IoT-related products and markets in 2016, which resulted in the successful transformation and constant growth for OSE. We also introduced LPDDR-related products in 2018 successfully, and we will continue the further development in IoT and LPDDR-related products and markets. Aside from the constant development in China and ASEAN emerging countries, we will expand our business scope to the photoelectric, AI, wireless communication industries via OSE’s ability of rapid integration and R&D.

◆ Electronics manufacturing services (EMS) Group

The major growth in the future for the Company’s Electronics Manufacturing Services Group mainly comes from 3 major product lines:

105

  - (1) Continuous demand of SSD cards.

  - (2) Increase of the high-end class 3 technology, allowing extensive production application range.

  - (3) The enterprise digitalization causes the increase of data or materials. In addition, the increase of data is also driven by IoT, 5G mobile broadband services, improvement of AI technique and application, the accumulated data will become bigger and bigger, which results in the growing demand for computing  servers year by year.
  1. Niche for competition:

  2. (1) Rapid integration and complete R&D team.

  3. (2) Combine with packaging, testing and SMT technology to create the synergy.

  4. (3) Construct the highly integrated MIS to become the customer’s “virtual factory.”

  5. (4) The excellent NPI services optimize the design complying with the production to lower the cost for the customers in the early stage of the product development.

  6. (5) The strict and careful management for the materials and work-in-process inventory lowers the inventory risk for the customers.

  7. Advantages, disadvantages, and responsive strategy in the long-term development

  8. Advantages

    • (1) The big companies of device integration will increase the proportion of outsourcing constantly to drive the demand for the packaging and testing.

    • (2) The international packaging companies conduct the merger continually, so the customers look for other packaging companies for the cooperation.

    • (3) The global original equipment manufacturers focus on the core abilities like the brand and R&D, and outsource the manufacturing for the products.

    • (4) The demand for mobile communication products continue increasing, which cause the demand for the related key parts to also grow.

    • (5) The strong demand for the server motherboard, SIP module, PDA, smartphone assembly board and the products for the leading companies in the niche market will drive the demand for packaging, testing and EMS in the market.

    • (6) The introduction of OLPC will drive the demand for flash memory.

    • (7) The development of IoT and smart home causes the related products to become the mainstream in the coming 5 years, driving the growth of the entire semiconductor industry.

    • (8) The construction of 5G communication is about to be finished, so there will be a machine-replacing current and the demand for semiconductor will

106

increase day by day.

  - Disadvantages

     - (1) The products life cycle becomes shorter and the functions get more complicated day by day, it is not easy to get back the return on investment on the machines and equipment.

     - (2) The competition of the price and the increase of the materials cost cause the margin pressure.

     - (3) In response to the rapid drop for the price of the electronic products, many customers find the low manufacturing cost solutions in China, so many Taiwanese products in the mid and low price range are no longer competitive because of the manufacturing cost

  - Responsive strategy

     - (1) Controlling the cost strictly and decreasing the expenditures.

     - (2) Taking advantage of R&D ability to enter the niche market and build the threshold for new technologies.

     - (3) Making good use of the decision-making for the investments in manufacturing equipment and fixed assets to maximize the marginal effect.

     - (4) Utilizing the effect of flextime to provide the accurate real-time production information, services for products technologies and knowledge.

     - (5) Using the technology for multiple layer stacking, so the customers can acquire the memory cards with low cost and high price.

     - (6) Bringing out the functionality and the flexibility of the logistics management for the supply chain and strengthen the partnership with the suppliers.

     - (7) The strict and careful management for the material inventory to lower the materials inventory risk.

     - (8) Using the local materials in Taiwan or look for the alternative materials for spreading the risks.

     - (9) For the parts in short supply in the market, forecasting the production quantity in advance, and we are devoted to maintaining our relationship with the suppliers as well.
  • (II) Important uses and production process of major products

  • Important uses of major products

    • Semiconductor Group

The major product is IC device packaging which is applied to the computer, communication, network, consumer electronics, telecommunication internet, industrial controller, digital camera, and so on.

  • Electronics manufacturing services (EMS) Group

107

It provides the professional electronics manufacturing services (EMS), the OEM products is mainly applied to the servers, SIP modules, instruments and large industrial equipment, storage systems, petroleum exploration, and satellite-related uses.

2. Production process of major products

  • (1) Production process of packaging products

Die sawing→ Die bonding→ Wire bonding→ Molding→ Marking→ Trimming→ Testing→ Packaging

  • (2) Production process of electronic products

Parts processing→ SMT assembly → Parts insertion → Auto-soldering→ Auto-cleaning and drying→ Testing→ Case assembly→ Testing→ Packaging→ Shipping

(III) Supply status of major materials

tus of major materials
Major material’s details Supplysource
PCB Taiwan
Connector China
AU wire Korea
Compound China,Japan,Taiwan
Lead frame Taiwan
Substrate China,Taiwan

108

  • (IV) Major purchases and sales customer lists in the last two years

  • The supplier code, sales amount, and proportion of sales which accounted for at least 10% of the total sales amount in any of the past two years and the reasons for the increase or decrease:

Unit: NTD thousand Unit: NTD thousand Unit: NTD thousand Unit: NTD thousand Unit: NTD thousand Unit: NTD thousand Unit: NTD thousand Unit: NTD thousand
2018 2019 The 1stquarter of 2020
Name Amount Proportio
n in
annual net
sales
〔%〕

Relationship
with the
issuer
Name Amount Proportion
in annual
net sales
〔%〕

Relationship
with the
issuer

Name
Amount Proportion
in current
year’s net
sales up to
the last
quarter〔%〕
Relationship
with the
issuer
Company
A
4,469,670 29.43 None Company
A

4,535,396
25.89 None Company
A

1,027,375
28.20 None
Company
B
3,242,267 21.35 None Company
B

4,288,955
24.49 None Company
B

817,726
22.45 None
Company
C
1,521,905 10.02 Juristic-pers
on director
of the issuer
Company
C

2,332,055
13.32 Juristic-pers
on director
of the issuer
Company
C

495,670
13.61 Juristic-pers
on director
of the issuer
Others 5,954,350 50.09 Others 6,358,739 36.30 Others 1,301,762 35.74
Net sales 15,188,19
2
100.00 Net sales 17,515,145 100.00 Net sales 3,642,533 100.00

According to the analysis of the sales materials for the major customer in the past 2 years, there is no significant change in the proportion of sales, which indicates that the relationship between the Company and the customers is very stable. Overall, the sales customers of the Company are scattered, so there is no risk for the sales concentration and other abnormal situations.

  1. The vendor code, purchase amount, and proportion of purchase which accounted for at least 10% of the total net purchase amount in any of the past two years and the reasons for the increase or decrease:

109

Unit: NTD thousand

Unit: NTD thousand Unit: NTD thousand Unit: NTD thousand Unit: NTD thousand
2018 2019 The 1stquarter of 2020
Name Amount Proportion
in annual
net purchase
〔%〕

Relationship
with the
issuer
Name Amount Proportion
in annual
net purchase
〔%〕

Relationship
with the
issuer

Name
Amount Proportion in
current year’s
net purchase
up to the last
quarter〔%〕
Relations
hip with
the issuer
Company A 2,852,597 32.22 None Company
A
2,834,420 31.26 None Company
A
709,142 33.28 None
Others 6,001,317 67.78 None Others 6,233,498 68.74 None Others 1,421,915 66.72 None
Net
purchase
8,853,914 100.00 Net
purchase
9,067,918 100.00 Net
purchase
2,131,057 100.00

Both of the Company’s Semiconductor Group and EMS Group belong to the foundry without the own brands, the raw materials are mostly standardized products and we have many suppliers for the raw materials so we don’t need to concern about the shortage. We will consider the quality and the price first when purchasing unless the customers designate the suppliers. According to the overall purchase proportion, there is no risk for the excessive concentration. Besides, we keep close relationship for the strategic cooperation with the major suppliers and the source of supply is more than 2 companies at any time. In general, the supply status is stable and there is no abnormal situation.

110

(V) Production volume and value in the past 2 years

Unit: thousand pieces / NTD thousand

Year 2018 2018 2019 2019
Production volume and value
Majorproduct
Capacity Volume Value Capacity Volume Value
Plastic integrated circuit 1,557,594 1,145,665 7,609,945 1,581,322 1,081,855 8,314,763
EMS 109,725
79,908
6,150,492 130,372
101,590
6,633,780
Others 794,392
501,984

582,648
794,392
439,057

563,998
Total 2,440,563 1,727,557 14,343,085 2,493,128 1,622,502 15,512,541

(VI) Sales volume and value in the past 2 years

Unit: thousand pieces / NTD thousand

Unit: thousandpieces / NTD thousand Unit: thousandpieces / NTD thousand Unit: thousandpieces / NTD thousand Unit: thousandpieces / NTD thousand
Year 2018 2019
Sales volume and value
Major product

Domestic sales
Foreign sales Domestic sales Foreign sales
Volume Value Volume Value Volume Value Volume Value
Plastic integrated circuit 728,984 4,382,956 413,624 3,364,890 4,382,956 5,067,398 3,364,890 4,732,251
EMS 582
65,987

63,894
4,461,527
65,987

376,949

56,655
4,719,497
Others 319,149
678,673
181,084 2,234,159
678,673

636,939
152,142 1,982,111
Total 1,048,715 5,127,616 658,602 10,060,576 5,127,616 6,081,286 3,573,687 11,433,859

III. Profile of employees

Employee Year 2018 2019 Up to March 31 of
the currentyear
Number of
employees
Direct 4,214 4,420 4,240
Indirect 2,315 2,337 2,281
Total 6,529 6,757 6,521
Average age 34.37 34.58 35.66
Average seniority 6.53 6.80 7.87
Education
distribution
%
Doctor 0.00 0.00 0.00
Master 3.54 3.58 3.64
University/
College
60.23 59.88 59.87
Senior high
school
28.49 29.16 29.22
Less than
Senior high
school
7.74 7.38 7.31

111

IV. Environmental protection expenditure

  • (I) The losses (including compensation) and penalty due to the environment pollution in the most recent 2 years and by the date of the annual report publication: none, the Company didn’t encounter any losses or penalties in these 2 years due to the environmental pollution.

  • (II) Future countermeasures (including improvement actions) and possible expenditure: The investment on the maintenance and renewal for the pollution treatment equipment in each factory is about NT$4.5 million.

  • (III) Countermeasures for RoHS 2.0 of EU:

  • In response to the implementation for RoHS 2.0 of EU, the Company have actively conducted all the transformation works since several years. We currently have finished constructing the management system for RoHS 2.0 and gained the certification from the international famous enterprises, so we can fully provide the customers with the products complying with RoHS 2.0.

V. Labor relations

  • (I) The measures of employee welfare, retirement system and its implementation status, and labor-management agreements:

  • The measures of employee welfare:

    • OSE considers the talents to be the most valuable assets for the enterprises, we will review the supply/demand status for the talents market and remuneration to provide the remuneration appropriate to the value of the talents, and we will also distribute the incentive bonus and performance bonus based on company’s operating performance to achieve the purpose of encouragement and talents retention.

    • (1) Establish the Employee Welfare Committee to implement all the welfare measures for the employees.

    • (2) If the employee is dead, disabled, injured or sick due to the occupational accidents, he will be compensated according to the regulation regarding the compensation for accidents in the Labor Standards Act.

    • (3) Establish the Occupational Safety and Health Committee and management unit to be in charge of the matters of the occupational safety, health and the employee medical checkup.

    • (4) Implement the employee education training to increase the professional knowledge for the employees so they can be devoted to their works.

    • (5) Provide all kinds of subsidies for the marriage, death, hospitalization, child birth.

    • (6) Employee restaurant provides the meals with convenience, health, nutrition and

112

low price.

  • (7) Provide the work environment with safety, comfort and clean.

  • (8) The employees can apply for an unpaid military leave or an unpaid parental leave.

  • (9) The Company implements the group medical insurance and accident insurance for the whole employees.

  • (10) Establish the nursery room in the Company to provide the postpartum employees with the excellent environment for nursing.

  • (11) Hold domestic and overseas travels, family days, speeches and year end banquets for the employees every year.

  • (12) Encourage and assist the employees to set up the clubs and hold relevant activities.

  • (13) Provide the vouchers for three important Chinese holidays, scholarships, and vouchers for employee birthdays.

  • (14) Provide the leaves that are better than the regulations of the Labor Standards Act such as leaves for helping deal with wedding affairs.

  • (15) Give gifts to the senior employees for their hard work.

  • (16) Hold labor-management meetings regularly to harmonize labor relations.

  • (17) Hold Coffee Sessions and other activities to help the newcomers to become more involved in the Company’s atmosphere faster.

  • Further study and educational training for employees:

  • (1) The Company plans the annual educational training program for the employees according to the organizational development and the annual strategic targets and selects the development focus of the year.

  • (2) Establish standardized newcomer guidance training and orientation training to help the newcomers involve in the team quickly.

  • (3) Provide the current employees with the application for the external training courses and expense subsidy.

  • (4) Establish the internal trainer system to cultivate the employees to serve as the internal trainers for the Company to pass down the professional knowledge and capability.

  • (5) Cooperate with the Trade Unions to irregularly implement the labor education training every year.

  • (6) Implement the dual-career project to provide technical training and multiple general education courses for the students who participate in Industry-Academe Collaboration Program.

113


Total number
Course Category Course
Total hours
Total expense

ofpeople
Technology 53
887

300.5

1,535,347








Systems 4
45

55
Legal 6
223

44
Financial
Accounting
7
65

90
Organization
Management
9
96

117.5
Training of New
Employees
13
415

102
Management 2
42

51
Language 21
639

693
Environmental
Safety
46
2516

749
Total 161
4,928

2,202

3. Retirement system:

OSE has contributed monthly to the workers’ retirement reserve fund since Nov. 1986 according to the Labor Standards Act and deposited the fund in the Central Trust of China and established the supervisory committee of workers’ retirement reserve fund. In response to SFAS No.18 “Accounting for Pensions” which was implemented in 1995, the contribution proportion was increased to 4% after the submission to the competent authority for business objectives in July, 1993, and was adopted by the Export Processing Zone Administration of the Ministry of Economy on Aug. 9, 1993 and letter No. 006702 was issued. In July 2005, the Labor Pension Act was announced and implemented, we conducted the opinion investigation to know the willingness of the employees for choosing the old pension system or the new one according to the “Labor Pension Act” and reported the list of the employees who chose the new pension system, and we also contributed 6% of monthly salary to the employee’s personal account in the Bureau of Labor Insurance based on the regulation. In Aug. 2005, we submitted the proposal of decreasing the pension contribution proportion from 4% to 3% to the concerned authority, it was adopted on Aug. 26, 2005 and letter No. 09400072390 was issued. In Jan. 2016, we submitted the proposal to increase the pension contribution proportion from 3% to 6% to the concerned authority, it was adopted on Jan. 21, 2016 and letter No. 10500008670 was issued. In March 2017, we submitted the proposal of increasing the pension contribution proportion from 6% to 10% to the concerned authority, it was adopted on March 23, 2017 and letter No. 10600029540 was issued.

114

  1. Other important agreements:

  2. (1) Formulated the employee reporting system to provide the employees with the reporting channels.

  3. (2) The Company can communicate with the cadres of the industrial labor union at any time and it has established the employee suggestion box, grievance hot line, grievance e-mail, so the employees can express their opinions completely.

  4. (3) In order to encourage employees, we regularly organize events to select excellent employees and publicly praise them. By encouraging our employees who meet the core value of the Company, they will also further inspire other employees.

  5. (3) We continue to promote the internal engineering improvement meetings as a means to encourage our employees to show their best. We also encourage them to continue to improve their performance and quality and pass down what they know onto other employee.

  6. (5) Provide the newcomers and the model employees with the opportunities of communication and interaction with the middle and top management in the Coffee Sessions.

  7. (II) The losses due to the labor disputes in the most recent year and by the date of the annual report publication: none

  8. (III) The estimated amount at present and possibly occurring in the future and countermeasures:

It is estimated that no losses occurred due to the labor disputes under the

implementation of all the welfare measures by the Company in the future.

VI. Important contracts

Type of
contract
Counterparty Contract period Major contents Restriction
Distributor
agreement
OSE INC. October 29, 2009 -
October 28, 2029
1.
Contract period
2.
The details for the
responsible items of the
agent
Land lease Export Processing
Zone
Administration of
the Ministry of
Economy
March 1, 2010 - October
31, 2029
1.
10 land leases in Export
Processing Zone(based on
the lease), the actual lease
area is 72,231m2
2.
Rental andpayment
Long-term
debtpayable
First Bank July 28, 2016~July 28,
2021
Credit granting contract Note 1

Note 1: We signed the long-term debt contract with First Bank totaling NT$1,000,000

thousand on July 28, 2016, starting from Feb. 28, 2018, we will pay for the debt in monthly installment, 42 months in total, NT$24,000 thousand per month, NT$16,000 thousand for the last month.

115

Six. Financial Information

  • I. Condensed balance sheet and statement of comprehensive income in the past 5 years (I) Condensed balance sheet and statement of comprehensive income—consolidated financial statements 1. Condensed balance sheet—consolidated financial statements

Unit: NTD thousand

Year
Item
Year
Item
Financial information Financial information in thepast 5years(note 1) in thepast 5years(note 1)
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Financial
information in
the current year
by Mar. 31,
2020
Current assets 6,384,662 5,819,947 6,027,501 6,276,273 6,258,470 5,656,662
Property, plant and
equipment
8,092,570 9,174,961 7,646,666 7,063,908 6,264,246 6,097,685
Intangible assets 27,060 95,977 79,680 89,633 58,445 56,622
Other assets 3,204,256 2,981,745 2,957,461 3,316,629 3,337,589 3,368,062
Total assets 17,708,548 18,072,630 16,711,308 16,746,443 15,918,750 15,179,031
Current
liabilities
Before
distribution
9,913,263 8,115,378 8,339,294 9,031,180 8,263,388 7,515,963
After
distribution
9,913,263 8,115,378 8,339,294 9,031,180 8,263,388 7,515,963
Non-current liabilities 1,631,248 3,280,752 2,712,168 2,212,663 1,589,207 1,575,791
Total
liabilities
Before
distribution
11,544,511 11,396,130 11,051,462 11,243,843 9,852,595 9,091,754
After
distribution
11,544,511 11,396,130 11,051,462 11,243,843 9,852,595 9,091,754
Equity attributed to
owners of the parent
company
6,019,826 6,484,292 5,659,846 5,502,600 6,066,155 6,087,277
Capital 8,060,158 8,060,158 8,060,158 5,523,285 5,573,285 5,573,285
Capital reserve 2,137 21,868 21,420 20,104 45,711 45,711
Retained
earnings
Before
distribution
(2,285,922) (1,796,040) (2,536,872) (44,832) 537,191 545,608
After
distribution
(2,285,922) (1,796,040) (2,536,872) (44,832) 537,191 545,608
Other equity 243,453 198,306 115,140 4,043 (90,032) (77,327)
Treasurystock - - - - - -
Non-controllinginterest 144,211 192,208 - - - -
Total
equity
Before
distribution
6,164,037 6,676,500 5,659,846 5,502,600 6,066,155 6,087,277
After
distribution
6,164,037 6,676,500 5,659,846 5,502,600 6,066,155 6,087,277

(Note1): The financial information in the aforementioned years (quarters) has been audited and certified by CPA.

116

  1. Condensed statement of comprehensive income—consolidated financial statements

Unit: NTD thousand

Year
Item
Financial information in Financial information in thepast 5years(Note 1) thepast 5years(Note 1)
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Financial
information
in the current
year by Mar.
31, 2019
Operatingrevenue 16,100,450 15,786,333 13,886,312 15,188,192 17,515,145 3,642,533
Operatingmargin 2,467,879 1,796,924 181,636 532,137 1,772,942 222,190
Operating profit(loss) 1,370,008 683,612 (724,373) (406,063) 776,472 (6,493)
Non-operating income
and expenses
(45,247) (46,959) (27,152) 43,527 (39,879) 17,001
Net income (loss)
before tax
1,324,761 636,653 (751,525) (362,536) 736,593 10,508
Net income (loss) from
continuingoperations
1,068,105 503,839 (714,804) (111,548) 587,960 8,417
Loss of discontinued
operations
- - - - - -
Net income(loss) 1,068,105 503,839 (714,804) (111,548) 587,960 8,417
Other comprehensive
income/loss(net of tax)
(47,203) (53,154) (112,314) (45,907) (28,711) 1,929
Total comprehensive
income(loss)
1,020,902 450,685 (827,118) (157,455) 559,249 10,346
Net income attributed
to the owner of parent
company
1,051,499 504,371 (713,577) (111,548) 587,960 8,417
Net income attributed
to non-controlling
interest
16,606 (532) (1,227) - - -
Total comprehensive
income attributed to the
owner of parent
company
999,118 444,735 (823,998) (157,455) 559,249 10,346
Total comprehensive
income attributed to
non-controllinginterest
21,784 5,950 (3,120) - - -
EPS 1.30 0.63 (0.89) (0.20) 1.06 0.02

(Note1): The financial information in the aforementioned years (quarters) has been audited and certified by CPA.

117

  • (II) Condensed balance sheet and statement of comprehensive income—individual financial statements

  • Condensed balance sheet—individual financial statements

Unit: NTD thousand

Year
Item
Year
Item
Financial information in thepast 5years(Note 1) Financial information in thepast 5years(Note 1) Financial information in thepast 5years(Note 1) Financial information in thepast 5years(Note 1)
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Financial
information in
the current year
by Mar. 31,
2020
Current assets 5,812,882 4,965,509 5,423,002 5,676,071 5,755,448 (N/A)
Property, plant and
equipment
7,847,154 8,939,936 7,600,104 7,012,652 6,220,127
Intangible assets 25,402 95,048 78,985 89,266 58,192
Other assets 3,689,014 3,428,286 3,431,835 3,843,431 3,838,398
Total assets 17,374,452 17,428,779 16,533,926 16,621,420 15,872,165
Current
liabilities
Before
distribution
9,740,317 7,774,492 8,162,012 8,906,255 8,273,415
After
distribution
9,740,317 7,774,492 8,162,012 8,906,255 8,273,415
Non-current liabilities 1,614,309 3,169,995 2,712,068 2,212,565 1,532,595
Total
liabilities
Before
distribution
11,354,626 10,944,487 10,874,080 11,118,820 9,806,010
After
distribution
11,354,626 10,944,487 10,874,080 11,118,820 9,806,010
Equity attributed to
owners of the parent
company
6,019,826 6,484,292 5,659,846 5,502,600 6,066,155
Capital 8,060,158 8,060,158 8,060,158 5,523,285 5,573,285
Capital reserve 2,137 21,868 21,420 20,104 45,711
Retained
earnings
Before
distribution
(2,285,922) (1,796,040) (2,536,872) (44,832) 537,191
After
distribution
(2,285,922) (1,796,040) (2,536,872) (44,832) 537,191
Other equity 243,453 198,306 115,140 4,043 (90,032)
Treasurystock 0 0 0 0 0
Non-controllinginterest 0 0 0 0 0
Total
equity
Before
distribution
6,019,826 6,484,292 5,659,846 5,502,600 6,066,155
After
distribution
6,019,826 6,484,292 5,659,846 5,502,600 6,066,155

(Note1): The financial information in the aforementioned years has been audited and certified by CPA.

118

  1. Condensed statement of comprehensive income—individual financial statements

Unit: NTD thousand

Year
Item
Financial information Financial information in thepast 5years(note 1) in thepast 5years(note 1)
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 Financial
information in
the current year
by Mar. 31,
2019
Operatingrevenue 15,171,746 15,130,357 13,468,695 14,924,371 17,235,914 (N/A)
Operatingmargin 2,153,458 1,511,833 5,811 443,813 1,697,504
Operating profit(loss) 1,318,853 645,638 (776,154) (397,969) 763,309
Non-operating income
and expenses
(20,168) (14,463) 6,127 28,349 (29,308)
Net income before tax 1,298,685 631,175 (770,027) (369,620) 734,001
Net income from
continuingoperations
1,051,499 504,371 (713,577) (111,548) 587,960
Loss of discontinued
operations
0 0 0 0 0
Net income(loss) 1,051,499 504,371 (713,577) (111,548) 587,960
Other comprehensive
income /loss (net of
tax)
(52,381) (59,636) (110,421) (45,907) (28,711)
Total comprehensive
income(loss)
999,118 444,735 (823,998) (157,455) 559,249
Net income attributed
to the owner of parent
company
1,051,499 504,371 (713,577) (111,548) 587,960
Net income attributed
to non-controlling
interest
0 0 0 0
Total comprehensive
income attributed to the
owner of parent
company
999,118 444,735 (823,998) (157,455) 559,249
Total comprehensive
income attributed to
non-controllinginterest
0 0 0 0
EPS 1.30 0.63 (0.89) (0.20)

(Note1): The financial information in the aforementioned years has been audited and certified by CPA.

(III) CPA’s audited opinion in the past 5 years

Year Name of CPA Name of CPA audited opinion
2015 Fang Wen Lee Shih Chieh Huang Modified unqualified
opinion
2016 FangWen Lee Shih Chieh Huang Unqualified opinion
2017 FangWen Lee ChengChu Chen Unqualified opinion
2018 FangWen Lee ChengChu Chen Unqualified opinion
2019 Chih ChungChen ChengChu Chen Unqualified opinion

119

II. Financial analysis in the past 5 years (I) Financial analysis in the past 5 years—consolidated financial statements:

Year (Note 1)
Analysis item(Note 3)
Year (Note 1)
Analysis item(Note 3)
Financial analysis inthepast 5years Financial analysis inthepast 5years Financial analysis inthepast 5years Financial analysis inthepast 5years Financial analysis inthepast 5years In the current
year by Mar.
31, 2020
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Financial
structure (%)
Liabilities to assets ratio 65.19 63.06 66.13 67.14 61.89 59.90
Long-term capital to
property, plant and
equipment ratio
85.05 99.90 102.41 102.15 111.28 118.78
Solvency % Current ratio 64.41 71.72 72.28 69.50 75.74 75.26
Quick ratio 47.68 51.99 54.48 51.57 59.96 55.04
Interest coverage ratio 7.82 5.22 (4.39) (1.88) 7.36 1.48
Operating
performance
Account receivable
turnover(time)
5.47 5.48 5.37 5.36 6.06 5.38
Average collection days 67 67 68 68 60 68
Inventory turnover
(time)
9.24 9.38 9.40 9.79 11.17 10.07
Account payable
turnover(time)
4.06 4.09 4.23 4.43 4.84 4.39
Average days for sales 40 39 39 37 33 36
Property, plant and
equipment turnover
(time)
2.15 1.83 1.65 2.06 2.63 2.36
Total assets turnover
(time)
0.94 0.88 0.80 0.91 1.07 0.94
Profitability Return on assets(%) 7.10 3.52 (3.44) (0.06) 4.17 0.17
Return on equity (%) 19.05 8.07 (11.75) (2.00) 10.16 0.14
Net income before tax to
paid-in capital ratio(%)
16.44 7.90 (9.32) (6.56) 13.22 0.19
Netprofit margin(%) 6.53 3.19 (5.14) (0.73) 3.36 0.23
EPS(NT$) 1.30 0.63 (0.89) (0.20) 1.05 0.02
Cash flow Cash flow ratio(%) 28.99 26.78 12.18 2.61 36.73 (3.52)
Cash flow adequacy
ratio(%)
87.71 82.10 92.02 83.56 114.61 75.84
Cash re-investment ratio
(%)
10.07 7.86 4.19 0.95 13.09 (1.13)
Leverage Operation leverage 4.52 8.24 (5.61) (11.59) 8.07 (183.12)
Financial leverage 1.16 1.28 0.84 0.76 1.18 0.23
Profitability/ Cash flow:
Thanks to the improved yield rate of the upstream 3D NAND flash wafer; with the production capacity
gradually increased, the supply prices were able to decline, driving the terminal demand. Under the
increasing demand from various sectors, Semiconductor Group carefully plans and uses the existing
production platform advantage to adjust the production setting in order to correspond with the industrial
trend. By utilizing the existing resources, production efficiency can be enhanced and various application
manufacturing services can continue to be developed; with the niche products of the EMS Group
gradually continuing to mature, the increase of mass production machines, and the decrease of high-end
server products which required purchasing of materials and foundry, resulting in an increase of the
profitability in 2019. However, the first quarter of 2020 was impacted by the coronavirus pandemic and as
a result, the shipment of end products decreased considerably, affecting both profitability and cash flows
Operating leverage:
With the change of product structure and effective inventory control, operating costs and expenses of the
period have shown a significant increase in 2019. However, due to the damage caused by the pandemic of
COVID-19 in the first quarter of 2020, the ratio change is slightly larger compared to the same period of
thepreviousyear.

120

  • Note 1: The financial information in the aforementioned years (quarters) has been audited and certified by CPA.

Note 2: The calculation formula for the financial analysis:

  1. Financial structure

  2. (1) Liabilities to assets ratio = total liabilities/ total assets.

  3. (2) Long-term capital to property, plant and equipment ratio = (total equity + non-current liabilities)/ net worth of property, plant and equipment.

  4. Solvency

  5. (1) Current ratio = current assets/current liabilities.

  6. (2) Quick ratio = (current assets – inventory – pre-payments)/current liabilities

  7. (3) Interest coverage ratio= net income before income tax and interest expenses /interest expense for current period.

  8. Operating performance

  9. (1) Receivables (including account receivable and note receivable from operation) turnover = net sales/balance of average receivables (including account receivable and note receivable from operation).

  10. (2) Average collection days = 365/ receivables turnover.

  11. (3) Inventory turnover = cost of sales /average inventory.

  12. (4) Payables (including account payable and note payable from operation) turnover = cost of sales /balance of average payables (including account payable and note payable from operation).

  13. (5) Average days for sales = 365/inventory turnover

  14. (6) Property, plant and equipment turnover = net sales /average net worth of property, plant and equipment.

  15. (7) Total assets turnover = net sales/average total assets.

  16. Profitability

  17. (1) Return on assets = [profit/loss after tax + interest expenses x (1-tax rate)]/average total assets.

  18. (2) Return on equity = profit/loss after tax / average total equity.

  19. (3) Net profit ratio = profit, loss after tax /net sales

  20. (4) EPS = (Profit and loss attributable to owners of the parent company – dividends from preferred stocks)/weighted average number of outstanding shares

  21. Cash flow

  22. (1) Cash flow ratio = net cash flow from operating activities/ current liabilities

  23. (2) Net cash flow adequacy ratio = net cash flow from operating activities in the past 5 years/(capital expenditures + inventory increase + cash dividends) in the past 5 years.

  24. (3) Cash re-investment ratio = (net cash flow from operation activities – cash dividends)/ (gross property, plant and equipment + long-term investment + other non-current assets + working capital)

  25. Leverage:

  26. (1) Operation leverage = (net operating revenue – variable operating costs and expenses)/operating profit

  27. (2) Financial leverage = operating profit/(operating profit-interest expenses).

121

(II) Financial analysis in the past 5 years — individual financial statements:

Year (Note 1)
Analysis item(Note 3)
Year (Note 1)
Analysis item(Note 3)
Financial analysis inthepast 5years Financial analysis inthepast 5years Financial analysis inthepast 5years Financial analysis inthepast 5years Financial analysis inthepast 5years In the current
year by Mar.
31, 2020
2015 2016 2017 2018 2019
Financial
structure (%)
Liabilities to assets ratio 65.35 62.80 65.77 66.89 61.78 (N/A)
Long-term capital to
property, plant and
equipment ratio
87.49 101.29 103.03 102.90 112.07
Solvency % Current ratio 59.68 63.87 66.44 63.73 69.57
Quick ratio 45.38 49.18 51.40 49.17 56.33
Interest coverage ratio 7.85 5.25 (4.58) (1.93) 7.45
Operating
performance
Account receivable
turnover(time)
5.37 5.38 5.31 5.34 6.03
Average collection days 68 68 69 68 61
Inventory turnover
(time)
10.60 11.58 11.80 11.83 13.49
Account payable
turnover(time)
4.02 4.19 4.41 4.54 4.83
Average days for sales 34 32 31 31 27
Property, plant and
equipment turnover
(time)
2.09 1.80 1.63 2.04 2.61
Total assets turnover
(time)
0.91 0.87 0.79 0.90 1.06
Profitability Return on assets(%) 7.26 3.61 (3.53) (0.04) 4.18
Return on equity (%) 19.05 8.07 (11.75) (2.00) 10.16
Net income before tax to
paid-in capital ratio(%)
16.11 7.83 (9.55) (6.69) 13.17
Netprofit margin(%) 6.93 3.33 (5.30) (0.75) 3.41
EPS(NT$) 1.30 0.63 (0.89) (0.20) 1.05
Cash flow Cash flow ratio(%) 28.11 29.15 11.47 2.93 36.55
Cash flow adequacy
ratio(%)
103.41 94.46 78.68 84.05 105.68
Cash re-investment ratio
(%)
9.93 8.53 3.92 1.07 13.21
Leverage Operation leverage 4.44 8.35 (5.02) (11.62) 8.07
Financial leverage 1.17 1.30 0.85 0.76 1.18
Profitability/ Cash flow:
Thanks to the improved yield rate of the upstream 3D NAND flash wafer; with the production capacity
gradually increased, the supply prices were able to decline, driving the terminal demand. Under the
increasing demand from various sectors, Semiconductor Group carefully plans and uses the existing
production platform advantage to adjust the production setting in order to correspond with the industrial
trend. By utilizing the existing resources, production efficiency can be enhanced and various application
manufacturing services can continue to be developed; with the niche products of the EMS Group
gradually continuing to mature, the increase of mass production machines, and the decrease of high-end
server products which required purchasing of materials and foundry, resulting in an increase of the
profitability in 2019.
Operating leverage:
With the change of product structure and effective inventory control, operating costs and expenses of the
period have shown a significant increase in 2019.

122

  • Note 1: The financial information in the aforementioned years has been audited and certified by CPA.

  • Note 2: The calculation formula for the financial analysis:

  • Financial structure

    • (1) Liabilities to assets ratio = total liabilities/ total assets.

    • (2) Long-term capital to property, plant and equipment ratio= (total equity + non-current liabilities)/ net worth of property, plant and equipment.

  • Solvency

    • (1) Current ratio = current assets/current liabilities.

    • (2) Quick ratio = (current assets – inventory – pre-payments)/current liabilities

    • (3) Interest coverage ratio= net income before income tax and interest expenses /interest expense for current period.

  • Operating performance

    • (1) Receivables (including account receivable and note receivable from operation) turnover = net sales/balance of average receivables (including account receivable and note receivable from operation).

    • (2) Average collection days = 365/ receivables turnover.

    • (3) Inventory turnover = cost of sales /average inventory.

    • (4) Payables (including account payable and note payable from operation) turnover = cost of sales / balance of average payables (including account payable and note payable from operation).

    • (5) Average days for sales = 365/inventory turnover

    • (6) Property, plant and equipment turnover = net sales /average net worth of property, plant and equipment.

    • (7) Total assets turnover = net sales/average total assets.

  • Profitability

    • (1) Return on assets = [profit/loss after tax + interest expenses x (1-tax rate)]/average total assets.

    • (2) Return on equity = profit/loss after tax / average total equity.

    • (3) Net profit ratio = profit, loss after tax /net sales

    • (4) EPS = (Profit and loss attributable to owners of the parent company – dividends from preferred stocks)/weighted average number of outstanding shares

  • Cash flow

    • (1) Cash flow ratio = net cash flow from operating activities/ current liabilities

    • (2) Net cash flow adequacy ratio = net cash flow from operating activities in the past 5 years/(capital expenditures + inventory increase + cash dividends) in the past 5 years.

    • (3) Cash re-investment ratio = (net cash flow from operation activities – cash dividends)/ (gross property, plant and equipment + long-term investment + other non-current assets + working capital)

  • Leverage:

    • (1) Operation leverage = (net operating revenue – variable operating costs and expenses)/operating profit

    • (2) Financial leverage = operating profit/(operating profit-interest expenses).

123

III. Audit Committee’s Review Report

Audit Committee’s Review Report

The board of directors has prepared the 2019 standalone and consolidated financial statements and retained the CPAs, Chen, Chih-Chung and Chen, Cheng-Chu of CPA firm of Ernst and Young Global Limited to audit the Company’s individual and consolidated financial statements and issue an audit report relating to the individual and consolidated financial statements. The financial statements, business report, and the statement of along with the business report and earnings appropriation proposal. The Audit Committee finds no inappropriate disclosures with respect to the above, and hereby issues this report in accordance with Article 14-4 of the Securities and Exchange Act and Article 219 of the Company Act.

To

2020 Shareholders’ General Meeting of Orient Semiconductor Electronics, Ltd.

Orient Semiconductor Electronics, Ltd. Convener of the audit committee: Philip H. H. Wei

Mar. 27, 2020

124

IV. The consolidated financial statements for the most recent year

Independent Auditors’ Report

English Translation of a Report Originally Issued in Chinese

To Orient Semiconductor Electronics Limited

Opinion

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Orient Semiconductor Electronics Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, and notes to the consolidated financial statements, including the summary of significant accounting policies (collectively referred to as “the consolidated financial statements”).

In our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of other auditors (please refer to the Other Matter – Making Reference to the Audits of Component Auditors section of our report), the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and their consolidated financial performance and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, in conformity with the requirements of the Regulations Governing the Preparation of Financial Reports by Securities Issuers and International Financial Reporting Standards, International Accounting Standards, interpretations developed by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee or the former Standing Interpretations Committee as endorsed by the Financial Supervisory Commission of the Republic of China.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audits in accordance with the Regulations Governing Auditing and Attestation of Financial Statements by Certified Public Accountants and auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of China. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors’ Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent of the Company and its subsidiaries in accordance with the Norm of Professional Ethics for Certified Public Accountant of the Republic of China (the “Norm”), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Norm. Based on our audits and the reports of other auditors, we believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

125

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of 2019 consolidated financial statements. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matter.

1. Validity of occurrence of sales revenue from main customers

Net sales recognized by the Group amounted to $17,515,145 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2019. This is 15% increase in comparison with net sales of 2018. Among this value, approximately 83% comes from the main customers of the Group. Hence, validity of occurrence of sales revenue from main customers have significant influence on the consolidated financial statement. Therefore, we considered this a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures included, but not limited to, assessing the appropriateness of the accounting policy of revenue recognition; evaluating and testing the design and operating effectiveness of internal controls around revenue recognition; performing cut-off tests by selecting samples of transactions from either side of the balance sheet date and vouching related certificates to verify correctness of the timing of recognizing transaction; obtaining the list of main customers for 2019 and assessing if their backgrounds, transaction amounts were consistent with their scale ; selecting samples to perform test of details and reviewing significant contact terms and conditions to verify the accuracy of sales revenue.

We also considered the appropriateness of the disclosures of sales. Please refer to Notes 4 and 6 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

2. Deferred tax assets

The Group recognized deferred tax assets in the amount of $1,547,937 thousand, for the year ended December 31, 2019. The recognition of deferred tax assets for the related unused tax losses, unused tax credits, and deductible temporary differences arising from operating entities located in other areas was based on management estimates of its future available taxable profits and the probability that the related deferred tax assets will be realized. As a result, we determined the matter to be a key audit matter.

Our audit procedures include (but are not limited to) understanding and testing the controls surrounding the Company’s assessment process for recognition of deferred tax assets; understanding the Company’s significant operating entities for which deferred tax assets were recognized and assessing the management estimates for assumptions used in the future cash flow projection and future taxable profits calculation; retrospectively reviewing the accuracy of assumptions used in prior-period estimates of future cash flow projection and assessing whether there were any other matters that will affect the recognition of deferred tax assets; and assessing the adequacy of the Company’s disclosures regarding its deferred tax asset recognition policy and other related disclosures.

We also considered the appropriateness of the income tax disclosures. Please refer to Notes 5 and 6 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

126

Other Matter – Making Reference to the Audits of Component Auditors

We did not audit the financial statements of certain consolidated subsidiaries, whose statements reflected total assets of $800,395 thousand and $767,296 thousand accounting for 5.03% and 4.58% of consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively; total operating revenues amounted to $59,130 thousand and $53,080 thousand, constituting 0.34% and 0.35% of consolidated operating revenues for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Those financial statements were audited by other auditors, whose reports thereon have been furnished to us, and our opinions expressed herein are based solely on the audit reports of the other auditors.

Emphasis of Matter – Applying New Accounting Standards

Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements stated, that the Company and its subsidiaries applied the International Financial Reporting Standard 16, “Leases” starting from January 1, 2019, and elected not to restate the consolidated financial statements for prior periods. Our conclusion is not modified in respect of this matter.

Responsibilities of Management and Those Charged with Governance for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with the requirements of the Regulations Governing the Preparation of Financial Reports by Securities Issuers and International Financial Reporting Standards, International Accounting Standards, interpretations developed by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee or the former Standing Interpretations Committee as endorsed by Financial Supervisory Commission of the Republic of China and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is responsible for assessing the ability to continue as a going concern of the Company and its subsidiaries, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Company and its subsidiaries or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Those charged with governance, including audit committee or supervisors, are responsible for overseeing the financial reporting process of the Company and its subsidiaries.

127

Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of China will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.

As part of an audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of China, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:

  1. Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.

  2. Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the internal control of the Company and its subsidiaries.

  3. Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by management.

  4. Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the ability to continue as a going concern of the Company and its subsidiaries. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the consolidated financial statements or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company and its subsidiaries to cease to continue as a going concern.

  5. Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the consolidated financial statements, including the accompanying notes, and whether the consolidated financial statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.

  6. Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the Company and its subsidiaries to express an opinion on the consolidated financial statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.

128

We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit of 2019 consolidated financial statements and are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

We have audited and expressed an unqualified opinion on the parent company only financial statements of the Company as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.

Chen, Chih-Chung

Chen, Cheng-Chu

Ernst & Young, Taiwan

March 27, 2020

Notice to Readers

The accompanying financial statements are intended only to present the financial position and results of operations and cash flows in accordance with accounting principles and practices generally accepted in the Republic of China on Taiwan and not those of any other jurisdictions. The standards, procedures and practices to audit such financial statements are those generally accepted and applied in the Republic of China.

Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements and report of independent accountants are not intended for use by those who are not informed about the accounting principles or auditing standards generally accepted in the Republic of China, and their applications in practice. As the financial statements are the responsibility of the management, Ernst & Young cannot accept any liability for the use of, or reliance on, the English translation or for any errors or misunderstandings that may derive from the translation.

129

English Translation of Financial Statements Originally Issued in Chinese

ORIENT SEMICONDUCTOR ELECTRONICS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts expressed in Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Items Notes December 31,2019 December 31,2019 December 31,2018 December 31,2018
Amount % Amount %
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Contract assets-Current
Notes receivable
Accounts receivable-Non Affiliates
Accounts receivable-Affiliates
Other receivable-Non Affiliates
Other receivable-Affiliates
Inventories
Prepayments
Other current assets
Other financial assets-Current
Total current assets
Non-current assets
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income-Non current
Investments accounted for using the equity method
Property, plant, and equipment
Right-of-use assets
Investment Property
Intangible assets
Deferred income tax assets
Prepayment for equipment
Refundable deposits
Long-term receivables-Affiliates
Other non-current assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
4, 6.(1)
4, 6.(19)
4, 6.(2)
4, 6.(3), 8
4, 6.(3), 7
4
4,7
4, 6.(4)
4, 6.(10)
8
4, 6.(5)
4, 6.(6),8
4, 6.(7), 8
4, 6.(21)
4, 6.(8)
4, 6.(9)
4, 6.(25)
4, 6.(10)
8
4, 6.(11), 7
4
$1,701,412
302,982
1,770
2,455,324
229,557
31,044
50,435
1,250,419
53,122
28,179
154,226
6,258,470
226,860
459,383
6,264,246
253,847
440,433
58,445
1,547,937
151,901
157,615
93,315
6,298
9,660,280
$15,918,750
11
2

16
1


8


1
39
1
3
39
2
3

10
1
1
1

61
100
$762,311
425,684
10,510
2,385,100
694,148
44,844
54,767
1,567,469
51,448
36,377
243,615
6,276,273
234,878
458,078
7,063,908

481,619
89,633
1,688,163
180,354
201,903
95,300
9,973
10,503,809
$16,780,082
5
3

14
4

1
9


1
37
1
3
42

3
1
10
1
1
1

63
100

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.)

130

English Translation of Financial Statements Originally Issued in Chinese ORIENT SEMICONDUCTOR ELECTRONICS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts expressed in Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Items Notes December 31,2019 December 31,2019 December 31,2018 December 31,2018
Amount % Amount %
Current liabilities
Short-term loans
Short-term notes payable
Contract Liabilities-Current
Notes payable
Other notes payable
Accounts payable-Non Affiliates
Accounts payable-Affiliates
Accrued expenses
Payables on equipment
Current income tax liabilities
Lease liabilities-Current
Current portion of long-term loans
Lease payable-Current
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Long-term loans
Deferred tax liabilities
Lease liabilities-Non current
Net defined benefit liability-Non current
Other non-current liabilities-Others
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Equity attributable to the parent company
Capital
Common stock
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Undistributed earings ( Retained deficits )
Other Components of Equity
Equity attributable to stockholders of the parent
Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
6.(12), 7
6.(13)
4, 6.(19)
4
4
4
4,7
4, 6.(25)
4, 6.(21)
6.(14)
4, 6.(15)
6.(14)
4, 6.(25)
4, 6.(21)
4, 6.(16)
4
4, 6.(17)
4, 6.(18)
$2,373,766
379,210
29,439
14,197
40,306
3,057,906
38,483
875,613
147,286

25,725
1,190,490

90,967
8,263,388
904,836
31,272
218,681
430,850
3,568
1,589,207
9,852,595
5,573,285
45,711
537,191
(90,032)
6,066,155
6,066,155
$15,918,750
15
2



19

6
1


8

1
52
6

1
3

10
62
35

3

38
38
100
$2,806,857
349,610
15,821
49,126
13,072
3,295,988
49,210
751,041
239,748
2,175

1,340,270
2,610
115,652
9,031,180
1,713,245
33,639

495,896
3,522
2,246,302
11,277,482
5,523,285
20,104
(44,832)
4,043
5,502,600
5,502,600
$16,780,082
17
2
1


20

4
1


8

1
54
10


3

13
67
33



33
33
100

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.)

131

English Translation of Financial Statements Originally Issued in Chinese

ORIENT SEMICONDUCTOR ELECTRONICS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts expressed in Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

806015782
Items Notes 2019 2018
Amount % Amount %
Net revenue
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Selling and administration expenses
Research and development expenses
Expected credit losses
Subtotal
Net other operating income and expenses
Operating income(loss)
Non-operating income and expenses
Other income
Other gains and losses
Financial costs
Expected credit loss
Share of profit of associates under equity method
Subtotal
Pretax income (loss)
Income tax (expense) benefit
Consolidated net income (loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss :
Remeasurements of defined benefit plans
Unrealized gains or losses on financial assets at fair value
through other comprehensive income
Income tax related to items that will not be reclassified
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss :
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures
Income tax related to items that may be reclassified
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Total comprehensive income (loss)
Consolidated net income (loss) attributable to:
Common stockholders of the parent
Non controlling interests
Consolidated comprehensive income attributable to:
Common stockholders of the parent
Non-controlling interests
Basic earnings (losses) per share (Expressed in NTD)
Diluted earnings (losses) per share (Expressed in NTD)
4, 6.(19), 7
4, 6.(4), 6.(22)
4, 6.(22)
4, 6.(20)
6.(23)
4, 6.(20)
4, 6.(6)
4, 6.(25)
4, 6.(24)
4, 6.(26)
4, 6.(26)
$17,515,145
(15,742,203)
1,772,942
(710,778)
(278,307)
(7,742)
(996,827)
357
776,472
50,464
(13,999)
(115,732)
(1,148)
40,536
(39,879)
736,593
(148,633)
587,960
(8,772)
(8,018)
2,170
(18,965)
1,081
3,793
(28,711)
$559,249
$587,960

$587,960
$559,249

$559,249
$1.06
$1.06
100
(90)
10
(4)
(2)

(6)

4






4
(1)
3







3
3

3
3

3
$15,188,192
(14,656,055)
100
(96)
532,137 4
(652,527)
(270,528)
(15,145)
(4)
(2)
(938,200) (6)
(406,063) (2)
74,246
26,770
(125,986)

68,497


(1)

43,527 (1)
(362,536)
250,988
(3)
2
(111,548) (1)
(42,568)
(22,180)
8,780
17,469

(7,408)





(45,907)
($157,455) (1)
($111,548)
(1)
($111,548) (1)
($157,455)
(1)
($157,455) (1)
($0.20)
($0.20)

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.)

132

English Translation of Financial Statements Originally Issued in Chinese

ORIENT SEMICONDUCTOR ELECTRONICS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts expressed in Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Items Equity attributable to stockholders of the parent stockholders of the parent Total Equity
Common stock Capital surplus Retained earnings Other equity Total
Undistributed
earnings
(Retained deficits)
Exchange
differences on
translation of
foreign operations
Unrealized gains or
losses on financial
assets measured at fair
value through other
comprehensive income
Unrealized gains
from available-for-
sale financial assets
Employee Unearned
Benefit
Balance as of January 1, 2018
Impact of retroactive applications
Adjusted balance as of January 1, 2018
Share of changes in net assets of associates and joint ventures accounted for using equity method
Loss for the years ended December 31, 2018
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2018
Total comprehensive income (loss)
Captial reduction for cover accumulated deficits
Proceeds from disposal of equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Balance as of January 1, 2019
Share of changes in net assets of associates and joint ventures accounted for using equity method
Income for the years ended December 31, 2019
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2019
Total comprehensive income (loss)
Share-based payment transaction
Balance as of December 31, 2019
$8,060,158
$21,420
($2,536,872)
260,065
($30,156)

($113,244)
$145,296
(145,296)

$5,659,846
1,525
5,661,371
(1,316)
(111,548)
(45,907)
(157,455)


$5,502,600
$5,502,600
(122)
587,960
(28,711)
559,249
4,428
$6,066,155
$5,659,846
1,525
5,661,371
(1,316)
(111,548)
(45,907)
(157,455)


$5,502,600
$5,502,600
(122)
587,960
(28,711)
8,060,158


21,420
(1,316)

(2,276,807)

(111,548)
(31,860)
(30,156)


10,061
(113,244)


(24,108)






(143,408) 10,061 (24,108)
(2,536,873)

2,536,873
(161,490)


161,490


$5,523,285 $20,104 ($44,832) ($20,095) $24,138
$5,523,285


$20,104
(122)

($44,832)

587,960
(5,937)
($20,095)


(15,172)
$24,138


(7,602)






582,023 (15,172) (7,602) 559,249
50,000 25,729 ($71,301) 4,428
$5,573,285 $45,711 $537,191 ($35,267) $16,536 ($71,301) $6,066,155

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.)

133

English Translation of Financial Statements Originally Issued in Chinese ORIENT SEMICONDUCTOR ELECTRONICS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts expressed in Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Items 2019 2018 Items 2019 2018
Amount Amount Amount Amount
Cash flows from operating activities:
Pretax income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) before tax to net
The profit or loss items which did not affect cash flows:
Depreciation
Amortization
Expected credit loss
Net (gain) of financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Interest expense
Interest revenue
Compensation costs of share-based payment
Share of (profit) of associates accounted for using the equity method
(Gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Others
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Decrease (Increase) in contract assets
Decrease in notes receivable-non affiliates
(Increase) in accounts receivable-non affiliates
Decrease (Increase) in accounts receivable-affiliates
Decrease in other receivable-non affiliates
Decrease in other receivable-affiliates
Decrease (Increase) in inventories
Decrease in prepayments
Decrease (Increase) in other current assets
Decrease in other non-current assets
Increase (Decrease) in contract liabilities
(Decrease) Increase in notes payable-non affiliates
(Decrease) Increase in accounts payable-non affiliates
(Decrease) Increase in accounts payable-affiliates
Increase (Decrease) in other payable
Increase in other current liabilities
(Decrease) in net defined liabilities
Cash generated from operations
Interest received
Income tax (paid)
Net cash provided by operating activities
$736,593
1,491,025
65,339
8,890

115,732
(5,951)
4,428
(40,536)
(36,367)
105,471
122,702
8,740
(79,162)
465,791
10,447
41,019
211,432
11,759
8,228
2,166
13,618
(7,695)
(238,082)
(10,727)
2,696
99,887
(73,818)
3,033,625
5,966
(4,811)
3,034,780
($362,536)
1,414,983
61,792
15,145
(7,371)
125,986
(8,754)

(68,497)
(6,187)
48,841
(213,080)
1,440
(73,314)
(457,608)
7,483
23,538
(404,134)
11,325
(5,567)
2,426
(35,931)
35,833
118,636
30,763
(2,092)
65,746
(84,455)
234,411
8,761
(7,185)
235,987
Cash flows from investing activities:
Disposal of financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
Acqusition of property, plant and equipment
Disposal of property, plant and equipment
Decrease in refundable deposits
Acqusition of intangible assets
Decrease (Increase) in long-term receivables
Other investing activities
Net cash (used in) investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Increase in short-term loans
(Decrease) in short-term loans
Increase in short-term notes payable
(Decrease) in short-term notes payable
Increase in long-term loans
Repayment of long-term loans
Increase in guarantee deposits received
(Decrease) in guarantee deposits received
Increase in lease payable
(Decrease) in lease payable
Repayment of lease liabilities
Interest paid
Other financing activities
Net cash (used in) financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Net Increase (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

(728,482)
48,897
44,288
(32,657)
1,985

(665,969)

(433,155)
379,210
(349,610)
1,300,000
(2,262,010)
46



(30,050)
(118,428)
89,389
(1,424,608)
(5,102)
939,101
762,311
$1,701,412
38,184
(772,963)
41,696
7,066
(63,714)
(2,916)
(879)
(753,526)
614,356

349,610
(398,938)
1,010,584
(1,711,897)

(52)
30,380
(52,321)

(123,894)
267,345
(14,827)
430
(531,936)
1,294,247
$762,311

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.)

134

English Translation of Financial Statements Originally Issued in Chinese ORIENT SEMICONDUCTOR ELECTRONICS LIMITED AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2019 AND 2018

(Unless otherwise stated, all amounts expressed are in thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

1. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION

Orient Semiconductor Electronics Limited (the Company) was incorporated as a company limited by shares under the provisions of the Company Law of the Republic of China in June 1971. The Company was registered in Kaohsiung City and the registered address is 9 Central 3Rd St. N.E.P.Z., Kaohsiung, Taiwan, 11, R.O.C. The principal activity of the Company is to engage in the manufacture, assembly, processing and sale of integrated circuits, parts for semiconductors, computer motherboards and related products. The Company’s shares commenced trading in the Taiwan stock exchange market in April 1994.

As of the years ended December 31, 2019, the Company and its subsidiaries current liabilities and current assets amounted to $8,263,388 thousand and $6,258,470 thousand, respectively. The current ratio was 75.74%. The Company has devoted to adjusting its product structure. The Company keeps making a profit and improving financial structure.

2. DATE AND PROCEDURES OF AUTHORIZATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR ISSUE

The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries (“the Group”) for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on March 27, 2020.

3. NEWLY ISSUED OR REVISED STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS

  • (1) Changes in accounting policies resulting from applying for the first time certain standards and amendments.

The Group applied for the first time International Financial Reporting Standards, International Accounting Standards, and Interpretations issued, revised or amended which are recognized by Financial Supervisory Commission (“FSC”) and become effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The nature and the impact of each new standard and amendment that has a material effect on the Group is described below:

A. IFRS 16“Leases”

IFRS 16 “Leases” replaces IAS 17 “Leases”, IFRIC 4 “Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease”, SIC-15 “Operating Leases - Incentives” and SIC-27 “Evaluating the Substance of Transactions Involving the Legal Form of a Lease”.

135

The Group followed the transition provision in IFRS 16 and the date of initial application was January 1, 2019. The impacts arising from the adoption of IFRS 16 are summarized as follows:

  • (a) Please refer to Note 4 for the accounting policies before or after January 1, 2019.

  • (b) For the definition of a lease, the Group elected not to reassess whether a contract was, or contained, a lease on 1 January 2019. The Group was permitted to apply IFRS 16 to contracts that were previously identified as leases applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 but not to apply IFRS 16 to contracts that were not previously identified as containing a lease applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4. That is, for contracts entered into (or changed) on or after 1 January 2019, the Group need to assess whether contacts are, or contain, leases applying IFRS 16. In comparing to IAS 17, IFRS 16 provides that a contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Group assessed most of the contracts are, or contain, leases and has no significant impact arised.

  • (c) The Group is a lessee and elects not to restate comparative information in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16. Instead, the Group recognized the cumulative effect of initially applying IFRS 16 as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings (or other component of equity, as appropriate) at the date of initial application.

  • I. Leases previously classified as operating leases

For leases that were previously classified as operating leases applying IAS 17, the Group measured and recognized those leases as lease liability on January 1, 2019 at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2019, and; the Group chose, on a lease-by-lease basis, to measure the right-of-use asset at either:

  • i. its carrying amount as if IFRS 16 had been applied since the commencement date, but discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2019; or

  • ii. an amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments relating to that lease recognized in the balance sheet immediately before January 1, 2019.

On January 1, 2019, the Group’s right-of-use asset and lease liability increased by $238,764 thousand and $238,764 thousand, respectively.

136

In accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16, the Group used the following practical expedients on a lease-by-lease basis to leases previously classified as operating leases:

  • i. Apply a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics.

  • ii. Rely on its assessment of whether leases are onerous immediately before January 1, 2019 as an alternative to performing an impairment review.

  • iii. Elect to account in the same way as short-term leases to leases for which the lease term ends within 12 months of January 1, 2019.

  • iv. Exclude initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use asset on January 1, 2019.

  • v. Use hindsight, such as in determining the lease term if the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

II. Leases previously classified as finance leases

For leases that were previously classified as finance leases applying IAS 17, the Group reclassified the lease asset of $25,845 thousand and the lease payable of $2,610 thousand as measured by IAS 17 to the right-of-use asset of $25,845 thousand and the lease liability of $2,610 thousand, respectively, on January 1, 2019.

  • III.Please refer to Note 4 and Note 6 for additional disclosure of lessee and lessor which required by IFRS 16.

IV.As at January 1, 2019, the impacts arising from the adoption of IFRS 16 are summarized as follows:

  • i. The weighted average lessee’s incremental borrowing rate applied to lease liabilities recognized in the balance sheet on January 1, 2019 was 2.24%.

  • ii. The explanation for the difference of $174,196 thousand between: 1) operating lease commitments disclosed applying IAS 17 as of December 31, 2019, discounted using the incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2019; and 2) lease liabilities recognized in the balance sheet as at January 1, 2019 is summarized as follows:

Operating lease commitments disclosed applying IAS 17 as of
December 31, 2018
Discounted using the incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2019
Add: the carrying value of lease payables as of December 31, 2018
Add: adjustments to the options to extend or terminate the lease that is
reasonably certain to exercise
The carrying value of lease liabilities recognized as of January 1, 2019
$74,699
$67,230
2,610
171,586
$241,426
  • (d) The Group is a lessor and has not made any adjustments. Please refer to Note 4 and Note 6 for the information relating to the lessor.

137

  • (2) Standards or interpretations issued, revised or amended, by International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) which are endorsed by FSC, but not yet adopted by the Group as at the end of the reporting period are listed below:
Items New,Revised or Amended Standards and Interpretations Effective Date
issued byIASB
a Definition of a Business - Amendments to IFRS 3 January1,2020
b Definition of Material - Amendments to IAS 1 and 8 January1,2020
c Interest Rate Benchmark Reform - Amendments to IFRS 9,
IAS 39 and IFRS 7
January 1, 2020

A. Definition of a Business - Amendments to IFRS 3

The amendments clarify the definition of a business in IFRS 3 Business Combinations. The amendments are intended to assist entities to determine whether a transaction should be accounted for as a business combination or as an asset acquisition.

IFRS 3 continues to adopt a market participant’s perspective to determine whether an acquired set of activities and assets is a business. The amendments clarify the minimum requirements for a business; add guidance to help entities assess whether an acquired process is substantive; and narrow the definitions of a business and of outputs; etc.

B. Definition of a Material - Amendments to IAS 1 and 8

The main amendment is to clarify new definition of material. It states that “information is material if omitting, misstating or obscuring it could reasonably be expected to influence decisions that the primary users of general purpose financial statements make on the basis of those financial statements, which provide financial information about a specific reporting entity.” The amendments clarify that materiality will depend on the nature or magnitude of information. An entity will need to assess whether the information, either individually or in combination with other information, is material in the context of the financial statements.

C. Interest Rate Benchmark Reform - Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7

The amendments include a number of exceptions, which apply to all hedging relationships that are directly affected by interest rate benchmark reform. A hedging relationship is directly affected if the interest rate benchmark reform gives rise to uncertainties about the timing and or amount of benchmark-based cash flows of the hedged item or the hedging instrument. Hence, the entity shall apply the exceptions to all hedging relationships directly affected by the interest rate benchmark reform.

138

The amendments include:

(1) highly probable requirement

When determining whether a forecast transaction is highly probable, an entity shall assume that the interest rate benchmark on which the hedged cash flows are based is not altered as a result of the interest rate benchmark reform.

(2)prospective assessments

When performing prospective assessments, an entity shall assume that the interest rate benchmark on which the hedged item, hedged risk and/or hedging instrument are based is not altered as a result of the interest rate benchmark reform.

(3)IAS 39 retrospective assessment

An entity is not required to undertake the IAS 39 retrospective assessment (i.e. the actual results of the hedge are within a range of 80–125%) for hedging relationships directly affected by the interest rate benchmark reform.

(4)separately identifiable risk components

For hedges of a non-contractually specified benchmark component of interest rate risk, an entity shall apply the separately identifiable requirement only at the inception of such hedging relationships.

The amendments also include the end of application of the exceptions requirements and the related disclosures requirements of the amendments.

The abovementioned standards and interpretations were issued by International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and endorsed by FSC so that they are applicable for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020. All other standards and interpretations have no material impact on the Group.

  • (3) Standards or interpretations issued, revised or amended, by International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) which are not endorsed by FSC, but not yet adopted by the Group as at the end of the reporting period are listed below.:
Items New,Revised or Amended Standards and Interpretations Effective Date
issued byIASB
a IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements” and IAS 28
“Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures” — Sale or
Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its
Associate or Joint Ventures
To be determined
by IASB
b IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts” January1,2021
c Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current –
Amendments to IAS 1
January 1, 2022

139

  • A. IFRS 10“Consolidated Financial Statements” and IAS 28“Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures” — Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Ventures

The amendments address the inconsistency between the requirements in IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements and IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures, in dealing with the loss of control of a subsidiary that is contributed to an associate or a joint venture. IAS 28 restricts gains and losses arising from contributions of non-monetary assets to an associate or a joint venture to the extent of the interest attributable to the other equity holders in the associate or joint ventures. IFRS 10 requires full profit or loss recognition on the loss of control of the subsidiary. IAS 28 was amended so that the gain or loss resulting from the sale or contribution of assets that constitute a business as defined in IFRS 3 between an investor and its associate or joint venture is recognized in full. IFRS 10 was also amended so that the gains or loss resulting from the sale or contribution of a subsidiary that does not constitute a business as defined in IFRS 3 between an investor and its associate or joint venture is recognized only to the extent of the unrelated investors’ interests in the associate or joint venture. The effective date of the amendments has been postponed indefinitely, but early adoption is allowed.

B. IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts”

IFRS 17 provides a comprehensive model for insurance contracts, covering all relevant accounting aspects (including recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure requirements). The core of IFRS 17 is the General (building block) Model, under this model, on initial recognition, an entity shall measure a group of insurance contracts at the total of the fulfilment cash flows and the contractual service margin. The fulfilment cash flows comprise of the following:

(a) estimates of future cash flows;

(b) Discount rate: an adjustment to reflect the time value of money and the financial risks related to the future cash flows, to the extent that the financial risks are not included in the estimates of the future cash flows; and

(c) a risk adjustment for non-financial risk.

The carrying amount of a group of insurance contracts at the end of each reporting period shall be the sum of the liability for remaining coverage and the liability for incurred claims. Other than the General Model, the standard also provides a specific adaptation for contracts with direct participation features (the Variable Fee Approach) and a simplified approach (Premium Allocation Approach) mainly for short-duration contracts.

C. Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current – Amendments to IAS 1

These are the amendments to paragraphs 69-76 of IAS 1 Presentation of Financial statements and the amended paragraphs related to the classification of liabilities as current or non-current.

140

The abovementioned standards and interpretations issued by IASB have not yet endorsed by FSC at the date when the Group’s financial statements were authorized for issue, the local effective dates are to be determined by FSC. All other standards and interpretations have no material impact on the Group.

4. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(1)Statement of compliance

The consolidated financial statements of the Group for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been prepared in accordance with the Regulations Governing the Preparation of Financial Reports by Securities Issuers (“the Regulations”) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), International Accounting Standards, Interpretations developed by the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee which are endorsed by Financial Supervisory Commission of the Republic of China.

(2)Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for financial instruments that have been measured at fair value. The consolidated financial statements are expressed in thousands of New Taiwan Dollars (“NT$”) unless otherwise stated.

  • (3)Basis of consolidation

Preparation principle of consolidated financial statement

Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. Specifically, the Group controls an investee if and only if the Group has:

(a) power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee)

(b) exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee, and

  • (c) the ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns

When the Group has less than a majority of the voting or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has power over an investee, including:

  • (a) the contractual arrangement with the other vote holders of the investee

  • (b) rights arising from other contractual arrangements

  • (c) the Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights

The Group re-assesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control.

141

Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the acquisition date, being the date on which the Group obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until the date that such control ceases. The financial statements of the subsidiaries are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent company, using uniform accounting policies. All intra-group balances, income and expenses, unrealized gains and losses and dividends resulting from intra-group transactions are eliminated in full.

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a change of control, is accounted for as an equity transaction.

Total comprehensive income of the subsidiaries is attributed to the owners of the parent and to the noncontrolling interests even if this results in the non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.

If the Group loses control of a subsidiary, it:

  • (a) derecognizes the assets (including goodwill) and liabilities of the subsidiary;

  • (b) derecognizes the carrying amount of any non-controlling interest;

  • (c) recognizes the fair value of the consideration received;

  • (d) recognizes the fair value of any investment retained;

  • (e) recognizes any surplus or deficit in profit or loss; and

  • (f) reclassifies the parent’s share of components previously recognized in other comprehensive income to profit or loss.

A. The consolidated entities are listed as follows:

Investor Name of
subsidiaries
Business nature Percentage of ownership Percentage of ownership Remarks
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
The Company Orient
Semiconductor
Electronics
Philippines,
Inc.
(OSE
PHILIPPINES ,
INC.;OSEP)
Manufacture
and export of
integrated
circuits and
computers
99.99% 99.99% 1. As of December 31,
2019, the Company
owned 93.67% and OSE
B.V.I. owned 6.33% of
the shares of OSEP,
which represented the
aggregate a 99.99%
ownership of OSEP.
2. OSEP ceased its
operation in fourth
quarter of 2011.
The Company OSE
INTERNATIONAL,
LTD. (OSE B.V.I.)
Investments of
various
manufacturing
businesses
100.00% 100.00%

142

Investor Name of
subsidiaries
Business nature Percentage of ownership Percentage of ownership Remarks
December 31,
2019
December 31,
2018
The Company OSE USA, INC.
(OSEU)
Investments of
various
manufacturing
businesses
100.00% 100.00% OSEA merged with OSEU
on February 14, 2006 and
assumed OSEU’s assets,
liabilities and preferred
stocks. OSEA changed its
name as OSE USA, Inc.
after the merger.
The Company COREPLUS
(HK) LIMITED
(COREPLUS)
Manufacture of
electronics
product
100.00% 100.00%
COREPLUS
(HK) LIMITED
(COREPLUS)
VALUE–PLUS
TECHNOLOGY
(SUZHOU) CO.
(VALUE–PLUS
(SUZHOU))
Manufacture of
electronics
product
100.00% 100.00%

B. The consolidated financial statements of part of the subsidiaries listed above had not been reviewed by auditors. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related assets of the subsidiaries which were unaudited by auditors amount to $800,395 thousand and $767,296 thousand respectively, and the related liabilities amount to $705,073 thousand and $642,220 thousand, respectively. The comprehensive income of these subsidiaries amount to ($27,743) thousand and ($36,611) thousand for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

(4) Foreign currency transactions

The Group’s consolidated financial statements are presented in NT$, which is also the Company’s functional currency. Each entity in the Group determines its own functional currency and items included in the financial statements of each entity are measured using that functional currency.

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by the Group entities at their respective functional currency rates prevailing at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the functional currency closing rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value is determined. Non-monetary items that are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates as at the dates of the initial transactions.

143

All exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items are taken to profit or loss in the period in which they arise except for the following:

  • (a) Exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings for an acquisition of a qualifying asset to the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs are included in the borrowing costs that are eligible for capitalization.

  • (b) Foreign currency items within the scope of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement are accounted for based on the accounting policy for financial instruments.

  • (c) Exchange differences arising on a monetary item that forms part of a reporting entity’s net investment in a foreign operation is recognized initially in other comprehensive income and reclassified from equity to profit or loss on disposal of the net investment.

When a gain or loss on a non-monetary item is recognized in other comprehensive income, any exchange component of that gain or loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. When a gain or loss on a non-monetary item is recognized in profit or loss, any exchange component of that gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss.

  • (5) Translation of financial statements in foreign currency

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into NT$ at the closing rate of exchange prevailing at the reporting date and their income and expenses are translated at an average rate for the period. The exchange differences arising on the translation are recognized in other comprehensive income. On the disposal of a foreign operation, the cumulative amount of the exchange differences relating to that foreign operation, recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the separate component of equity, is reclassified from equity to profit or loss when the gain or loss on disposal is recognized. The following partial disposals are accounted for as disposals:

  • (a) when the partial disposal involves the loss of control of a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation; and

  • (b) when the retained interest after the partial disposal of an interest in a joint arrangement or a partial disposal of an interest in an associate that includes a foreign operation is a financial asset that includes a foreign operation.

On the partial disposal of a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation that does not result in a loss of control, the proportionate share of the cumulative amount of the exchange differences recognized in other comprehensive income is re-attributed to the non-controlling interests in that foreign operation. In partial disposal of an associate or joint arrangement that includes a foreign operation that does not result in a loss of significant influence or joint control, only the proportionate share of the cumulative amount of the exchange differences recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified to profit or loss.

144

Any goodwill and any fair value adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and expressed in its functional currency.

  • (6) Current and non-current distinction

An asset is classified as current when:

  • (a) The Group expects to realize the asset, or intends to sell or consume it, in its normal operating cycle.

  • (b) The Group holds the asset primarily for the purpose of trading.

  • (c) The Group expects to realize the asset within twelve months after the reporting period.

  • (d) The asset is cash or cash equivalent unless the asset is restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period.

All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is classified as current when:

  • (a) The Group expects to settle the liability in its normal operating cycle.

  • (b) The Group holds the liability primarily for the purpose of trading.

  • (c) The liability is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period.

  • (d) The Group does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period. Terms of a liability that could, at the option of the counterparty, result in its settlement by the issue of equity instruments do not affect its classification.

(7) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprises cash on hand, demand deposits and short-term, highly liquid time deposits (including ones that have maturity within three months) or investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

  • (8) Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets and financial liabilities within the scope of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments are recognized initially at fair value plus or minus, in the case of investments not at fair value through profit or loss, directly attributable transaction costs.

  • A. Financial instruments: Recognition and Measurement

The Group accounts for regular way purchase or sales of financial assets on the trade date.

145

The Group classified financial assets as subsequently measured at amortized cost, fair value through other comprehensive income or fair value through profit or loss considering both factors below:

(a) the Group’s business model for managing the financial assets and

(b) the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset.

Financial assets measured at amortized cost

A financial asset is measured at amortized cost if both of the following conditions are met and presented as note receivables, trade receivables financial assets measured at amortized cost and other receivables etc., on balance sheet as at the reporting date:

  • (a) the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows and

  • (b) the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

Such financial assets are subsequently measured at amortized cost (the amount at which the financial asset is measured at initial recognition minus the principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortization using the effective interest method of any difference between the initial amount and the maturity amount and adjusted for any loss allowance) and is not part of a hedging relationship. A gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss when the financial asset is derecognized, through the amortization process or in order to recognize the impairment gains or losses.

Interest revenue is calculated by using the effective interest method. This is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of a financial asset except for:

  • (a) purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets. For those financial assets, the Group applies the credit-adjusted effective interest rate to the amortized cost of the financial asset from initial recognition.

  • (b) financial assets that are not purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets but subsequently have become credit-impaired financial assets. For those financial assets, the Group applies the effective interest rate to the amortized cost of the financial asset in subsequent reporting periods.

Financial asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

A financial asset is measured at fair value through other comprehensive income if both of the following conditions are met:

  • (a) the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets and

146

  • (b) the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

Recognition of gain or loss on a financial asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income are described as below:

  • (a)A gain or loss on a financial asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income recognized in other comprehensive income, except for impairment gains or losses and foreign exchange gains and losses, until the financial asset is derecognized or reclassified.

  • (b)When the financial asset is derecognized the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified from equity to profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment.

  • (c)Interest revenue is calculated by using the effective interest method. This is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of a financial asset except for:

  • i. Purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets. For those financial assets, the Group applies the credit-adjusted effective interest rate to the amortized cost of the financial asset from initial recognition.

  • ii. Financial assets that are not purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets but subsequently have become credit-impaired financial assets. For those financial assets, the Group applies the effective interest rate to the amortized cost of the financial asset in subsequent reporting periods.

Besides, at initial recognition, the Company makes an irrevocable election to present in other comprehensive income subsequent changes in the fair value of an investment in an equity instrument within the scope of IFRS 9 that is neither held for trading nor contingent consideration recognized by an acquirer in a business combination to which IFRS 3 applies. Amounts presented in other comprehensive income are not subsequently transferred to profit or loss (when disposal of such equity instrument, its cumulated amount included in other components of equity is transferred directly to the retained earnings) and should be recorded as financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income on balance sheet. Dividends on such investment are recognized in profit or loss unless the dividends clearly represents a recovery of part of the cost of investment.

Financial asset measured at fair value through profit or loss

Financial assets were measured at amortized cost or measured at fair value through other comprehensive income only if they met particular conditions. All other financial assets were measured at fair value through profit or loss and presented on the balance sheet as financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss and trade receivables.

147

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in profit or loss. Dividends or interests on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss (including those received during the period of initial investment).

  • B. Impairment of financial assets

The Group recognizes a loss allowance for expected credit losses on debt instrument investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and financial asset measured at amortized cost. The loss allowance on debt instrument investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income is recognized in other comprehensive income and not reduce the carrying amount in the statement of financial position.

The Group measures expected credit losses of a financial instrument in a way that reflects:

  • (a) an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes;

  • (b) the time value of money; and

  • (c) reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.

The loss allowance is measures as follow:

  • (a) At an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses: the credit risk on a financial asset has not increased significantly since initial recognition or the financial asset is determined to have low credit risk at the reporting date. In addition, the Group measures the loss allowance at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses in the previous reporting period, but determines at the current reporting date that the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition is no longer met.

  • (b) At an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses: the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition or financial asset that is purchased or originated credit-impaired financial asset.

  • (c) For trade receivables or contract assets arising from transactions within the scope of IFRS 15, the Group measures the loss allowance at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses.

  • (d) For lease receivables arising from transactions within the scope of IFRS 16 (before January 1, 2019: IAS 17), the Group measures the loss allowance at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses.

At each reporting date, the Group needs to assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition by comparing the risk of a default occurring at the reporting date and the risk of default occurring at initial recognition. Please refer to Note 12 for further details on credit risk.

148

  • C. Derecognition of financial assets

A financial asset is derecognized when:

  • (a) The rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired.

  • (b) The Group has transferred the asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset have been transferred.

  • (c) The Group has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.

On derecognition of a financial asset in its entirety, the difference between the carrying amount and the consideration received or receivable including any cumulative gain or loss that had been recognized in other comprehensive income, is recognized in profit or loss.

  • D. Financial liabilities and equity

Classification between liabilities or equity

The Group classifies the instrument issued as a financial liability or an equity instrument in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement and the definitions of a financial liability, and an equity instrument.

Equity instruments

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. The transaction costs of an equity transaction are accounted for as a deduction from equity (net of any related income tax benefit) to the extent they are incremental costs directly attributable to the equity transaction that otherwise would have been avoided.

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities within the scope of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments are classified as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss or financial liabilities measured at amortized cost upon initial recognition.

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held for trading and financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss. A financial liability is classified as held for trading if:

(a) it is acquired or incurred principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing it in the near term;

149

  • (b) on initial recognition it is part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed together and for which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or

  • (c) it is a derivative (except for a derivative that is a financial guarantee contract or a designated and effective hedging instrument).

If a contract contains one or more embedded derivatives, the entire hybrid (combined) contract may be designated as a financial liability at fair value through profit or loss; or a financial liability may be designated as at fair value through profit or loss when doing so results in more relevant information, because either:

  • (a) it eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency; or

  • (b) group of financial assets, financial liabilities or both is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy, and information about the group is provided internally on that basis to the key management personnel.

Gains or losses on the subsequent measurement of liabilities at fair value through profit or loss including interest paid are recognized in profit or loss.

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost include interest bearing loans and borrowings that are subsequently measured using the effective interest rate method after initial recognition. Gains and losses are recognized in profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognized as well as through the effective interest rate method amortization process.

Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or transaction costs.

Derecognition of financial liabilities

A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires.

When an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified (whether or not attributable to the financial difficulty of the debtor), such an exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, and the difference in the respective carrying amounts and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognized in profit or loss.

150

  • E. Offsetting of financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet if, and only if, there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

(9) Fair value measurement

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either:

(a) In the principal market for the asset or liability, or

(b) In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability

The principal or the most advantageous market must be accessible to by the Group.

The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants in their economic best interest.

A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant’s ability to generate economic benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use.

The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.

(10) Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value item by item.

Cost incurred in bringing each product to its present location and condition are accounted for as follows:

Raw materials – Purchase cost on an average basis.

Finished goods and work in progress – Cost of direct materials and labor and a proportion of manufacturing overheads based on normal operating capacity but excluding borrowing costs, on a average basis.

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

Rendering of services is accounted in accordance with IFRS 15 and not within the scope of inventories.

151

  • (11) Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations

Non-current assets and disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered through a sale transaction that is highly probable within one year from the date of classification and the asset or disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Non-current assets and disposal groups classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

In the consolidated statement of comprehensive income of the reporting period, and of the comparable period of the previous year, income and expenses from discontinued operations are reported separately from income and expenses from continuing operations, down to the level of profit after taxes, even when the Group retains a non-controlling interest in the subsidiary after the sale. The resulting profit or loss (after taxes) is reported separately in the statement of comprehensive income.

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets once classified as held for sale are not depreciated or amortized.

  • (12) Investment accounted for using the equity method

The Group’s investment in its associate is accounted for using the equity method other than those that meet the criteria to be classified as held for sale. An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence. A joint venture is a type of joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the joint venture.

Under the equity method, the investment in the associate or an investment in a joint venture is carried in the balance sheet at cost and adjusted thereafter for the post-acquisition change in the Group’s share of net assets of the associate or joint venture. After the interest in the associate or joint venture is reduced to zero, additional losses are provided for, and a liability is recognized, only to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate or joint venture. Unrealized gains and losses resulting from transactions between the Group and the associate or joint venture are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s related interest in the associate or joint venture.

When changes in the net assets of an associate or a joint venture occur and not those that are recognized in profit or loss or other comprehensive income and do not affects the Group’s percentage of ownership interests in the associate or joint venture, the Group recognizes such changes in equity based on its percentage of ownership interests. The resulting capital surplus recognized will be reclassified to profit or loss at the time of disposing the associate or joint venture on a prorata basis.

152

When the associate or joint venture issues new stock, and the Group’s interest in an associate or a joint venture is reduced or increased as the Group fails to acquire shares newly issued in the associate or joint venture proportionately to its original ownership interest, the increase or decrease in the interest in the associate or joint venture is recognized in Additional Paid in Capital and Investment accounted for using the equity method. When the interest in the associate or joint venture is reduced, the cumulative amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss or other appropriate items. The aforementioned capital surplus recognized is reclassified to profit or loss on a pro rata basis when the Group disposes the associate or joint venture.

The financial statements of the associate or joint venture are prepared for the same reporting period as the Group. Where necessary, adjustments are made to bring the accounting policies in line with those of the Group.

The Group determines at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that the investment in the associate or an investment in a joint venture is impaired in accordance with IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures. If this is the case the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of the associate or joint venture and its carrying value and recognizes the amount in the ‘share of profit or loss of an associate’ in the statement of comprehensive income in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets. In determining the value in use of the investment, the Group estimates:

  • (a) Its share of the present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to be generated by the associate or joint venture, including the cash flows from the operations of the associate and the proceeds on the ultimate disposal of the investment; or

  • (b) The present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to arise from dividends to be received from the investment and from its ultimate disposal.

Because goodwill that forms part of the carrying amount of an investment in an associate or an investment in a joint venture is not separately recognized, it is not tested for impairment separately by applying the requirements for impairment testing goodwill in IAS 36 Impairment of Assets.

Upon loss of significant influence over the associate or joint venture, the Group measures and recognizes any retaining investment at its fair value. Any difference between the carrying amount of the associate or joint venture upon loss of significant influence and the fair value of the retaining investment and proceeds from disposal is recognized in profit or loss. Furthermore, if an investment in an associate becomes an investment in a joint venture or an investment in a joint venture becomes an investment in an associate, the entity continues to apply the equity method and does not remeasure the retained interest.

153

  • (13) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Such cost includes the cost of dismantling and removing the item and restoring the site on which it is located and borrowing costs for construction in progress if the recognition criteria are met. Each part of an item of property, plant and equipment with a cost that is significant in relation to the total cost of the item is depreciated separately. When significant parts of property, plant and equipment are required to be replaced in intervals, the Group recognized such parts as individual assets with specific useful lives and depreciation, respectively. The carrying amount of those parts that are replaced is derecognized in accordance with the derecognition provisions of IAS 16 Property, plant and equipment. When a major inspection is performed, its cost is recognized in the carrying amount of the plant and equipment as a replacement if the recognition criteria are satisfied. All other repair and maintenance costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic lives of the following assets:

Buildings 1051 years
Machinery and equipment 312 years
Transportation equipment 5 years
Office equipment 5 years
Right-of-use assets/leased assets (Note) 251 years
Leasehold improvements 515 years
Other equipment 5 years

(Note): The Group reclassified the lease assets to right-of-use assets after the adoption of IFRS 16 from January 1, 2019.

An item of property, plant and equipment and any significant part initially recognized is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset is recognized in profit or loss.

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.

154

(14) Investment property

The accounting policy from January 1, 2019 as follow:

The Group’s owned investment properties are measured initially at cost, including transaction costs. The carrying amount includes the cost of replacing part of an existing investment property at the time that cost is incurred if the recognition criteria are met and excludes the costs of day-to-day servicing of an investment property. Subsequent to initial recognition, other than those that meet the criteria to be classified as held for sale (or are included in a disposal group that is classified as held for sale) in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, investment properties are measured using the cost model in accordance with the requirements of IAS 16 Property, plant and equipment for that model. If investment properties are held by a lessee as right-of-use assets and is not held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5, investment properties are measured in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 16.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic lives of the following assets:

Buildings 40 years

Investment properties are derecognized when either they have been disposed of or when the investment property is permanently withdrawn from use and no future economic benefit is expected from its disposal. The difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset is recognized in profit or loss in the period of derecognition.

The Group transfers to or from investment properties when there is a change in use for these assets.

Properties are transferred to or from investment properties when the properties meet, or cease to meet, the definition of investment property and there is evidence of the change in use.

The accounting policy before January 1, 2019 as follow:

The Group’s investment properties are measured initially at cost, including transaction costs. The carrying amount includes the cost of replacing part of an existing investment property at the time that cost is incurred if the recognition criteria are met and excludes the costs of day-to-day servicing of an investment property. Subsequent to initial recognition, investment properties are measured using the cost model in accordance with the requirements of IAS 16 Property, plant and equipment for that model, other than those that meet the criteria to be classified as held for sale (or are included in a disposal group that is classified as held for sale) in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations.

155

Investment properties are derecognized when either they have been disposed of or when the investment property is permanently withdrawn from use and no future economic benefit is expected from its disposal. The difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset is recognized in profit or loss in the period of derecognition.

The Group transfers to or from investment properties when there is a change in use for these assets.

Properties are transferred to or from investment properties when the properties meet, or cease to meet, the definition of investment property and there is evidence of the change in use.

(15) Leases

The accounting policy from January 1, 2019 as follow:

For contracts entered on or after January 1, 2019, the Group assesses whether the contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time, the Group assesses whether, throughout the period of use, has both of the following:

(a) the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the identified asset; and (b) the right to direct the use of the identified asset.

The Group elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains, a lease on January 1, 2019. The Group is permitted to apply IFRS 16 to contracts that were previously identified as leases applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 but not to apply IFRS 16 to contracts that were not previously identified as containing a lease applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4.

For a contract that is, or contains, a lease, the Group accounts for each lease component within the contract as a lease separately from non-lease components of the contract. For a contract that contains a lease component and one or more additional lease or non-lease components, the Group allocates the consideration in the contract to each lease component on the basis of the relative stand-alone price of the lease component and the aggregate stand-alone price of the non-lease components. The relative stand-alone price of lease and non-lease components shall be determined on the basis of the price the lessor, or a similar supplier, would charge the Group for that component, or a similar component, separately. If an observable stand-alone price is not readily available, the Group estimates the standalone price, maximising the use of observable information.

Group as a lessee

Except for leases that meet and elect short-term leases or leases of low-value assets, the Group recognizes right-of-use asset and lease liability for all leases which the Group is the lessee of those lease contracts.

156

At the commencement date, the Group measures the lease liability at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at that date. The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease, if that rate can be readily determined. If that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate. At the commencement date, the lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise the following payments for the right to use the underlying asset during the lease term that are not paid at the commencement date:

  • (a) fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable;

  • (b) variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the commencement date;

  • (c) amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;

  • (d) the exercise price of a purchase option if the Group is reasonably certain to exercise that option; and

  • (e) payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising an option to terminate the lease.

After the commencement date, the Group measures the lease liability on an amortised cost basis, which increases the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability by using an effective interest method; and reduces the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.

At the commencement date, the Group measures the right-of-use asset at cost. The cost of the right-ofuse asset comprises:

  • (a) the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability;

  • (b) any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received;

  • (c) any initial direct costs incurred by the lessee; and

  • (d) an estimate of costs to be incurred by the lessee in dismantling and removing the underlying asset, restoring the site on which it is located or restoring the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease.

For subsequent measurement of the right-of-use asset, the Group measures the right-of-use asset at cost less any accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. That is, the Group measures the right-of-use applying a cost model.

If the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Group by the end of the lease term or if the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Group will exercise a purchase option, the Group depreciates the right-of-use asset from the commencement date to the end of the useful life of the underlying asset. Otherwise, the Group depreciates the right-of-use asset from the commencement date to the earlier of the end of the useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term.

The Group applies IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets” to determine whether the right-of-use asset is impaired and to account for any impairment loss identified.

157

Except for those leases that the Group accounted for as short-term leases or leases of low-value assets, the Group presents right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the balance sheet and separately presents lease-related interest expense and depreciation charge in the statements comprehensive income.

For short-term leases or leases of low-value assets, the Group elects to recognize the lease payments associated with those leases as an expense on either a straight-line basis over the lease term or another systematic basis.

Group as a lessor

At inception of a contract, the Group classifies each of its leases as either an operating lease or a finance lease. A lease is classified as a finance lease if it transfers substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of an underlying asset. A lease is classified as an operating lease if it does not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of an underlying asset. At the commencement date, the Group recognizes assets held under a finance lease in its balance sheet and present them as a receivable at an amount equal to the net investment in the lease.

For a contract that contains lease components and non-lease components, the Group allocates the consideration in the contract applying IFRS 15.

The Group recognizes lease payments from operating leases as rental income on either a straight-line basis or another systematic basis. Variable lease payments for operating leases that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognized as rental income when incurred.

The accounting policy before January 1, 2019 as follow:

Group as a lessee

Finance leases which transfer to the Group substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalized at the commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are recognized in profit or loss.

A leased asset is depreciated over the useful life of the asset. However, if there is no reasonable certainty that the Group will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term, the asset is depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the lease term.

Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

158

Group as a lessor

Leases in which the Group does not transfer substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating leases. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognized over the lease term on the same basis as rental income. Contingent rents are recognized as revenue in the period in which they are earned.

(16) Intangible assets

Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is its fair value as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalized development costs, are not capitalized and expenditure is reflected in profit or loss for the year in which the expenditure is incurred.

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over the useful economic life and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortization period and the amortization method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at the end of each financial year. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset is accounted for by changing the amortization period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but are tested for impairment annually, either individually or at the cash-generating unit level. The assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether the indefinite life continues to be supportable. If not, the change in useful life from indefinite to finite is made on a prospective basis.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognized in profit or loss when the asset is derecognized.

Research and development costs

Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development expenditures on an individual project are recognized as an intangible asset when the Group can demonstrate:

(a) The technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale (b) Its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset

(c) How the asset will generate future economic benefits

(d) The availability of resources to complete the asset

(e) The ability to measure reliably the expenditure during development.

159

Following initial recognition of the development expenditure as an asset, the cost model is applied requiring the asset to be carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation of the asset begins when development is complete and the asset is available for use. It is amortised over the period of expected future benefit.

A summary of the policies applied to the Group’s intangible assets is as follows:

Cost of computer software Useful lives 1 3 years Amortization method used Amortized on a straight-line basis Internally generated or acquired Acquired

(17) Impairment of non-financial assets

The Group assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is any indication that an asset in the scope of IAS 36 Impairment of Assets may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Group estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s (“CGU”) fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or groups of assets. Where the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

For assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the Group estimates the asset’s or cash-generating unit’s recoverable amount. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been an increase in the estimated service potential of an asset which in turn increases the recoverable amount. However, the reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years.

An impairment loss of continuing operations or a reversal of such impairment loss is recognized in profit or loss.

160

(18) Revenue recognition

The Group’s revenue arising from contracts with customers are primarily related to sale of goods and rendering of services. The accounting policies are explained as follow:

Sale of goods

The Group manufactures and sells machinery. Sales are recognized when control of the goods is transferred to the customer and the goods are delivered to the customers. The main products of the Group are integrated circuits, semiconductor devices and computer motherboards, etc and revenue is recognized based on the consideration stated in the contract. For certain sales of goods transactions, they are usually accompanied by volume discounts (based on the accumulated total sales amount for a specified period). Therefore, revenue from these sales is recognized based on the price specified in the contract, net of the estimated volume discounts.

Products manufactured according to customer's agreed specifications if the customer controls the product at the time of creation or enhancement of the product, the Group will gradually recognize revenue over time.

The Group provides its customer with a warranty with the purchase of the products. The warranty provides assurance that the product will operate as expected by the customers. And the warranty is accounted in accordance with IAS 37.

The credit period of the Group 's sale of goods is from 30 to 150 days. For most of the contracts, when the Group transfers the goods to customers and has a right to an amount of consideration that is unconditional, these contracts are recognized as trade receivables. The Group usually collects the payments shortly after transfer of goods to customers; therefore, there is no significant financing component to the contract. For some of the contracts, the Group has transferred the goods to customers but does not has a right to an amount of consideration that is unconditional, these contacts should be presented as contract assets. Besides, in accordance with IFRS 9, the Group measures the loss allowance for a contract asset at an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses. However, for some contracts, part of the consideration was received from customers upon signing the contract, then the Group has the obligation to transfer the goods to customers subsequently; accordingly, these amounts are recognized as contract liabilities.

Rendering of services

Revenue is recognized when the Group finishes the processing services.

161

(19) Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale are capitalized as part of the cost of the respective assets. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.

(20) Post-employment benefits

All regular employees of the Company and its domestic subsidiaries are entitled to a pension plan that is managed by an independently administered pension fund committee. Fund assets are deposited under the committee’s name in the specific bank account and hence, not associated with the Company and its domestic subsidiaries. Therefore fund assets are not included in the Group’s consolidated financial statements. Pension benefits for employees of the overseas subsidiaries and the branches are provided in accordance with the respective local regulations.

For the defined contribution plan, the Company and its domestic subsidiaries will make a monthly contribution of no less than 6% of the monthly wages of the employees subject to the plan. The Company recognizes expenses for the defined contribution plan in the period in which the contribution becomes due. Overseas subsidiaries and branches make contribution to the plan based on the requirements of local regulations.

Post-employment benefit plan that is classified as a defined benefit plan uses the Projected Unit Credit Method to measure its obligations and costs based on actuarial assumptions. Re-measurements, comprising of the effect of the actuarial gains and losses, the effect of the asset ceiling (excluding net interest) and the return on plan assets, excluding net interest, are recognized as other comprehensive income with a corresponding debit or credit to retained earnings in the period in which they occur. Past service costs are recognized in profit or loss on the earlier of:

  • (a) the date of the plan amendment or curtailment, and

  • (b) the date that the Group recognizes restructuring-related costs

Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit liability or asset, both as determined at the start of the annual reporting period, taking account of any changes in the net defined benefit liability (asset) during the period as a result of contribution and benefit payment.

162

(21) Share-Based Payment Transactions

The cost of equity-settled transactions between the Group and its subsidiaries is recognized based on the fair value of the equity instruments granted. The fair value of the equity instruments is determined by using an appropriate pricing model.

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognized, together with a corresponding increase in other capital reserves in equity, over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled. The cumulative expense recognized for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The income statement expense or credit for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognized as at the beginning and end of that period.

No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for equity-settled transactions where vesting is conditional upon a market or non-vesting condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market or non-vesting condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions are satisfied.

Where the terms of an equity-settled transaction award are modified, the minimum expense recognized is the expense as if the terms had not been modified, if the original terms of the award are met. An additional expense is recognized for any modification that increases the total fair value of the sharebased payment transaction, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee as measured at the date of modification.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognized for the award is recognized immediately. This includes any award where non-vesting conditions within the control of either the entity or the employee are not met. However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award, and designated as a replacement award on the date that it is granted, the cancelled and new awards are treated as if they were a modification of the original award, as described in the previous paragraph.

The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share.

The cost of restricted stocks issued is recognized as salary expense based on the fair value of the equity instruments on the grant date, together with a corresponding increase in other capital reserves in equity, over the vesting period. The Group recognized unearned employee salary which is a transitional contra equity account; the balance in the account will be recognized as salary expense over the passage of vesting period.

163

  • (22) Income taxes

Income tax expense (income) is the aggregate amount included in the determination of profit or loss for the period in respect of current tax and deferred tax.

Current income tax

Current income tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities, using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. Current income tax relating to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity is recognized in other comprehensive income or equity and not in profit or loss.

The income tax for undistributed earnings is recognized as income tax expense in the subsequent year when the distribution proposal is approved by the Shareholders’ meeting.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences at the reporting date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences, except:

  • (a) Where the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss

  • (b) In respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint arrangements, where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences, carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilized, except:

  • (a) Where the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss.

  • (b) In respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint arrangements, deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

164

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. The measurement of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

Deferred tax relating to items recognized outside profit or loss is recognized outside profit or loss. Deferred tax items are recognized in correlation to the underlying transaction either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. Deferred tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognized accordingly.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current income tax assets against current income tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

(23) Business combinations and goodwill

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred, the identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are measured at acquisition date fair value. For each business combination, the acquirer measures any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets. Acquisition-related costs are accounted for as expenses in the periods in which the costs are incurred and are classified under administrative expenses.

When the Group acquires a business, it assesses the assets and liabilities assumed for appropriate classification and designation in accordance with the contractual terms, economic circumstances and pertinent conditions as at the acquisition date. This includes the separation of embedded derivatives in host contracts by the acquiree.

If the business combination is achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to fair value at the acquisition date through profit or loss.

Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognized at the acquisition-date fair value. Subsequent changes to the fair value of the contingent consideration which is deemed to be an asset or liability, will be recognized in accordance with IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement either in profit or loss or as a change to other comprehensive income. However, if the contingent consideration is classified as equity, it should not be remeasured until it is finally settled within equity.

165

Goodwill is initially measured as the amount of the excess of the aggregate of the consideration transferred and the non-controlling interest over the net fair value of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. If this aggregate is lower than the fair value of the net assets acquired, the difference is recognized in profit or loss.

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill acquired in a business combination is, from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities of the acquiree are assigned to those units. Each unit or group of units to which the goodwill is so allocated represents the lowest level within the Group at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purpose and is not larger than an operating segment before aggregation.

Where goodwill forms part of a cash-generating unit and part of the operation within that unit is disposed of, the goodwill associated with the operation disposed of is included in the carrying amount of the operation. Goodwill disposed of in this circumstance is measured based on the relative recoverable amounts of the operation disposed of and the portion of the cash-generating unit retained.

5. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ESTMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements require management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities, at the end of the reporting period. However, uncertainty about these assumption and estimate could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability affected in future periods.

Judgement

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgements, which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements:

Revenue recognition

The Group based on trading patterns and whether the economic substance were expose to the sale of goods or services related to the significant risks and rewards, to determine whether the Group should be classified as the principal of the transaction or agent. When expose to the sale of goods or services related to the significant risks and rewards, the principal of the transaction should recognize the total receivables or received economic benefit as revenue; if determine as the agent, recognize the net transaction as revenue.

166

The Group provides electronic manufacturing services and integrated circuit packaging and testing manufacturing services, determined as to conform to the following indicators; it is recognized as total revenue collected:

(a) has the primary responsibility to the provision of goods or services provided

  • (b) assumed inventory risk

  • (c) assumed customer’s credit risk

Estimates and assumptions

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

(1) Fair value of financial instruments

Where the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded in the balance sheet cannot be derived from active markets, they are determined using valuation techniques including income approach (for example the discounted cash flows model) or market approach. Changes in assumptions about these factors could affect the reported fair value of the financial instruments. Please refer to Note 12 for more details.

(2) Pension benefits

The cost of post-employment benefit and the present value of the pension obligation under defined benefit pension plans are determined using actuarial valuations. An actuarial valuation involves making various assumptions. These include the determination of the discount rate and changes of the future salary etc. Please refer to Note 6 more details.

(3) Income tax

Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex tax regulations and the amount and timing of future taxable income. Given the wide range of international business relationships and the long-term nature and complexity of existing contractual agreements, differences arising between the actual results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future adjustments to tax income and expense already recorded. The Group establishes provisions, based on reasonable estimates, for possible consequences of audits by the tax authorities of the respective counties in which it operates. The amount of such provisions is based on various factors, such as experience of previous tax audits and differing interpretations of tax regulations by the taxable entity and the responsible tax authority. Such differences of interpretation may arise on a wide variety of issues depending on the conditions prevailing in the respective Group company's domicile.

167

Deferred tax assets are recognized for all carryforward of unused tax losses and unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available or there are sufficient taxable temporary differences against which the unused tax losses, unused tax credits or deductible temporary differences can be utilized. The amount of deferred tax assets determined to be recognized is based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits and taxable temporary differences together with future tax planning strategies.

(4) Accounts receivables—estimation of impairment loss

The Group estimates the impairment loss of accounts receivables at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses. The credit loss is the present value of the difference between the contractual cash flows that are due under the contract (carrying amount) and the cash flows that expects to receive (evaluate forward looking information). However, as the impact from the discounting of short-term receivables is not material, the credit loss is measured by the undiscounted cash flows. Where the actual future cash flows are lower than expected, a material impairment loss may arise. Please refer to Note 6 for more details

(5) Inventories

Estimates of net realisable value of inventories take into consideration that inventories may be damaged, become wholly or partially obsolete, or their selling prices have declined. The estimates are based on the most reliable evidence available at the time the estimates are made. Please refer to Note 6 for more details.

6. CONTENTS OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTS

(1) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash on hand
Demand deposits
Total
Dec. 31,2019
$207
1,701,205
$1,701,412
Dec. 31,2018
$226
762,085
$762,311

(2) NOTES RECEIVABLES

NOTES RECEIVABLES
Notes receivables
Less : loss allowance
Total
Dec. 31,2019
$1,770
()
$1,770
Dec. 31,2018
$10,510
()
$10,510

Notes receivables were not pledged.

The Group follows the requirement of IFRS 9 to assess the impairment. Please refer to Note 6.(20) for more details on loss allowance and Note 12 for details on credit risk.

168

(3) ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES AFFILIATES

  • (a) Details are as follows:
Accounts receivables
Add : Pledged accounts receivables
Less : loss allowance
Subtotal
Accounts receivables -affiliates
Less : loss allowance
Subtotal
Total
Dec. 31,2019
Dec. 31,2018
$2,481,591
$2,177,906

224,523
(26,267)
(17,329)
2,455,324
2,385,100
229,557
695,348
()
(1,200)
229,557
694,148
$2,684,881
$3,079,248
  • (b) Accounts receivables are generally on 30-150 day terms. The total carrying amount as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $2,712,918 thousand and $3,108,287 thousand, respectively. Please refer to Note 6.(20) for more details on loss allowance of accounts receivables for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018. Please refer to Note 12 for more details on credit risk management.

  • (c) The Group signed loan agreements with the following banks and used its accounts receivable as securities for the loans. Certain of the Group’s accounts receivable were under pledge to the banks.

The details of the loan agreements are as follows:

Dec. 31, 2019

None.

Dec. 31, 2018

Dec. 31, 2018
Bank Contractperiod
August 20, 2018
~August 20, 2019
Bankingfacility
$135,000
Loan amount Factored
amount
Far Eastern Bank $135,000 $224,523

(4) INVENTORIES, NET

  • (a) Details are as follows:
Raw materials
Supplies
Work in progress
Finished goods
Total
Dec. 31,2019
Dec. 31,2018
$921,885
$1,280,124
76,261
102,425
230,407
130,325
21,866
54,595
$1,250,419
$1,567,469

169

(b)

)
Cost of inventories sold
Loss on a realizable value and obsolescence of inventories
Loss in inventory write-off
Inventory loss
Cost of Goods Sold
For theyears ended December 31
2019
2018
$15,635,374
$14,606,096
54,177

51,651
48,841
1,001
1,118
$15,742,203
$14,656,055

(c) As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, inventories were insured for $13,182,384 thousand and $12,372,050 thousand, respectively.

(d) No inventories were pledged.

(5) FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME-NON

CURRENT

Equity instrument investments measured at fair value
through other comprehensive income-Non-current
Unlisted companies stocks
Dec. 31,2019
$226,860
Dec. 31,2018
$234,878

The Group classified certain of its financial assets as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income. Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income were not pledged.

(6) INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD

(a) The group investments accounted for using the equity method are as follows:

Investee Company
Investments in associates:
OSE PROPERTIES, INC.
ATP ELECTRONICS, TAIWAN INC.
INFOFAB, INC.
SCS HIGHTECH INC.
Total
Type of stock Dec. 31, 2019
Ownership
39.99
18.31
13.32
18.17
Dec. 31,2018 Dec. 31,2018
Amount

$448,503
10,880

$459,383
Amount

$449,790
8,288

$458,078
Ownership
Common stock
Common stock
Common stock
Common stock
39.99
18.31
13.52
18.17

170

  • (b) Owing to the continue loss of OSE PROPERTIES, INC., the accumulated investment loss has made the book value of long-term investment declining to zero, the company will no longer recognize the investment loss.

  • (c) In September 2006, shares of the investee company ATP were exchanged with ATP TAIWAN so that the Company would hold 15.13% ownership of ATP TAIWAN after the exchange. The Group had purchased 1,929 thousand shares of treasury stocks in February 2008. So the Group held 18.31% ownership of ATP TAIWAN.

  • (d) SCS HIGHTECH INC. was written off as losses in 2004, and the company was rescinded based on the approval granted by Science Park Bureau on March 8, 2007 by Doc No.0960006126.

  • (e) Part of the shares in long-term equity investments has been pledged to the banks as securities for bank loans granted to the Group. Please refer to Note 8 for the more details.

  • (f) For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related shares of investment income from the associates were $40,536 thousand and $68,497 thousand, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the related shares of other comprehensive income from the associates were $1,081 thousand and $0, respectively.

  • (g) In year 2019 and 2018, the Group obtained cash dividend from ATP TAIWAN and InfoFab Co.,Ltd., for $35,422 thousand and $1,265 thousand, $33,210 thousand and $0, respectively. They are recorded as credit to “Investments accounted for using the equity method”.

  • (h)The Group’s investments by using the equity method are not published price quotations, which are not individually material .The aggregate financial information of the Group’s investments is as follows:.

Total assets
Total liabilities
Revenue
Profit
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Total comprehensive income
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2019
2019
$911,179
40,536
(2,177)
38,359
$956,895
68,497
2,661
71,158

171

(7) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

Owner occupied property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment leased out under operating
leases
Total
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$6,123,791
140,455
$7,063,908
(Note)
$6,264,246 $7,063,908

(Note):The Group adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Group elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

172

(a) Owner occupied property, plant and equipment (applicable under IFRS 16 requirements)

Land and land
Improvements
Cost:
As of Jan.1, 2019

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

Exchange differences

As of Dec. 31, 2019

Depreciation and impairment:
As of Jan.1, 2019

Depreciation

Disposals

Transfers

Exchange differences

As of Dec. 31, 2019

Net carrying amount
As of Jan. 1, 2019

As of Dec. 31, 2019
Land and land
Improvements
Buildings Machinery and
equipment
Transportation
equipment
Office
equipment
$67,158
75
(590)
595
(326)
$66,912
Other
equipment
$381,544
533
(325)
4,437
(642)
$385,547
$320,402
24,913
(293)

(417)
$344,605
$61,142
$40,942
Construction in
progress and
equipment awaiting
examination
$144,197
285,611

(336,095)
(21)
$93,692






$144,197
$93,692
Total
$23,910,318
290,741
(2,564,245)
424,988
(12,809)
$22,048,993




$6,989,653


68,897
$16,323,320
4,522
(2,563,330)
687,154
(11,699)
$4,446



(121)
$7,058,550 $14,439,967 $4,325
$4,327,874
222,154


$12,302,527
1,179,429
(2,550,837)
40,739
(10,613)
$3,659
247


(101)
$64,932
965
(585)
505
(298)
$17,019,394
1,427,708
(2,551,715)
41,244
(11,429)
$15,925,202
$6,890,924
$6,123,791
$4,550,028 $10,961,245 $3,805 $65,519
$2,661,779 $4,020,793 $787 $2,226
$2,508,522 $3,478,722 $520 $1,393

(Note):The Group adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Group elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

173

(b) Property, plant and equipment leased out under operating leases (applicable under IFRS 16 requirements)

Cost:
As of Jan. 1, 2019
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
Exchange differences
As of Dec. 31, 2019
Depreciation and impairment:
As of Jan. 1, 2019
Depreciation
Disposals
Transfers
Exchange differences
As of Dec. 31, 2019
Net carrying amounts as at:
As of Jan. 1, 2019
As of Dec. 31, 2019
Buildings
$279,342



$279,342
$132,203
6,684


$138,887
$147,139
$140,455

174

(c) Property, plant and equipment (prior to the application of IFRS 16)

Land and land
Improvements
Cost:
As of Jan. 1, 2018

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

Exchange differences

As of Dec. 31, 2018

Depreciation and impairment:
As of Jan. 1, 2018

Depreciation

Disposals

Transfers

Exchange differences

As of Dec. 31, 2018

Net carrying amount:
As of Jan. 1, 2018

As of Dec. 31, 2018
Land and land
Improvements
Buildings Machinery
and equipment
Transportation
equipment

Office
equipment
Rental
assets
Leased
assets
Other
equipment
Construction in
progress and
equipment
awaiting
examination
Total




$6,951,055

(14,399)
52,997
$15,716,783
3,692
(165,357)
764,269
3,933
$5,216

(717)

(53)
$67,024
105
(129)

158
$279,342



$158,211


(124,350)
$368,331
3,178
(947)
11,377
(395)
$17,108
408,298

(281,187)
(22)
$23,563,070
415,273
(181,549)
423,106
3,621
$6,989,653 $16,323,320 $4,446 $67,158 $279,342 $33,861 $381,544 $144,197 $24,223,521
$4,125,549
216,703
(14,378)

$11,250,823
1,122,583
(130,594)
54,815
4,900
$3,914
501
(717)

(39)
$63,913
962
(114)

171
$125,518
6,685


$51,565
16,189

(59,738)
$295,122
26,321
(875)

(166)




$15,916,404
1,389,944
(146,678)
(4,923)
4,866
$4,327,874 $12,302,527 $3,659 $64,932 $132,203 $8,016 $320,402 $17,159,613
$2,825,506 $4,465,960 $1,302 $3,111 $153,824 $106,646 $73,209 $17,108 $7,646,666
$2,661,779 $4,020,793 $787 $2,226 $147,139 $25,845 $61,142 $144,197 $7,063,908

175

  • (d) Affects both the cash and non-cash items of investing activities
Item For theyears end December 31 For theyears end December 31
2019 2018
Acquisition of property, plant, and equipment
expenditure:
Increase of property, plant and equipment
Transfer to right-of-use assets
Increase of prepayment for equipment
(Increase) Decrease of payables on equipment
Cash expenditure
$675,819
(33,861)
(5,938)
92,462
$838,379

118,667
(184,083)
$728,482 $772,963
  • (e) Details of capitalized borrowing costs are as follows:
Item For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
Prepayments for equipment
Capitalisation rate of borrowing costs
$4,980
3.04%~3.95
$4,308
2.89%~3.78
  • (f) As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, fixed assets were insured for $10,399,936 thousand and $11,607,638 thousand, respectively.

  • (g) Please refer to Note 8 for more details on property, plant and equipment under pledge.

(8) INVESTMENT PROPERTY

Cost
As of Jan. 1, 2019
Transfer to property, plant and equipment
Exchange difference
As of Dec. 31, 2019
As of Jan.1, 2018
Exchange difference
As of Dec.31, 2018
Depreciation and impairment:
As of Jan. 1, 2019
Depreciation
Buildings
$670,447
(39,911)
(13,967)
$616,569
$649,932
20,515
$670,447
$188,828
24,304

176

Transfer to property, plant and equipment
Exchange difference
As of Dec. 31, 2019
As of Jan.1, 2018
Depreciation
Additions from other non-current assets
Exchange difference
As of Dec.31, 2018
Net carrying amount
As of Dec.31, 2019
As of Dec.31, 2018
Buildings
(32,542)
(4,454)
$176,136
$155,083
23,819
4,923
5,003
$188,828
$440,433
$481,619

No investment properties were pledged.

The fair value of investment property is $486,819 thousand and $503,470 thousand as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The fair value has been determined based on valuations performed by an independent appraiser and on transactions observable in the market. The investment property has no rent revenue.

(9) INTANGIBLE ASSETS

  • (a) As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the cost of the computer software, original cost, accumulated amortization and amount of amortization in the book of the Group is listed as below:
Cost:
As of Jan. 1, 2019
Addition
Transfer
Other changes
Exchange differences
As of Dec. 31, 2019
As of Jan. 1, 2018
Addition
Transfer
Other changes
Exchange differences
As of Dec. 31, 2018
Computer software
$343,374
32,657
1,519
(15)
$377,535
$271,625
63,714

8,035
$343,374

177

Amortization and impairment:
As of Jan. 1, 2019
Amortization
Exchange differences
As of Dec. 31, 2019
As of Jan. 1, 2018
Amortization
Exchange differences
As of Dec. 31, 2018
Net carrying amount as of:
Dec. 31, 2019
Dec. 31, 2018
Computer software
$253,741
65,339
10
$319,090
$191,945
61,792
4
$253,741
$58,445
$89,633

(b) Amortization expense of intangible assets under the statement of comprehensive income:

Operating costs
Operating expenses
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$38,575 $38,371
$26,764 $23,421

(10) PREPAYMENTS

Detail are as follows :

Detail are as follows :
Dec. 31,2019
Current assetsprepayments
Prepaid expenses
$46,696
Other prepayments
6,426
Total
$53,122
Non-current assetsprepayments for equipment
Prepayment for equipment
$151,901
Dec. 31,2018
$46,817
4,631
$51,448
$180,354

(11) LONG-TERM RECEIVABLES-AFFILIATES

(a) Details are as follows:

Details are as follows:
Loan receivable -PROPERTIES
Less :loss allowance
Net
Dec. 31,2019
$93,315
()
$93,315
Dec. 31,2018
$95,300
()
$95,300

178

  • (c) OSE PHILIPPINES, INC. lent USD 4,387 thousand to OSE PROPERTIES Inc. in July 31, 1996. OSE PROPERTIES Inc. disposed of part of the land and returned USD 1,285 thousand in the first quarter of 2015. The principal was USD 3,102 thousand as of December 31, 2019. The interest rates for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were both 2.50%. The contract periods were 10 years and may be extended to another 10 years, if necessary.

(12) SHORT-TERM LOANS

(a) Details are as follows:

Items
L/C
Unsecured bank loans
Mortgage loan on machine and equipment
Total
Dec. 31,2019
$315,900
2,057,866

$2,373,766
Dec. 31,2018
$798,069
1,924,803
83,985
$2,806,857
  • (b) The ranges of interest rates and the due dates:
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
Ranges of interest rates 1.55%~3.17% 1.06%~4.25%
Due dates January 9, 2020~ January 14, 2019~
December 17, 2020 November 30, 2019
  • (c) As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Group’s unused short-term lines of credits amount to $1,394,036 thousand and $614,906 thousand, respectively.

  • (d) Part of property, plant and equipment, stocks, time deposits, and deposits reserved for repayment are pledged as security for the Group’s short-term borrowings. Please refer to Note 8 for more details.

(13) SHORT-TERM NOTES PAYABLE

  • (a) Details are as follows:
Details are as follows:
Par value of commercial papers
Less : Discount for short-term notes payable
Net
Dec. 31,2019
$380,000
(790)
$379,210
Dec. 31,2018
$350,000
(390)
$349,610

179

(b) The ranges of interest rates and the due dates:

Ranges of interest rates
Due dates
Dec. 31,2019
1.788%~1.858%
January 9, 2020~
February 27, 2020
Dec. 31,2018
1.938%~2.088%
January 3, 2019~
March 7, 2019

(14) LONG-TERM LOANS

(a) Details are as follows:

Items
Mortgage loan
Less: Due within one year
Net
Dec. 31,2019
$2,095,326
(1,190,490)
$904,836
Dec. 31,2018
$3,053,515
(1,340,270)
$1,713,245

(b) The ranges of interest rates and the due dates:

Ranges of interest rates
Due dates
Dec. 31,2019
1.80%~3.30%
October 31, 2020~
August 15, 2023
Dec. 31,2018
1.80%~4.65%
January 26, 2019~
August 15, 2023
  • (c) Part of property, plant and equipment, and deposits reserved for repayment are pledged as security for the Group’s long-term borrowings. Please refer to Note 8 for more details.

(15) LONG-TERM LEASE PAYABLE

The Group has finance leases contracts for various items of machinery. These leases contain purchase options. Future minimum lease payments under finance leases together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments are as follows:

Within one year
After one year but not more than five years
Total minimum lease payments
Less : finance charges on finance lease
Present value of minimum lease payments
Current
Non-current
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018 Dec. 31,2018
Minimum
payments
Present value
ofpayments
Minimum
payments
Present value
ofpayments
$2,617
$2,610
2,617
(7)
2,610
$2,610 $2,610
$2,610

180

(16) POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

(a) Defined contribution plan

The Company and its domestic subsidiaries adopt a defined contribution plan in accordance with the Labor Pension Act of the R.O.C. Under the Labor Pension Act, the Company and its domestic subsidiaries will make monthly contributions of no less than 6% of the employees’ monthly wages to the employees’ individual pension accounts. The Company and its domestic subsidiaries have made monthly contributions of 6% of each individual employee’s salaries or wages to employees’ pension accounts.

Subsidiaries located in the People’s Republic of China will contribute social welfare benefits based on a certain percentage of employees’ salaries or wages to the employees’ individual pension accounts.

Pension benefits for employees of overseas subsidiaries and branches are provided in accordance with the local regulations.

Expenses under the defined contribution plan for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are $113,103 thousand and $102,285 thousand, respectively.

(b) Defined benefits plan

The Company and its domestic subsidiaries adopt a defined benefit plan in accordance with the Labor Standards Act of the R.O.C. The pension benefits are disbursed based on the units of service years and the average salaries in the last month of the service year. Two units per year are awarded for the first 15 years of services while one unit per year is awarded after the completion of the 15th year. The total units shall not exceed 45 units. Under the Labor Standards Act, the Company and its domestic subsidiaries contribute an amount equivalent to 2% of the employees’ total salaries and wages on a monthly basis to the pension fund deposited at the Bank of Taiwan in the name of the administered pension fund committee. Before the end of each year, the Company and its domestic subsidiaries assess the balance in the designated labor pension fund. If the amount is inadequate to pay pensions calculated for workers retiring in the same year, the Company and its domestic subsidiaries will make up the difference in one appropriation before the end of March the following year.

Expenses under the defined benefit obligation for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are $59,735 thousand and $59,828 thousand, respectively.

181

The Ministry of Labor is in charge of establishing and implementing the fund utilization plan in accordance with the Regulations for Revenues, Expenditures, Safeguard and Utilization of the Labor Retirement Fund. The pension fund is invested in-house or under mandation, based on a passiveaggressive investment strategy for long-term profitability. The Ministry of Labor establishes checks and risk management mechanism based on the assessment of risk factors including market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk, in order to maintain adequate manager flexibility to achieve targeted return without over-exposure of risk. With regard to utilization of the pension fund, the minimum earnings in the annual distributions on the final financial statement shall not be less than the earnings attainable from the amounts accrued from two-year time deposits with the interest rates offered by local banks. Treasury Funds can be used to cover the deficits after the approval of the competent authority. As the Company does not participate in the operation and management of the pension fund, no disclosure on the fair value of the plan assets categorized in different classes could be made in accordance with paragraph 142 of IAS 19. The Group expects to contribute $85,943 thousand to its defined benefit plan during the 12 months beginning after December 31, 2019.

The average duration of the defined benefits plan obligation as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, is the end of the year of 2029 and 2028, respectively.

Pension costs recognized in profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

Current period service costs
Net interest expense of net defined benefit
liability (asset)
Expected return on plan assets
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$7,116
5,009
$7,814
7,475
$12,125 $15,289

Changes in the defined benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets are as follows:

Present value of the defined benefit obligation
Plan assets at fair value
Other non-current liabilities - Accrued pension
liabilities recognized on the consolidated balance
sheets
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018 Jan. 1,2018
$1,007,077
(576,227)
$1,019,883
(523,987)
$1,022,458
(484,675)
$430,850 $495,896 $537,783

182

Reconciliation of liability (asset) of the defined benefit plan is as follows:

As of Jan. 1, 2018
Current period service costs
Net interest expense (income)
Subtotal
Remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability
(asset):
Actuarial gains and losses arising from changes
in demographic assumptions
Actuarial gains and losses arising from changes
in financial assumptions
Experience adjustments
Return on plan assets
Subtotal
Payments from the plan
Contribution by employer
As of Dec. 31, 2018
Current period service costs
Net interest expense (income)
Subtotal
Remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability
(asset):
Actuarial gains and losses arising from changes
in demographic assumptions
Actuarial gains and losses arising from changes
in financial assumptions
Experience adjustments
Return on plan assets
Subtotal
Payments from the plan
Contribution by employer
As at Dec. 31, 2019
Present value of
the defined
benefit
obligation
Fair value of
plan assets
Net defined
benefit liability
(asset)
$1,022,458
7,814
14,211
($484,675)

(6,737)
$537,783
7,814
7,474
22,025 (6,737) 15,288
2,674
38,784
12,752



(11,642)
2,674
38,784
12,752
(11,642)
54,210 (11,642) 42,568
(78,810)
78,810
(99,743)

(99,743)
1,019,883
7,116
10,301
(523,987)

(5,292)
495,896
7,116
5,009
17,417 (5,292) 12,125
(2,761)
29,224
992



(18,683)
(2,761)
29,224
992
(18,683)
27,455 (18,683) 8,772
(57,678)
57,678
(85,943)

(85,943)
$1,007,077 ($576,227) $430,850

The following significant actuarial assumptions are used to determine the present value of the defined benefit obligation:

benefit obligation:
Discount rate
Expected rate of salary increases
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
0.76%
1.40%
1.01
1.40

183

Sensitivity analysis for significant assumption:

Discount rate increase by 0.5%
Discount rate decrease by 0.5%
Future salary increase by 0.5%
Future salary decrease by 0.5%
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
Increase in
defined
benefit
obligation
Decrease in
defined
benefit
obligation
Increase in
defined
benefit
obligation
Decrease in
defined
benefit
obligation

$80,888
$79,937
$50,693


$50,633

$76,629
$75,851
$50,647


$50,699

The sensitivity analyses above are based on a change in a significant assumption (for example: change in discount rate or future salary), keeping all other assumptions constant. The sensitivity analyses may not be representative of an actual change in the defined benefit obligation as it is unlikely that changes in assumptions would occur in isolation of one another. There was no change in the methods and assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analyses compared to the previous period.

(17) EQUITY

(a) Common stock

  • i. The Company had increased capital by cash by $1,800,000 thousand with par value $10 per share and issued price $9.2 on May 30, 2007. The rights and obligations of new shares by private placement are the same as those of common shares. Ownership of shares by private placement cannot be transferred to others within three years since issuance per Security and Exchange regulations.

  • ii. The board of directors of the Company agreed on June 21, 2011 to increase capital by issuing common stocks for cash in order to repay loan and improve the Company financial structure. A total of 200,000 thousand shares of common stocks, with face value of $10 per share, will be issued for a total of $2,000,000 thousand. Approval has been granted by Financial Supervisory Commission on July 22, 2011 by Doc No. 1000030977. In the event of existing shareholders or employees forfeiting purchasing rights or the event of shortage of subscription of share, the board of directors will authorize the chair of directors to contact a designated person for purchases. As of August 2, 2011, the board of directors agreed stocks will be issued with the issuance price of NTD 6.4 per share with the official issuance date of September 5, 2011. As of September 19, 2011, registration for the issuance of new stocks is complete.

  • iii. The Board of shareholders’ meeting of the Company agreed on June 29, 2018 to reduce capital $2,536,872 thousand for cover accumulated deficits in order to improve the Company’s financial structure. The ratio of reduction capital was 31.4742285%, and it was declared effective by Financial Supervisory Commission on August 8, 2018. The record date for reverse split was at September 30, 2018, and the amendment of registration was completed at October 8, 2018.

184

  • iv. To reward employees, the Board of shareholders’ meeting of the Company agreed on June 29 ,2018 to issue restricted stocks for employees by $50,000 thousand of common stock with par value $10 per share , and it was declared effective by Financial Supervisory Commission on June 10 , 2019.The record date for capital increase was at November 25, 2019, and the amendment of registration was completed at December 10, 2019.

  • v. As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, the authorized capitals were $20,000,000 thousand. Issued capital were $5,573,285 thousand and $5,523,285 thousand, with 557,328,533 shares and 552,328,533 shares respectively. Each share is at a par value of NT$10.

(b) Additional paid-in capital
Form shares of changes in equities of subsidiaries
The differences between the fair value of consideration paid
or received from acquiring or disposing subsidiaries and the
carrying amounts of the subsidiaries
Share of changes in net assets of associates and joint ventures
accounted for using the equity method
Restricted stocks for employees
Total
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$5,717
16,940
(2,675)
25,729
$5,833
16,940
(2,669)
$45,711 $20,104
  • i. According to the Company Act, the capital reserve shall not be used except for making good the deficit of the company. When a company incurs no loss, it may distribute the capital reserves related to the income derived from the issuance of new shares at a premium or income from endowments received by the company. The distribution could be made in cash or in the form of dividend shares to its shareholders in proportion to the number of shares being held by each of them. Additional paidin capital arising from long-term equity investment can not be used for any purpose.

  • ii. According to the prevailing laws and regulations, each year, the amount of capital increase transferred from capital reserve arising from premiums on issuance of capital stock and donations cannot exceed 10% of the Company’s total issued capital.

  • (c) Retained earnings and dividend policies

According to the Company’s original Articles of Incorporation, current year’s earnings, if any, shall be distributed in the following order:

  • i. Payment of all taxes and dues;

  • ii. Offset prior years’ operation losses;

  • iii. Set aside 10% of the remaining amount as legal reserve;

  • iv. Set aside or reverse special reserve in accordance with the requirements for operating and law and regulations;

185

  • v. The remaining balance combined with the undistributed earnings accumulated during previous years shall be distributed to the shareholders as dividends.

The Company shall take into account the changing environment of the industry and development stage of the Company in meeting the needs of capital in the future and in establishing long-term financial planning together with satisfying the shareholders’ demand for cash. The earnings distributed for the current year shall not be lower than 10% of accumulated distributable earnings and shall not be distributed if the accumulated distributable earnings is lower than 1% of contributed capital. Cash dividends distributed shall not be lower than 10% of the dividends distributed.

According to the Company Act, the Company needs to set aside amount to legal reserve unless where such legal reserve amounts to the total authorized capital. The legal reserve can be used to make good the deficit of the Company. When the Company incurs no loss, it may distribute the portion of legal serve which exceeds 25% of the paid-in capital by issuing new shares or by cash in proportion to the number of shares being held by each of the shareholders.

Following the adoption of TIFRS, the FSC on April 6, 2012 issued Order No. Financial-SupervisorySecurities-Corporate-1010012865, which sets out the following provisions for compliance:

On a public company's first-time adoption of the TIFRS, for any unrealized revaluation gains and cumulative translation adjustments (gains) recorded to shareholders’ equity that the company elects to transfer to retained earnings by application of the exemption under IFRS 1, the company shall set aside an equal amount of special reserve. Following a company’s adoption of the TIFRS for the preparation of its financial reports, when distributing distributable earnings, it shall set aside to special reserve, from the profit/loss of the current period and the undistributed earnings from the previous period, an amount equal to “other net deductions from shareholders’ equity for the current fiscal year, provided that if the company has already set aside special reserve according to the requirements in the preceding point, it shall set aside supplemental special reserve based on the difference between the amount already set aside and other net deductions from shareholders’ equity. For any subsequent reversal of other net deductions from shareholders’ equity, the amount reversed may be distributed.

Details of 2019 and 2018 earnings distribution and dividends per share as approved and resolved by the board of directors’ meeting and shareholders’ meeting on March 27, 2020 and June 18, 2019, respectively, are as follows :

Legal reserve
Special reserve
Cash dividends
Appropriation of earnings Appropriation of earnings Dividendper share(NT$) Dividendper share(NT$)
2019 2018(Note) 2019 2018(Note)
$53,719
$18,729
$82,849


$0.15

(Note) The Company still had accumulated deficit in 2018. As a result, the Company did not distribute earnings.

Please refer to Note 6.(22) for further details on employees’ compensation and remuneration to directors.

186

(18) SHARE-BASED PAYMENT PLANS

Restricted stocks plan for employees

The Company issued restricted stocks for employees on November 25, 2019 at $0 per share in the amount of $50,000 thousand, totaling 5,000 thousand shares. The share price at grant date was $15.8 per share.

Restriction on the rights and vesting conditions of restricted stocks for employees is as follows:

  • a. The restricted stock awards the employees will obtain was kept by the designated trust institution as trustee, which the employee cannot request to return the restricted stock awards for any reasons or ways.

  • b. Before accomplishing the vesting conditions, the employee cannot sell, pledge, transfer, gift, set or dispose in other ways, and they have no right to be allotted or obtaining dividends. Other rights are similar with the capital that has been issued.

  • c. Before the employee accomplish the vesting conditions, the attendance, proposal, speaking, right of voting, and other matters associated with shareholders meeting were executed based on the trust custody contracts.

  • d. From the book closure date of issuance of bonus shares, cash dividends, issuance of common stock for cash, shareholders meeting regulated by Article 165-3 of company law, or other facts that has occurred to the date of rights allocation. The unrestricted stocks of the employees that have accomplished the vesting conditions during the aforementioned period still have no rights to obtain dividends or allotment.

For the years ended December 31, 2019, the Company incurred expenses of $4,428 thousand for the sharebased payment transactions.

(19) OPERATING REVENUE

The detail are as follow:

For the years ended December 31

Revenue from contracts with customers
Sales of IC packaging and testing service
Sales of electronics manufacturing service
Other operating revenue
Total
2019 2018
$10,101,028
6,882,860
531,257
$8,452,652
6,096,146
639,394
$17,515,145 $15,188,192

187

(a) Disaggregation of revenue

For theyear ended December 31,2019
Sales of IC packaging and testing
service
Sales of electronics manufacturing
service
Other operating revenue
Total
Timing of revenue recognition:
Over time
At a point in time
Total
For theyear ended December 31,2018
Sales of IC packaging and testing
service
Sales of electronics manufacturing
service
Other operating revenue
Total
Timing of revenue recognition:
Over time
At a point in time
Total
(b) Contract balances
Semiconductor
Group
$10,101,028

426,456
$10,527,484
$10,101,028
426,456
$10,527,484
Semiconductor
Group
$8,533,978

481,795
$9,015,773
$8,533,978
481,795
$9,015,773
EMS Group Total

$6,882,860
104,801
$10,101,028
6,882,860
531,257
$6,987,661 $17,515,145

$6,987,661
$10,101,028
7,414,117
$6,987,661 $17,515,145
EMS Group Total

$6,096,146
76,273
$8,533,978
6,096,146
558,068
$6,172,419 $15,188,192

$6,172,419
$8,533,978
6,654,214
$6,172,419 $15,188,192
i. Contract assets-current
Sales of IC packaging and
testing service
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018 Jan. 1,2018
$302,982 $425,684 $212,604

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Group does not have an unconditional right to receive the consideration in the contract and transferred to accounts receivables at the reporting date were $302,982 thousand and $425,684 thousand, respectively.

188

ii. Contract liabilities-current

Sales of goods Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018 Jan. 1,2018
$29,439 $15,821 $51,752

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Group recognized $3,989 thousand and $16,583 thousand, respectively, in revenues from the contract liabilities balance at the beginning of the period.

iii. Transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations

None.

iv. Assets recognized from costs to fulfil a contract

None.

(20) EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES

For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
Operating expenses-expected credit losses $7,742
1,148
$15,145
Accounts receivable and contract assets
Non-operating income and expenses -expected
credit losses
Other receivable
Total
$8,890 $15,145

Please refer to Note 12 for more details on credit risk.

The Group measures the loss allowance of its contract assets and accounts receivables at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses. The assessment of the Group’s loss allowance as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follow:

The Group considers the grouping of contract assets and accounts receivables by counterparties’ credit rating, by geographical region and by industry sector and its loss allowance is measured by using a provision matrix, details are as follow:

189

As of December 31, 2019

Semiconductor
Group
Gross carrying
amount
Loss ratio
Lifetime expected
credit losses
Carrying amount of
trade receivables
EMS Group
Gross carrying
amount
Loss ratio
Lifetime expected
credit losses
Carrying amount of
trade receivables
Not yet due
(Note)
Overdue Overdue Total

Within
30 days
31-60 days 61-90 days 91-180 days After
181days
$1,613,762
0%~0.35%
$131,993
0%~2.13%
$11,053
0%~19.86%
$11,059
0%~50.03%
$5,995
0%~69.01%
$4,139
100%
$1,778,001
21,698
3,121 2,608 2,160 5,533 4,137 4,139
$1,610,641 $129,385 $8,893 $5,526 $1,858 $1,756,303
Not yet due
(Note)
Overdue Total
$1,237,899
4,569
$1,233,330

Within
30 days
31-60 days 61-90 days 91-180 days After
181days
$1,151,163
0%~0.04%
$50,356
0%~1.55%
$24,111
0%~4.01%
$8,818
0%~14.05%
$2,009
0%~25%
$1,442
100%
458 714 769 804 382 1,442
$1,150,705 $49,642 $23,342 $8,014 $1,627

As of December 31, 2018

Semiconductor
Group
Gross carrying
amount
Loss ratio
Lifetime expected
credit losses
Carrying amount of
trade receivables
EMS Group
Gross carrying
amount
Loss ratio
Lifetime expected
credit losses
Carrying amount of
trade receivables
Not yet due
(Note)
Overdue Overdue Total

Within
30 days
31-60 days 61-90 days 91-180 days After
181days
$2,103,807
0%~0.19%
$188,799
0%~2.76%
$13,441
0%~15.21%
$1,379
0%~50.26%
$8,172
0.01%~85.63%
$4,483
100%
$2,320,081
17,162
1,847 1,902 1,306 660 6,964 4,483
$2,101,960 $186,897 $12,135 $719 $1,208 $2,302,919
Not yet due
(Note)
Overdue Total

Within
30 days
31-60 days 61-90 days 91-180 days After
181days
$1,152,403
0%~0.01%
$55,746
0%~0.13%
$1,690
0%~10.05%
$3,282
0%~16.12%
$128
0%~46.39%
$641
100%
$1,213,890
1,367
114 65 521 26 641
$1,152,289 $55,681 $1,690 $2,761 $102 $1,212,523

(Note): The Group’s note receivables are not overdue.

190

The movement in the provision for impairment of contract assets, note receivables and trade receivables for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

Bal. as of Jan. 1, 2019
Addition/(reversal) for the current period
Exchange differences
Bal. as of Dec. 31, 2019
Bal. as of Jan. 1, 2018 (in accordance with IAS 39)
Transition adjustment to retained earnings as of
Jan. 1, 2018
Beginning balance as of Jan.1 ,2018 (in accordance
with IFRS 9)
Addition for the current period
Exchange differences
Bal. as of Dec. 31, 2018
Contract assets Notes
receivables
Accounts
receivables




$18,529
7,742
(4)
$26,267


$3,373




3,373
15,145
11
$18,529

(21) LEASES

A. Group as a lessee (applicable to the disclosure requirement under IFRS 16)

The Group leases various properties, including real estate such as land and buildings, transportation equipment and other equipment. The lease terms range from 2 to 51 years.

The Group’s leases effect on the financial position, financial performance and cash flows are as follow:

(a) Amounts recognized in the balance sheet

  • I. Right-of-use assets

The carrying amount of right-of-use assets

The carrying amount of right-of-use assets
Land
Buildings
Transportation equipment
Other equipment
Total
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018(Note)
$217,504
27,550
8,793
$253,847

(Note): The Group adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Group elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

For the years ended December 31, 2019, the Group’s additions to right-of-use assets amounting to $86,031 thousand.

191

II. Lease liabilities

Current
Non-current
Lease liabilities
Dec. 31, 2019
$25,725
218,681
$244,406
Dec. 31, 2018 (Note)

Please refer to Note 6.(23)(c) for the interest on lease liabilities recognized for the years ended December 31, 2019 and refer to Note 12.(5) Liquidity Risk Management for the maturity analysis for lease liabilities as of December 31, 2019.

(Note): The Group adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Group elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

(b) Amounts recognized in the statement of profit or loss

Depreciation charge for right-of-use assets

Land
Buildings
Transportation equipment
Other equipment
Total
For the years ended December 31 For the years ended December 31
2019 2018 (Note)
$15,255
10,199
4,679
687
$30,820

(Note): The Group adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Group elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

(c) Income and costs relating to leasing activities

The expenses relating to short-term leases
The expenses relating to leases of low-value assets (Not
including the expenses relating to short-term leases of low-
value assets)
For the years ended December 31 For the years ended December 31
2019 2018 (Note)
$10,587
3,396

(Note): The Group adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Group elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

192

  • (d) Cash outflow relating to leasing activities

For the years ended December 31, 2019, the Group’s total cash outflows for leases amounting to $44,033 thousand.

  • B. Operating lease commitments - Group as a lessee (applicable to the disclosure requirement in IAS 17)

The Group has entered into a series of land rental agreements with the government which will expire between January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2025. The Company could apply for lease renewal three months prior to the expiry date. If the Company fails to do so, the land shall be returned to the government and the building on the land shall be sold to another approved exporting enterprise within six months after the expiry date. If the Company fails to complete all the above-mentioned procedures within the prescribed six months, the government has the right to dispose the property on the land on the behalf of the Company. The government has the right to adjust the rent based on the publicly announced land value. The government also has the right to terminate the contract if the Company breaches the contract or fails to pay the rent over four months or violates the civil law or the land law.

According to the non-cancellable operating leases, the future minimum rentals payable as of December 31, 2018 are as follows:

Within one year
After one year but not more than five years
More than five years
Total
Dec. 31,2019(Note) Dec. 31,2018
$13,135
35,425
26,139
$74,699

Operating lease expenses recognized are as follows:

Minimum lease payments For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019(Note) 2018
$13,135

(Note): The Group adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Group elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

C. Group as a lessor (applicable to the disclosure requirement in IFRS 16)

Leases of owned investment properties are classified as operating leases as they do not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of underlying assets.

193

Lease income for operating leases
Income relating to fixed lease payments and variable lease
payments that depend on an index or a rate
For the years ended December 31 For the years ended December 31
2019 2018 (Note)
$24,625

(Note): The Group adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Group elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

Please refer to Note 6.(7) for relevant disclosure of property, plant and equipment for operating leases under IFRS 16. For operating leases entered by the Group, the undiscounted lease payments to be received and a total of the amounts for the remaining years as of December 31, 2019 are as follow:

Not later than one year
Later than one year but not later than two years
Later than two years but not later than three years
Later than three years but not later than four years
Later than four years but not later than five years
Later than five years
Total
Dec. 31, 2019 Dec. 31, 2018 (Note)
$24,092
21,610
14,296
4,254
3,191
$67,443

(Note): The Group adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Group elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

D. Operating lease commitments - Group as a lessor (applicable to the disclosure requirement in IAS 17)

The Group has signed non-cancellable operating leases. There are no restrictions placed upon the Group by entering into these leases. Future minimum rentals payable as at December 31, 2018 are as follows:

Not later than one year
Later than one year and not later than five
years
Later than five years
Total
Dec. 31, 2019 (Note) Dec. 31, 2018
$24,557
64,077
3,190
$91,824

(Note): The Group adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Group elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

194

(22) SUMMARY STATEMENTS OF EMPLOYEE BENEFITS, DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSES BY FUNCTION

For theyears ended December 31 theyears ended December 31 theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
Operating
costs
Operating
expenses
Total
amount
Operating
costs
Operating
expenses
Total
amount
Employee benefits expense
Salaries $2,694,262 $493,854 $3,188,116 $2,296,555 $380,040 $2,676,595
Pension 145,355 27,662 173,017 136,089 26,024 162,113
Labor and health insurance 300,198 46,493 346,691 259,697 42,585 302,282
Other employee benefits
expense
166,970 55,098 222,068 152,534 50,582 203,116
Depreciation 1,398,951 92,074 1,491,025 1,353,914 61,069 1,414,983
Amortization 38,575 26,764 65,339 38,371 23,421 61,792

According to the resolution, the employee’s compensation and remuneration to directors is based on the current year’s earnings, which should be used first to cover accumulated deficit, if any, and then the remaining balance shall be distributed: 8%~12% as employees’ compensation, and no more than 3% as remuneration to directors.

The distribution ratio of employee’s compensation and remuneration to directors and employee’s compensation may be made in the form of stocks or cash, which shall be determined by a resolution adopted by a majority vote at a board of directors meeting attended by two-thirds or more of the directors and be reported at a shareholders’ meeting. Cash or stock dividends as bonus to employees shall only be given to employees who satisfy certain conditions.

Based on the profit of the years ended December 31, 2019, the Company estimated the employees’ compensation and remuneration to directors amounts to $60,921 thousand and $11,423 thousand, respectively, which are accounted for as salary expense.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company still had accumulated deficit. As a result the Company did not estimate the amounts of the employees’ compensation and remuneration to directors.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the total number of employees of the Group were 6,757 and 6,529 respectively.

Information on the Board of Directors’ resolution regarding the employees’ compensation and remuneration to directors can be obtained from the “Market Observation Post System” on the website of the TWSE.

195

(23) NON-OPERATING INCOME AND EXPENSES

(a) Other income

Rental income
Interest income
Other income
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$24,626
5,951
19,887
$25,167
8,754
40,325
$50,464 $74,246

(b) Other gains and losses

Gains on disposal of property, plant and
equipment
Foreign exchange (losses) gains, net
Gains on financial assets at fair value through
profit or loss
Other losses
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$36,367
(48,117)

(2,249)
$6,187
14,222
7,371
(1,010)
($13,999) $26,770

(c) Finance costs

Interest on borrowings from bank
Interest on borrowings from others
Interest on lease liabilities
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
($110,459)
(41)
(5,232)
($125,034)
(952)
(Note)
($115,732) ($125,986)

(Note): The Group adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Group elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

196

(24) COMPONENTS OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the years ended December. 31, 2019

Items that will not be reclassified
subsequently to profit or loss:
Remeasurements of defined
benefit plans
Unrealized gains (losses) from
equity instruments investment
measured at fair value through
other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified
subsequently to profit or loss:
Exchange differences arising on
translating of foreign operation
Share of other comprehensive
income of associates and joint
ventures accounted for using the
equity method
Total of other comprehensive
income
For the years ended December
31, 2018
Arising during
the period
Reclassification
adjustments
during the period
Other
comprehensive
income, before
tax
Income tax
relating to
components of
other
comprehensive
income
Other
comprehensive
income, net of
tax
($8,772)
(8,018)
(18,965)
1,081



($8,772)
(8,018)
(18,965)
1,081
$1,754
416
3,793
($7,018)
(7,602)
(15,172)
1,081
($34,674) ($34,674) $5,963 ($28,711)

197

For the years ended December. 31, 2018

For the years ended December. 31, 2018
Items that will not be reclassified
subsequently to profit or loss:
Remeasurements of defined
benefit plans
Unrealized gains (losses) from
equity instruments investment
measured at fair value through
other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified
subsequently to profit or loss:
Exchange differences arising on
translating of foreign operation
Total of other comprehensive
income
Arising during
the period
Reclassification
adjustments
during the period
Other
comprehensive
income, before
tax
Income tax
relating to
components of
other
comprehensive
income
Other
comprehensive
income, net of
tax
($42,568)
(22,180)
17,469


($42,568)
(22,180)
17,469
$10,708
(1,928)
(7,408)
($31,860)
(24,108)
10,061
($47,279) ($47,279) $1,372 ($45,907)

(25) INCOME TAX

Based on the amendments to the Income Tax Act announced on February 7, 2018, the Company’s applicable corporate income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2018 has changed from 17% to 20%. The corporate income surtax on undistributed retained earnings has changed from 10% to 5%.

A. The major components of income tax (expense) income are as follows:

(a). Income tax (expense) income recognized in profit or loss

Current income tax (expense) benefit:
Current income tax charge
Adjustments in respect of current income tax of
prior periods
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019
($1,617)
(1,017)
2018
($7,306)
280

198

Deferred tax income (expense):
Deferred tax (expense) relating to origination and
reversal of temporary differences
Deferred tax (expense) income relating to
origination and reversal of tax loss and tax credit
Deferred tax income relating to change in tax rate
Others
Total income tax (expense) benefit
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019
(3,764)
(141,936)

(299)
($148,633)
2018
(80,207)
85,235
253,144
(158)
$250,988

(b). Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income

For theyears ended December 31
2019
2018
Deferred tax income:
Remeasurements of defined benefit plans
$1,754
$8,514
Unrealized (gains) losses from equity instruments
investments measured at fair value through other
comprehensive income
416
3,324
Exchange differences resulting from translating of a
foreign operations
3,793
(3,494)
Deferred tax income relating to change in tax rate

(6,972)
Income tax relating to components of other
comprehensive income
$5,963
$1,372
B. Reconciliation between tax expense and the product of accounting profit multiplied by applicable tax
rates is as follows:
For theyears ended December 31
2019
2018
Accounting profit (loss) before tax from continuing
operations
$736,593
($362,536)
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$1,754
416
3,793
$8,514
3,324
(3,494)
(6,972)
$5,963 $1,372
2019 2018
$736,593 ($362,536)

199

At parent company statutory income tax rate
Effect of different tax rates applicable to OSE and
its subsidiaries
Tax effect of revenues exempt from taxation
Tax effect of deferred tax assets/liabilities
Other adjustment due to taxation
Adjustments in respect of current income tax of prior
periods
Deferred tax income relating to change in tax rate
Exchange adjustments
Total income tax (expense) benefit recognized in profit or
loss
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
(147,319)
(1,099)
4,013
3,042
(6,123)
(1,017)

(130)
72,507
(5,889)
3,833
(70,267)
(2,472)
280
253,144
(148)
($148,633) $250,988

C. Deferred tax assets (liabilities) relate to the following:

For the years ended December 31, 2019

Temporary differences
Unrealized exchange gains and
losses
Loss on inventory obsolescence
Investments accounted for using
the equity method
Unrealized (gains) losses from
financial assests measured at fair
value through other comprehensive
income
Beginning
balance as of
Jan. 1,2019
Deferred tax
income
(expense)
recognized in
profit or loss
Deferred tax
income
(expense)
recognized in
other
comprehensive
income
Exchange
adjustments
Ending balance
as of Dec. 31,
2019
($1,951)
49,774
1,139,737

(31,688)
$2,985
11,187
(5,107)


$3,793
416



$1,034
60,961
1,138,423
(31,272)

200

Loss allowance
Impairment of assets
Non-current liability – Defined
benefit Liability
Compensated absences
Other
Unused tax losses
Deferred tax (expense)/income
Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
Reflected in balance sheet as
follows:
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Beginning
balance as of
Jan. 1,2019
Deferred tax
income
(expense)
recognized in
profit or loss
230

(13,105)
585
(539)
(139,998)
Deferred tax
income
(expense)
recognized in
other
comprehensive
income
Exchange
adjustments
Exchange
adjustments
Ending balance
as of Dec. 31,
2019

2,109
99,180
4,651
17,929
374,783


1,754



$5,963





($60)
230
2,109
87,829
5,236
17,390
234,725
$1,654,524 ($143,762) ($60) $1,516,665
$1,688,163 $1,547,937
$33,639 $31,272

For the years ended December 31, 2018

Temporary differences
Unrealized exchange gains and
losses
Loss on inventory obsolescence
Investments accounted for using
the equity method
Beginning
balance as of
Jan. 1,2018
Deferred tax
income
(expense)
recognized in
profit or loss
Deferred tax
income
(expense)
recognized in
other
comprehensive
income

Exchange
adjustments
Ending balance
as of Dec. 31,
2018
$1,220
39,298
995,821
($3,171)
10,476
151,324


($7,408)


($1,951)
49,774
1,139,737

201

Unrealized (gains) losses from
financial assets measured at fair
value through other
comprehensive income
Unrealized intragroup profits
and losses
Impairment of assets
Non-current liability – Defined
benefit Liability
Compensated absences
Other
Unused tax losses
Deferred tax (expense)/income
Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
Reflected in balance sheet as
follows:
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Beginning
balance as of
Jan. 1,2018
Deferred tax
income
(expense)
recognized in
profit or loss

(56)
316
(2,952)
(1,208)
(25,223)
128,667
$258,173
Deferred tax
income
(expense)
recognized in
other
comprehensive
income

Exchange
adjustments
Ending balance
as of Dec. 31,
2018
(29,760)
56
1,793
91,424
5,859
43,152
246,116
(1,928)


10,708








(31,688)

2,109
99,180
4,651
17,929
374,783
$1,394,979 $1,372 $1,654,524
$1,424,739 $1,688,163
$29,760 $33,639

D. The following table contains information of the unused tax losses of the Group:

Year Tax losses for the
period
Unused tax losses as of Unused tax losses as of Expirationyear
2019
2021
2023
2027
2028
2029
Note
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
2009
2011
2013
2017
2018
2019
$377,207
155,641
52,387
1,155,026
498,015
7,756
Total



$958,742
498,015
7,756
$305,367
155,641
52,387
862,507
498,015
Assessed
Assessed
Assessed
Assessed
Non-assessed
Non-assessed
$1,464,513 $1,873,917

202

  • E. Unrecognized deferred tax assets

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, deferred tax assets that have not been recognized as they may not be used to offset taxable profits are $58,732 and $67 thousand respectively.

  • F. The assessment of income tax returns

As of December 31, 2019 the assessment of the income tax returns of the Company is as follows: The assessment of income tax returns The Company Assessed and approved up to 2017

(26) EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing net profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent entity by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent (after adjusting for interest on the convertible bonds payable) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on conversion of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares.

(a) Basic earnings (losses) per share
Profit (Loss) attributable to ordinary
equity holders of the Company (in
thousand NT$)
Weighted average number of ordinary
shares outstanding for basic earnings per
share (in thousands)
Basic earnings (losses) per share (NT$)
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$587,960
552,329
($111,548)
552,329
$1.06 ($0.20)

203

(b) Diluted earnings (losses) per share
Profit (Loss) attributable to ordinary
equity holders of the Company (in
thousand NT$)
Weighted average number of ordinary
shares outstanding for basic earnings per
share (in thousands)
Effect of dilution:
Employee compensationstock (in
thousands)
Weighted average number of ordinary
shares outstanding after dilution (in
thousands)
Diluted earnings (losses) per share (NT$)
For theyears ended December 31
2019
2018
$587,960
($111,548)
552,329
552,329
4,102

556,431
552,329
$1.06
($0.20)
For theyears ended December 31
2019
2018
$587,960
($111,548)
552,329
552,329
4,102

556,431
552,329
$1.06
($0.20)
2019
$587,960
552,329
4,102
($111,548)
552,329

552,329
($0.20)
556,431
$1.06

There have been no other transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares between the reporting date and the date of completion of the financial statements.

7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Information of the related parties that had transactions with the Group during the financial reporting period is as follows:

Name and nature of relationship of the related parties

Name of the related parties Nature of relationship of the related parties ATP Electronics Taiwan Inc.(ATP) Associate INFOFAB, INC.(INFOFAB) Associate OSE PROPERTIES, INC.(PROPERTIES) Associate ACTIONTEC ELECTRONICS,INC.(ACTIONTEC) Other related party SCREENBEAM ,INC.(SCREENBEAM) Other related party InfoAction Technology,Inc.(INFOACTION) Other related party GOLFWARE INC.(GOLFWARE) Other related party Phison Electronics Corporation(PHISON) Legal Director of the Company Longsys Electronics (TAIWAN) Co.,Ltd.(LONGSYS) Legal Director of the Company(No longer listed as a related party in the third quarter in 2019) Longsys Electronics (HK) Co., Ltd. (LONGSYS) Associate of Legal Director of the Company(No longer listed as a related party in the third quarter in 2019)

204

(1)Significant transactions with related parties:

(a) Sales

Associates
PHISON
LONGSYS(Note)
Other related parties
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$216,110
2,332,055
748,726
16,616
$187,869
1,521,906
946,231
7
$3,313,507 $2,656,013

(Note) : No longer listed as a related party in the third quarter in 2019.

The sales price to the above related parties was determined through mutual agreement based on the market rates. The details of credit period are 30 60 days. The outstanding balance at December 31, 2019 and 2018was unsecured, non-interest bearing and must be settled in cash. The receivables from the related parties were not guaranteed.

(b) Purchase

ATP
Key management personal of the group
INFOACTION
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$1,162
74
8,817
$892

3,799
$10,053 $4,691

The purchase price to the above related parties was determined through mutual agreement based on the market rates. The payment terms from the related party suppliers are comparable with third party suppliers.

(c) Accounts Receivable

ATP
PHISON
LONGSYS(Note)
Other related parties
Less : loss allowance
Total
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$32,904
194,116

2,537
()
$45,024
343,356
306,961
7
(1,200)
$229,557 $694,148

(Note) : No longer listed as a related party in the third quarter in 2019.

205

(d) Other Receivable

)Other Receivable
Associates
Key management personnel of the Group
LONGSYS(Note)
PROPERTIES
Other related parties
Total
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$2,778


47,657
$1,773
79
6,389
46,288
238
$50,435 $54,767

(Note) : No longer listed as a related party in the third quarter in 2019.

(e) Accounts Payable

)Accounts Payable
INFOFAB (Note)
Key management personnel of the Group
Other related parties
Total
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$36,587
70
1,826
$48,889
50
271
$38,483 $49,210

(Note): The payments are the purchase of computer software and information system maintenance.

(f) Lease - related parties

Rental income
ATP
INFOFAB
Other related parties
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$4,258
2,940
42
$4,258
2,940
42
$7,240 $7,240

(g) Transaction of properties

For the years ended December 31, 2019 :

Counterparty
Purchase
INFOFAB
INFOFAB
Property
Other equipment
Computer software
Total
Amount
$2,224
15,887
$18,111
Gain (loss) on sales of
assets
Not applicable
Not applicable
The basis of
transactionprice
Negotiate
Negotiate

206

For the years ended December 31, 2018 :

Counterparty Property
Amount
Gain (loss) on sales
of assets
Other equipment
$3,595
Not applicable
Computer software
51,168
Not applicable
Total
$54,763
Property
Unreduced
balance
Saleprice
Gain (loss) on
sales of assets
Machinery and
equipment
$1,448
$3,364
$1,916
Property
Amount
Gain (loss) on sales
of assets
Other equipment
$3,595
Not applicable
Computer software
51,168
Not applicable
Total
$54,763
Property
Unreduced
balance
Saleprice
Gain (loss) on
sales of assets
Machinery and
equipment
$1,448
$3,364
$1,916
Property
Amount
Gain (loss) on sales
of assets
Other equipment
$3,595
Not applicable
Computer software
51,168
Not applicable
Total
$54,763
Property
Unreduced
balance
Saleprice
Gain (loss) on
sales of assets
Machinery and
equipment
$1,448
$3,364
$1,916
The basis of
transactionprice
Purchase Negotiate
Negotiate
The Reference of
TradingPrice
INFOFAB
INFOFAB
Counterparties
Sales Machinery and
equipment
$1,448 $3,364 Negotiate
LONGSYS

(h) Intercompany borrowing

Dec. 31, 2019

Relatedparties Maximum amount Amount Interest
rates
Interest income
(expense)
$2,384
Interest
rates
Interest income
(expense)
$2,336

(i) Compensation of key management personnel

For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
Short-term employee benefits $64,055 $38,044
Post-employment benefits 879 661
Share-Based Payment 710
Total $65,644 $38,705

For details of total compensation paid to the Company’s key management personnel, please refer to the annual report for the Company.

207

(j) Other disclosures

  • i. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, interest receivables from PROPERTIES amounted to $47,657 thousand and $46,288 thousand, respectively, which were included in other receivableaffiliates accounts.

  • ii. PROPERTIES had borrowed USD$3,102 thousand from subsidiary and provided all of real estates to trust as the mortgage for financing bank.

  • iii. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Group paid $40,428 thousand and $89,288 thousand, $71,306 thousand and $7,605 thousand service fees to maintain information system of INFOFAB, respectively, which are accounted for as maintenance expenses and computer operating expenses. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the unpaid maintenance expenses amounted to $36,587 thousand and $48,889 thousand, respectively, which were recorded under accounts payable – affiliates-account.

8. ASSETS PLEDGED AS SECURITY

The following table lists assets of the Group pledged as security:

Assetspledged for security Carryingamount Carryingamount Secured liabilities details
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
Accounts Receivables–Short-term
Other financial assets–current–time deposits
Other financial assets–current–deposits reserved for
repayment
Investments accounted for using the
equity method –ATP
Property, plant and equipment–Buildings
Property, plant and equipment–Machinery and equipment
Property, plant and equipment–Leased assets
Property, plant and equipment–Assets leased to others
Buildings
Refundable deposits-time deposits
Total

$46,214
108,012
388,360
860,389
2,096,755

139,225
131,500
$224,523
107,944
135,671
389,474
890,776
2,623,647
25,845
145,777
163,704
Short-term borrowings
Short & Long-term borrowings
Short & Long-term borrowings
Short-term borrowings
Short & Long-term borrowings
Short & Long-term borrowings
Short & Long-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Customs Guarantee or others
$3,770,455 $4,707,361

208

9.COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

  • (1) Guarantee given by the bank for the payment of input tax imposed for sales from a tax free zone to nontax free zone amounted to $800,000 thousand.

  • (2) The Company issued promissory notes of $8,973,768 thousand as guarantees for bank loans.

  • (3) The Company issued promissory notes of $16,955 thousand as guarantees for payments of raw materials and machineries purchased.

  • (4) The Company issued promissory notes of $1,428 thousand as guarantee for project.

  • (5) The Company has acted as a subcontractor for processing electronic products and provided storage services for outsiders. As of December 31, 2019, the Company kept the processed electronic products of $10,736,546 thousand and raw materials of $560,111 thousand on custodian.

  • (6) As of December 31, 2019, the Company had opened an unused letter of credit amounting to USD 115 thousand.

10. LOSSES DUE TO MAJOR DISASTERS

None.

11. SIGNIFICANT SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

None.

12. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

(1) Categories of financial instruments

Financial assets
Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income
Financial assets measured at amortized cost:
Cash and cash equivalents (exclude cash on hand)
Notes, accounts and other receivables
Other financial assets
Long-term receivables-Affiliates
Subtotal
Total
Dec. 31,2019
$226,860
1,701,205
2,768,130
154,226
93,315
4,716,876
$4,943,736
Dec. 31,2018
$234,878
762,085
3,189,369
243,615
95,300
4,290,369
$4,525,247

209

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities at amortized cost:
Short-term borrowings
Short-term notes payable
Notes, accounts and other payable
Long-term loans (including of current portion)
Lease payable (including of current portion)
Lease liabilities
Total
Dec. 31,2019
$2,373,766
379,210
4,173,791
2,095,326
(Note)
244,406
$9,266,499
Dec. 31,2018
$2,806,857
349,610
4,398,185
3,053,515
2,610
(Note)
$10,610,777

(Note): The Group adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Group elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

(2) Financial risk management objectives and policies

The Group’s principal financial risk management objective is to manage the market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk related to its operating activates. The Group identifies measures and manages the aforementioned risks based on the Group’s policy and risk appetite.

The Group has established appropriate policies, procedures and internal controls for financial risk management. Before entering into significant transactions, due approval process by the Board of Directors and Audit Committee must be carried out based on related protocols and internal control procedures. The Group complies with its financial risk management policies at all times.

(3) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of the changes in market prices. Market prices comprise currency risk, interest rate risk and other price risk (such as equity risk).

In practice, it is rarely the case that a single risk variable will change independently from other risk variable, there is usually interdependencies between risk variables. However the sensitivity analysis disclosed below does not take into account the interdependencies between risk variables.

(a)Foreign currency risk

The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates relates primarily to the Group’s operating activities (when revenue or expense are denominated in a different currency from the Group’s functional currency) and the Group’s net investments in foreign subsidiaries.

210

The Group has certain foreign currency receivables to be denominated in the same foreign currency with certain foreign currency payables, therefore natural hedge is received. The Group also uses forward contracts to hedge the foreign currency risk on certain items denominated in foreign currencies. Hedge accounting is not applied as they did not qualify for hedge accounting criteria. Furthermore, as net investments in foreign subsidiaries are for strategic purposes, they are not hedged by the Group.

The foreign currency sensitivity analysis of the possible change in foreign exchange rates on the Group’s profit is performed on significant monetary items denominated in foreign currencies as at the end of the reporting period. The Group’s foreign currency risk is mainly related to the volatility in the exchange rates for foreign currency USD and foreign currency JPY.

(b)Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s loans and receivables at variable interest rates, bank borrowings with fixed interest rates and variable interest rates.

The Group manages its interest rate risk by having a balanced portfolio of fixed and variable loans and borrowings and entering into interest rate swaps. Hedge accounting does not apply to these swaps as they do not qualify for it.

(c)Equity price risk

The Group’s listed and unlisted equity securities are susceptible to market price risk arising from uncertainties about future values of the investment securities. The Group’s listed equity securities are classified under held for trading financial assets or available-for-sale financial assets, while unlisted equity securities are classified as available-for-sale. The Group manages the equity price risk through diversification and placing limits on individual and total equity instruments. Reports on the equity portfolio are submitted to the Group’s senior management on a regular basis. The Group’s Board of Directors reviews and approves all equity investment decisions.

211

- (d)Risks of pre tax Sensitivity analysis are as follows:

For the years ended December 31, 2019

Keyrisk Keyrisk Variation Variation Sensitivityofprofit and loss Sensitivityofprofit and loss Sensitivityof equity



/ 2,269thousand
Sensitivityof equity
Foreign currency
risk
Interest rate risk
Equity price risk
NTD/USD Foreign currency
/1
NTD/JPY Foreign currency
/1
Market rate/10
fundamental proposition
Market price/10
fundamental proposition
/ 8,462thousand
/ 855thousand
/ 5,860thousand



/ 2,349thousand

Please refer to Note 12.(7) for sensitivity analysis information of other equity instruments or derivatives that are linked to such equity instruments whose fair value measurement is categorized under Level 3.

(4) Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a contract, leading to a financial loss. The Group is exposed to credit risk from operating activities (primarily for accounts receivables and notes receivables) and from its financing activities, including bank deposits and other financial instruments.

Customer credit risk is managed by each business unit subject to the Group’s established policy, procedures and control relating to customer credit risk management. Credit limits are established for all customers based on their financial position, rating from credit rating agencies, historical experience, prevailing economic condition and the Group’s internal rating criteria etc. Certain customer’s credit risk will also be managed by taking credit enhancing procedures, such as requesting for prepayment or insurance.

212

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, amounts receivables from top ten customers represent 83.69% and 84.88% of the total accounts receivables of the Group, respectively. The credit concentration risk of other accounts receivables is insignificant.

Credit risk from balances with banks, fixed income securities and other financial instruments is managed by the Group’s treasury in accordance with the Group’s policy. The Group only transacts with counterparties approved by the internal control procedures, which are banks and financial institutions, companies and government entities with good credit rating and with no significant default risk. Consequently, there is no significant credit risk for these counter parties.

(5) Liquidity risk management

The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of cash and cash equivalents, highly liquid equity investments, bank borrowings, convertible bonds and finance leases. The table below summarizes the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on the contractual undiscounted payments and contractual maturity. The payment amount includes the contractual interest. The undiscounted payment relating to borrowings with variable interest rates is extrapolated based on the estimated interest rate yield curve as of the end of the reporting period.

Non-derivative financial instruments

As of Dec. 31, 2019
Borrowings
Short-term notes payable
Lease liabilities
As of Dec. 31, 2018
Borrowings
Short-term notes payable
Lease payable
Less than 1year 2 to 3years 4 to 5years > 5years Total
$3,567,916
379,210
31,050
$4,153,483
$349,610
$2,617
$867,994

53,997
$1,650,614

$36,842

31,299
$62,631



189,011


$4,472,752
379,210
305,357
$5,866,728
349,610
2,617

213

(6) Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

Reconciliation of liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2019:

Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Lease liabilities (Note)
Refundable deposits
Short-term notes payable
As of Jan.
1,2019
Cash flows Foreign
exchange
movement
Others As of Dec.
31,2019
$2,806,857
3,053,515
241,426
3,522
349,610
($433,155)
(962,010)
(30,050)
46
29,600


($1,929)

$64
3,821
34,959

$2,373,766
2,095,326
244,406
3,568
379,210

(Note): The beginning balance that the Group adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019.

Reconciliation of liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2018:

Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Lease payables
Refundable deposits
Short-term notes payable
As of Jan.
1,2018
Cash flows Foreign
exchange
movement
Others As of Dec.
31,2018
$2,192,678
3,757,706
24,551
3,574
398,938
$613,297
(707,191)
(21,941)
(52)
(49,328)
$1,059
6,670


($177)
(3,670)


$2,806,857
3,053,515
2,610
3,522
349,610
  • (7)Fair values of financial instruments

  • (a) The methods and assumptions applied in determining the fair value of financial instruments:

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The following methods and assumptions were used by the Group to measure or disclose the fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities:

  • i. The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivables, accounts payable and other current liabilities approximate their fair value due to their short maturities.

  • ii. For financial assets and liabilities traded in an active market with standard terms and conditions, their fair value is determined based on market quotation price (including listed equity securities, beneficiary certificates, bonds and futures etc.) at the reporting date.

214

  • iii. Fair value of equity instruments without market quotations (including private placement of listed equity securities, unquoted public company and private company equity securities) are estimated using the market method valuation techniques based on parameters such as prices based on market transactions of equity instruments of identical or comparable entities and other relevant information (for example, inputs such as discount for lack of marketability, P/E ratio of similar entities and Price-Book ratio of similar entities).

  • iv. Fair value of debt instruments without market quotations, bank loans, bonds payable and other non-current liabilities are determined based on the counterparty prices or valuation method. The valuation method uses DCF method as a basis, and the assumptions such as the interest rate and discount rate are primarily based on relevant information of similar instrument (such as yield curves published by the GreTai Securities Market, average prices for Fixed Rate Commercial Paper published by Reuters and credit risk, etc.)

  • v. The fair value of derivatives which are not options and without market quotations, is determined based on the counterparty prices or discounted cash flow analysis using interest rate yield curve for the contract period. Fair value of option-based derivative financial instruments is obtained using on the counterparty prices or appropriate option pricing model (for example, Black-Scholes model) or other valuation method (for example, Monte Carlo Simulation).

  • (b) Fair value of financial instruments measured at amortized cost

Other than cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivables, accounts payable and other current liabilities whose carrying amount approximate their fair value, the fair value of the Group’s financial assets and financial liabilities measured at amortized cost is listed in the table below:

Financial Assets
Long-term receivables-affiliates
Financial liabilities
Long-term borrowings
Lease payable
Lease Liabilities
Carryingamount Carryingamount
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$93,315
$2,095,326
(Note)
$244,406
$95,300
$3,053,515
$2,610
(Note)

215

Financial Assets
Long-term receivables-affiliates
Financial liabilities
Long-term borrowings
Lease payable
Lease Liabilities
Fair Value Fair Value
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$93,315
$2,095,326
(Note)
$244,406
$95,300
$3,053,515
$2,610
(Note)
  • (Note): The Group adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Group elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

  • (c) Fair value measurement hierarchy for financial instruments

Please refer to Note 12.(8) for fair value measurement hierarchy for financial instruments of the Group.

  • (8) Fair value measurement hierarchy

  • (a) Fair value measurement hierarchy:

All asset and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorized within the fair value hierarchy, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole. Level 1, 2 and 3 inputs are described as follows:

  • Level 1: Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date

  • Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly

  • Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability

For assets and liabilities that are recognized in the financial statements on a recurring basis, the Company determines whether transfers have occurred between Levels in the hierarchy by reassessing categorization at the end of each reporting period.

216

  • (b) Fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group’s assets and liabilities:

The Group does not have assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis is as follows:

December 31, 2019
Financial assets:
Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income
Equity instrument
December 31, 2018
Financial assets:
Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income
Equity instrument
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

Level 1

Level 2
$226,860
Level 3
$226,860
Total
$234,878 $234,878

Transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements.

Reconciliation for fair value measurements in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for movements

during the period is as follows:

Beginning balance as of Jan. 1, 2019
Recognized in other comprehensive income
Transfer out of Level 3
Ending balance as of Dec. 31, 2019
Beginning balance as of Jan. 1, 2018
Recognized in other comprehensive income
Transfer out of Level 3
Ending balance as of Dec. 31, 2018
At fair value through other
comprehensive income
Stock
$234,878
(8,018)
$226,860
At fair value through other
comprehensive income
Stock
$252,505
(17,627)
$234,878

217

Information on significant unobservable inputs to valuation

Description of significant unobservable inputs to valuation of recurring fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy is as follows:

December 31, 2019

December 31, 2019
Financial assets :
Financial assets at fair
value through other
comprehensive income
Stocks
Valuation
techniques
Significant
unobservable inputs
Quantitative
information

Relationship
between inputs
and fair value
Sensitivity of the
input to fair value
(1)Market
approach
P/E
(2)Market
approach
P/S
(3)Option
(1)Discount rate
(2)Discount for lack
of marketability

11.59
~25.06
(1) The higher
the discount
rate, the
lower the fair
value of the
stocks
(2)The higher
the discount
for lack of
marketability
, the lower
the fair value
of the stocks

1% increase
(decrease) in the
discount for lack of
marketability would
result in (decrease)
increase in the
Company’s equity by
$2,376 thousand.

December 31, 2018

December 31, 2018
Financial assets:
Financial assets at fair
value through other
comprehensive income
Valuation
techniques
Significant
unobservable inputs
Quantitative
information

Relationship
between inputs
and fair value
Sensitivity of the
input to fair value
Option-
Pricing
Model
(1)Discount rate
(2)Discount for lack
of marketability

13%~19%
(1) The higher
the discount
rate, the
lower the fair
value of the
stocks
(2)The higher
the discount
for lack of
marketability,
the lower the
fair value of
the stocks


1% increase
(decrease) in the
discount for lack of
marketability would
result in (decrease)
increase in the
Company’s equity by
$2,365 thousand.

218

  • (c) Fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group’s assets and liabilities not measured at fair value but for which the fair value is disclosed
December 31, 2019
Financial assets not measured at fair value but for
which the fair value is disclosed:
Investment properties
Financial liabilities not measured at fair value but
for which the fair value is disclosed:
Long-term loans
Lease liabilities
December 31, 2018
Financial assets not measured at fair value but for
which the fair value is disclosed:
Investment properties
Financial liabilities not measured at fair value but
for which the fair value is disclosed:
Long-term loans
Lease payable
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total



Level 1

$2,095,326
244,406
Level 2
$486,819


Level 3
$486,819
2,095,326
244,406
Total



$3,053,515
2,610
$503,470

$503,470
3,053,515
2,610
  • (9) Significant assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies

Information regarding the significant assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies is listed below:

Financial assets Dec. 31,2019
Foreign currencies Foreign exchange rate NTD
$132,199
386,287
7,542
77,754
251,559
30.08
0.2771
30.08
30.08
0.2771
$3,976,546
107,040
226,863
2,338,840
69,707
Monetary items:
USD
JPY
Non-monetary items:
USD
Financial liabilities
Monetary items:
USD
JPY

219

Financial assets Dec. 31,2018
Foreign currencies Foreign exchange rate NTD
$119,977
220,238
7,652
92,433
527,327
30.72
0.2784
30.72
30.72
0.2784
$3,685,693
61,314
235,069
2,839,542
146,808
Monetary items:
USD
JPY
Non-monetary items:
USD
Financial liabilities
Monetary items:
USD
JPY

The above information is disclosed based on the carrying amount of foreign currency (after conversion to functional currency).

The Group’s entities functional currencies are various, and hence are not able to disclose the information of exchange gains and losses of monetary financial assets and liabilities by each significant asset and liability denominated in foreign currencies. The foreign exchange gains (losses) were ($48,117) thousand and $14,222 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

(10) Capital management

The primary objective of the Group’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains a strong credit rating and healthy capital ratios in order to support its business and maximize shareholder value. The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it, in light of changes in economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares.

13. SEGMENT INFORMATION

For management purposes, the Company is organized into business units based on its products and services and has two reportable segments as follows:

  • Semiconductor Group: Mainly provides IC packaging and testing services.

  • EMS Group: Provides professional electronics manufacturing services.

No operating segments have been aggregated to form the above reportable operating segments.

220

Management monitors the operating results of its business units separately for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. Segment performance is evaluated based on operating profit or loss and is measured consistently with operating profit or loss in the consolidated financial statements. However, group finance costs, finance income and income taxes are managed on a group basis and are not allocated to operating segments.

The transfer prices between operating segments are on an arm’s length basis in a manner similar to transactions with third parties.

For the years ended December 31, 2019

Revenue
External customer
Inter-Segment
Total Revenue
Segment Profit
Semiconductor
Group
$10,527,484
82,455
$10,609,939
$404,048
EMS Group
$6,987,661
831,641
$7,819,302
$325,144
Other



$15,855
Adjustment and
Eliminations
(Note 1 and Note 2)

($914,096)
($914,096)
($8,454)
Consolidated
$17,515,145
$17,515,145
$736,593

(Note 1) Inter-segment revenues are eliminated on consolidation. (Note 2) The profit for each operating segment does not include income tax expense.

For the years ended December 31, 2018

Revenue
External customer
Inter-Segment
Total Revenue
Segment Profit
Semiconductor
Group
$9,015,773
53,077
$9,068,850
($531,564)
EMS Group
$6,172,419
736,579
$6,908,998
$203,271
Other



$249,318
Adjustment and
Eliminations
(Note 1 and Note 2)

($789,656)
($789,656)
($283,561)
Consolidated
$15,188,192
$15,188,192
($362,536)

(Note 1) Inter-segment revenues are eliminated on consolidation. (Note 2) The profit for each operating segment does not include income tax expense.

221

(1) Geographical information:

A. Sales to other than consolidated entities (Sales are presented by customers’ country)

Taiwan
U.S.A.
China
Others
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019
$6,000,263
3,766,910
2,254,742
5,493,230
$17,515,145
2018
$5,067,475
4,186,016
1,676,305
4,258,396
$15,188,192

B. Non-current assets

Non-current assets
Taiwan
Philippines
U.S.A.
China
Total
Dec. 31,2019
$7,061,852
508,450
226,783
64,328
$7,861,413
Dec. 31,2018
$7,762,808
478,943
219,359
57,333
$8,518,443

(2) Major customers

Sales to customers representing over 10% of the Company’s consolidated net sales are as follows:

For the years ended December 31

Customers
A
B
C
2019
Amounts
%
$4,535,396
25.89
$4,288,955
24.49
$2,332,055
13.31
2018 2018
Amounts
$4,535,396
$4,288,955
$2,332,055
Amounts %
$4,469,670
$3,242,267
$1,521,905
29.43%
21.35%
10.02%

222

223

224

225

226

227

228

English Translation of Financial Statements Originally Issued in Chinese ORIENT SEMICONDUCTOR ELECTRONICS LIMITED

PARENT COMPANY ONLY BALANCE SHEETS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts expressed in Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Items Notes December 31,2019 December 31,2019 December 31,2018 December 31,2018
Amount % Amount %
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Contract assets-Current
Notes receivable
Accounts receivable-Non Affiliates
Accounts receivable-Affiliates
Other receivable-Non Affiliates
Other receivable-Affiliates
Inventories
Prepayments
Other current assets
Other financial assets-Current
Total current assets
Non-current assets
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income-Non current
Investments accounted for using the equity method
Property, plant, and equipment
Right-of-use asset
Intangible assets
Deferred income tax assets
Prepayment for equipment
Refundable deposits
Long-term receivables-Affiliates
Other non-current assets
Total non-current assets
Total assets
4, 6.(1)
4, 6.(18)
4, 6.(2)
4, 6.(3), 8
4, 6.(3), 7
4
4, 7
4, 6.(4)
4, 6.(9)
8
4, 6.(5)
4, 6.(6), 8
4, 6.(7), 8
4, 6.(20)
4, 6.(8)
4, 6.(24)
4, 6.(9)
8
4, 6.(10), 7
4
$1,491,029
302,982
1,770
2,421,804
229,557
28,562
5,811
1,049,757
45,339
24,611
154,226
5,755,448
226,860
1,117,589
6,220,127
159,535
58,192
1,546,059
151,424
136,251
496,399
4,281
10,116,717
$15,872,165
9
2

15
2


7


1
36
2
7
39
1

10
1
1
3

64
100
$555,480
425,684
10,510
2,355,244
694,335
41,993
14,376
1,254,084
42,887
37,863
243,615
5,676,071
234,878
1,099,290
7,012,652

89,266
1,688,163
180,354
168,428
499,401
6,556
10,978,988
$16,655,059
3
3

14
4


8


2
34
1
7
42

1
10
1
1
3

66
100

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

229

English Translation of Financial Statements Originally Issued in Chinese ORIENT SEMICONDUCTOR ELECTRONICS LIMITED

PARENT COMPANY ONLY BALANCE SHEETS

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts expressed in Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Items Notes December 31,2019 December 31,2019 December 31,2018 December 31,2018
Amount % Amount %
Current liabilities
Short-term loans
Short-term notes payable
Contract Liabilities-Current
Notes payable
Other notes payable
Accounts payable-Non Affiliates
Accounts payable-Affiliates
Accrued expenses
Payables on equipment
Lease liabilities-Current
Current portion of long-term loans
Lease payable-Current
Other current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Long-term loans
Deferred tax liabilities
Lease liabilities-Non current
Net defined benefit liabilities-Non current
Credit balance for investments accounted for using equity method
Other non-current liabilities-Others
Total non-current liabilities
Total liabilities
Equity
Capital
Common stock
Additional paid-in capital
Retained earnings
Undistributed earnings (Retained deficits)
Other Components of Equity
Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
6.(11)
6.(12)
4, 6.(18)
7
4, 6.(20)
6.(13)
4, 6.(14)
6.(13)
4, 6.(24)
4, 6.(20)
4, 6.(15)
4, 6.(6)
4
4, 6.(16)
4, 6.(17)
$2,373,766
379,210
27,845
14,197
40,306
2,923,081
209,377
836,486
147,286
13,864
1,190,490

117,507
8,273,415
904,836
31,272
146,759
430,850
15,404
3,474
1,532,595
9,806,010
5,573,285
45,711
537,191
(90,032)
6,066,155
$15,872,165
15
2



19
1
5
1

8

1
52
6

1
3


10
62
35

3

38
100
$2,806,857
349,610
15,150
49,126
13,072
3,097,264
142,171
702,482
239,748

1,340,270
2,610
147,895
8,906,255
1,713,245
33,639

495,896

3,424
2,246,204
11,152,459
5,523,285
20,104
(44,832)
4,043
5,502,600
$16,655,059
17
2



19
1
4
2

8

1
53
10


3


13
67
33



33
100

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.)

230

English Translation of Financial Statements Originally Issued in Chinese

ORIENT SEMICONDUCTOR ELECTRONICS LIMITED

PARENT COMPANY ONLY STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts expressed in Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

806015782 806015782
Items Notes 2019 2018
Amount % Amount %
Net revenue
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Operating expenses
Selling and administration expenses
Research and development expenses
Expected credit losses
Subtotal
Net other operating income and expenses
Operating income (loss)
Non-operating income and expenses
Other income
Other gains and losses
Financial costs
Expected credit loss
Share of profits of associates and joint ventures under equity method
Subtotal
Pretax income (loss)
Income tax (expense) benefit
Net income (loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Remeasurements of defined benefit plans
Unrealized gains or losses on financial assets measured at fair value
through other comprehensive income
Unrealized gains or losses from equity instruments investments measured
at far value through other comprehensive income of subsidiaries, associates
and joint ventures accounting for using the equity method
Income tax related to items that will not be reclassified
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations
Share of other comprehensive income of associates and joint ventures
Income tax related to items that may be reclassified
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
Total comprehensive income (loss)
Basic earnings (losses) per share (Expressed in NTD)
Diluted earnings (losses) per share (Expressed in NTD)
4, 6.(18), 7
4, 6.(4), 6.(21)
4, 6.(21)
4, 6.(19)
6.(22)
4, 6.(19)
4, 6.(6)
4, 6.(24)
4, 6.(23)
4, 6.(25)
4, 6.(25)
$17,235,914
(15,538,410)
1,697,504
(648,531)
(278,307)
(7,714)
(934,552)
357
763,309
52,669
(7,771)
(113,801)
(1,148)
40,743
(29,308)
734,001
(146,041)
587,960
(8,772)
(8,018)

2,170
(18,965)
1,081
3,793
(28,711)
$559,249
$1.06
$1.06
100
(90)
10
(4)
(2)

(6)

4






4
(1)
3








3
$14,924,371
(14,480,558)
443,813
(555,916)
(270,528)
(15,338)
(841,782)

(397,969)
64,328
21,241
(125,986)

68,766
28,349
(369,620)
258,072
(111,548)
(42,568)
(17,627)
(4,553)
8,780
17,469

(7,408)
(45,907)
($157,455)
($0.20)
($0.20)
100
(97)
3
(4)
(2)

(6)

(3)






(3)
2
(1)








(1)

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.)

231

English Translation of Financial Statements Originally Issued in Chinese

ORIENT SEMICONDUCTOR ELECTRONICS LIMITED

PARENT COMPANY ONLY STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts expressed in Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Items Common stock Capitla Surplus Retained earnings Other equity Total Equity
Undistributed
earnings
(Retained deficits)
Exchange
differences on
translation of
foreign operations
Unrealized gains or
losses on financial
assets measured at
fair value through
other
comprehensive
income
Unrealized gains
or losses from
available-for-sale
financial assets
Employee
Unearned Benefit
Balance as of January 1, 2018
Impact of retroactive applications
Adjusted balance as of January 1, 2018
Share of changes in net assets of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method
Loss for the years ended December 31, 2018
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2018
Total comprehensive income (loss)
Captial reduction for cover accumulated deficits
Proceeds from disposal of equity instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income
Balance as of December 31, 2018
Balance as of January 1, 2019
Share of changes in net assets of associates and joint ventures accounted for using the equity method
Income for the years ended December 31, 2019
Other comprehensive income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2019
Total comprehensive income (loss)
Share-based payment transaction
Balance as of December 31, 2019
$8,060,158 $21,420 ($2,536,872)
260,065
($30,156)

($113,244)
(113,244)


(24,108)
(24,108)

161,490
$24,138
$24,138


(7,602)
(7,602)

$16,536
$145,296
(145,296)















$5,659,846
1,525
8,060,158


21,420
(1,316)

(2,276,807)

(111,548)
(31,860)
(30,156)


10,061



5,661,371
(1,316)
(111,548)
(45,907)
(143,408) 10,061 (157,455)
(2,536,873)

2,536,873
(161,490)



$5,523,285 $20,104 ($44,832) ($20,095) $5,502,600
$5,523,285


$20,104
(122)

($44,832)

587,960
(5,937)
($20,095)


(15,172)



$5,829,280
(122)
587,960
(28,711)
582,023 (15,172) 559,249
50,000 25,729 ($71,301) 4,428
$5,573,285 $45,711 $537,191 ($35,267) ($71,301) $6,066,155

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.)

232

English Translation of Financial Statements Originally Issued in Chinese

ORIENT SEMICONDUCTOR ELECTRONICS LIMITED

PARENT COMPANY ONLY STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Amounts expressed in Thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

Items 2019 2018 Items 2019 2018
Amount Amount Amount Amount
Cash flows from operating activities:
Pretax income (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss before tax to net
The profit or loss items which did not affect cash flows:
Depreciation
Amortization
Expected credit loss
Net (gain) of financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
Interest expense
Interest revenue
Compensation costs of shared-based payment
Share of (profit) of associates accounted for using the equity method
(Gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Others
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Decrease (Increase) in contract assets
Decrease in notes receivable
(Increase) in accounts receivable-non affiliates
Decrease (Increase) in accounts receivable-affiliates
Decrease (Increase) in other receivable-non affiliates
Decrease in other receivable-affiliates
Decrease (Increase) in inventories
Decrease (Increase) in prepayments
Decrease (Increase) in other current assets
Decrease in other non-current assets
Increase (Decrease) in contract liabilities
(Decrease) Increase in notes payable-non affiliates
(Decrease) Increase in accounts payable-non affiliates
Increase in accounts payable-affiliates
Increase (Decrease) in other payable
Increase in other current liabilities
(Decrease) in net defined benefit liabilities
Cash generated from operation
Interest received
Income tax paid
Net cash provided by operating activities
$734,001
1,446,034
65,235
8,862

113,801
(10,833)
4,428
(40,743)
(41,191)
109,757
122,702
8,740
(75,474)
465,978
18,698
28,627
94,214
22,429
13,267
766
12,695
(7,695)
(174,183)
67,206
2,696
103,616
(73,818)
3,019,815
4,418
(341)
3,023,892
($369,620)
1,382,760
61,468
15,338
(7,371)
125,986
(13,386)

(68,766)
(6,464)
43,705
(213,080)
1,440
(86,679)
(457,354)
(5,439)
12,668
(319,835)
(1,902)
(14,970)
1,040
(30,632)
35,833
142,956
24,034
(2,092)
91,674
(84,455)
Cash flows from investing activities:
Disposal of financial asset at fair value through profit or loss
Acqusition of property, plant and equipment
Disposal of property, plant and equipment
Decrease in refundable deposits
Acqusition of intangible assets
Decrease (Increase) in long-term receivables
Net cash (used in) investing activities
Cash flows from financing activities:
Increase in short-term loans
(Decrease) in short-term loans
Increase in short-term notes payable
(Decrease) in short-term notes payable
Increase in long-term loans
Repayment of long-term loans
Increase in guarantee deposits received
(Decrease) in guarantee deposits received
Increase in lease payable
(Decrease) in lease payable
Repayment of lease liabilities
Interset paid
Other financing activities
Net cash (used in) financing activities
Net Increase (Decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

(723,348)
43,900
32,177
(32,657)
3,002
(676,926)

(433,155)
379,210
(349,610)
1,300,000
(2,262,010)
50



(18,794)
(116,497)
89,389
(1,411,417)
935,549
555,480
$1,491,029
38,184
(762,947)
41,029
18,134
(63,714)
(22,610)
(751,924)
614,356

349,610
(398,938)
1,011,376
(1,711,897)

(50)
30,380
(52,321)

(123,894)
267,345
(14,033)
(504,563)
1,060,043
$555,480
256,857
4,637
(100)
261,394

(The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.)

233

English Translation of Financial Statements Originally Issued in Chinese

ORIENT SEMICONDUCTOR ELECTRONICS LIMITED

NOTES TO PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS December 31, 2019 and 2018

(Unless otherwise stated, all amounts are expressed in thousands of New Taiwan Dollars)

1. ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION

Orient Semiconductor Electronics Limited (the Company) was incorporated as a company limited by shares under the provisions of the Company Law of the Republic of China in June 1971. The Company was registered in Kaohsiung City and the registered address is 9 Central 3Rd St. N.E.P.Z., Kaohsiung, Taiwan, 11, R.O.C. The principal activity of the Company is to engage in the manufacture, assembly, processing and sale of integrated circuits, parts for semiconductors, computer motherboards and related products. The Company’s shares commenced trading in the Taiwan stock exchange market in April 1994.

As of December 31, 2019, the Company’s current liabilities and current assets were $8,273,415 thousand and $5,755,448 thousand, respectively. The current ratio was 69.57%. The Company has devoted to adjusting its product structure. The Company keeps making a profit and improving financial structure.

2. DATE AND PROCEDURES OF AUTHORIZATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR ISSUE

The parent company only financial statements of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors on March 27, 2020.

3. NEWLY ISSUED OR REVISED STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS

  • (1) Changes in accounting policies resulting from applying for the first time certain standards and amendments.

The Company applied for the first time International Financial Reporting Standards, International Accounting Standards, and Interpretations issued, revised or amended which are endorsed by Financial Supervisory Commission (“FSC”) and become effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. The nature and the impact of each new standard and amendment that has a material effect on the Company is described below:

A. IFRS 16“Leases”

IFRS 16 “Leases” replaces IAS 17 “Leases”, IFRIC 4 “Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease”, SIC-15 “Operating Leases - Incentives” and SIC-27 “Evaluating the Substance of Transactions Involving the Legal Form of a Lease”.

234

The Company followed the transition provision in IFRS 16 and the date of initial application was January 1, 2019. The impacts arising from the adoption of IFRS 16 are summarized as follows:

  • (a) Please refer to Note 4 for the accounting policies before or after January 1, 2019.

  • (b) For the definition of a lease, the Company elected not to reassess whether a contract was, or contained, a lease on 1 January 2019. The Company was permitted to apply IFRS 16 to contracts that were previously identified as leases applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 but not to apply IFRS 16 to contracts that were not previously identified as containing a lease applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4. That is, for contracts entered into (or changed) on or after 1 January 2019, the Company need to assess whether contacts are, or contain, leases applying IFRS 16. In comparing to IAS 17, IFRS 16 provides that a contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Company assessed most of the contracts are, or contain, leases and has no significant impact arised.

  • (c) The Company is a lessee and elects not to restate comparative information in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16. Instead, the Company recognized the cumulative effect of initially applying IFRS 16 as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings (or other component of equity, as appropriate) at the date of initial application.

  • I. Leases previously classified as operating leases

For leases that were previously classified as operating leases applying IAS 17, the Company measured and recognized those leases as lease liability on January 1, 2019 at the present value of the remaining lease payments, discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2019, and; the Company chose, on a lease-by-lease basis, to measure the right-ofuse asset at either:

  • i. its carrying amount as if IFRS 16 had been applied since the commencement date, but discounted using the lessee’s incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2019; or

  • ii. an amount equal to the lease liability, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments relating to that lease recognized in the balance sheet immediately before January 1, 2019.

On January 1, 2019, the Company’s right-of-use asset and lease liability increased by $150,349 thousand and $150,349 thousand, respectively.

235

In accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16, the Company used the following practical expedients on a lease-by-lease basis to leases previously classified as operating leases:

  • i. Apply a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics.

  • ii. Rely on its assessment of whether leases are onerous immediately before January 1, 2019 as an alternative to performing an impairment review.

  • iii. Elect to account in the same way as short-term leases to leases for which the lease term ends within 12 months of January 1, 2019.

  • iv. Exclude initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use asset on January 1, 2019.

  • v. Use hindsight, such as in determining the lease term if the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease.

II. Leases previously classified as finance leases

For leases that were previously classified as finance leases applying IAS 17, the Company reclassified the lease asset of $25,844 thousand and the lease payable of $2,610 thousand as measured by IAS 17 to the right-of-use asset of $25,844 thousand and the lease liability of $2,610 thousand, respectively, on January 1, 2019.

  • III.Please refer to Note 4 and Note 6 for additional disclosure of lessee and lessor which required by IFRS 16.

  • IV.As at January 1, 2019, the impacts arising from the adoption of IFRS 16 are summarized as follows:

  • i. The weighted average lessee’s incremental borrowing rate applied to lease liabilities recognized in the balance sheet on January 1, 2019 was 2.24%.

  • ii. The explanation for the difference of $85,729 thousand between: 1) operating lease commitments disclosed applying IAS 17 as of December 31, 2019, discounted using the incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2019; and 2) lease liabilities recognized in the balance sheet as at January 1, 2019 is summarized as follows:

Operating lease commitments disclosed applying IAS 17 as of
December 31, 2018
Discounted using the incremental borrowing rate on January 1, 2019
Add: the carrying value of lease payables as of December 31, 2018
Add: adjustments to the options to extend or terminate the lease that is
reasonably certain to exercise
The carrying value of lease liabilities recognized as of January 1, 2019
$74,699
$67,230
2,610
83,119
$152,959

236

  • (d) The Company is a lessor and has not made any adjustments. Please refer to Note 4 and Note 6 for the information relating to the lessor.

  • (2) Standards or interpretations issued, revised or amended, by International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) which are endorsed by FSC, but not yet adopted by the Company as at the end of the reporting period are listed below:

Items New,Revised or Amended Standards and Interpretations Effective Date
issued byIASB
a Definition of a Business Amendments to IFRS 3 January1,2020
b Definition of Material Amendments to IAS 1 and 8 January1,2020
c Interest Rate Benchmark Reform - Amendments to IFRS 9,
IAS 39 and IFRS 7
January 1, 2020

A. Definition of a Business Amendments to IFRS 3

The amendments clarify the definition of a business in IFRS 3 Business Combinations. The amendments are intended to assist entities to determine whether a transaction should be accounted for as a business combination or as an asset acquisition.

IFRS 3 continues to adopt a market participant’s perspective to determine whether an acquired set of activities and assets is a business. The amendments clarify the minimum requirements for a business; add guidance to help entities assess whether an acquired process is substantive; and narrow the definitions of a business and of outputs; etc.

B. Definition of a Material Amendments to IAS 1 and 8

The main amendment is to clarify new definition of material. It states that “information is material if omitting, misstating or obscuring it could reasonably be expected to influence decisions that the primary users of general purpose financial statements make on the basis of those financial statements, which provide financial information about a specific reporting entity.” The amendments clarify that materiality will depend on the nature or magnitude of information. An entity will need to assess whether the information, either individually or in combination with other information, is material in the context of the financial statements.

C. Interest Rate Benchmark Reform - Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7

The amendments include a number of exceptions, which apply to all hedging relationships that are directly affected by interest rate benchmark reform. A hedging relationship is directly affected if the interest rate benchmark reform gives rise to uncertainties about the timing and or amount of benchmark-based cash flows of the hedged item or the

.hedging instrument. Hence, the entity shall apply the exceptions to all hedging relationships directly affected by the interest rate benchmark reform.

237~

The amendments include:

(1) highly probable requirement

When determining whether a forecast transaction is highly probable, an entity shall assume that the interest rate benchmark on which the hedged cash flows are based is not altered as a result of the interest rate benchmark reform.

(2) prospective assessments

When performing prospective assessments, an entity shall assume that the interest rate benchmark on which the hedged item, hedged risk and/or hedging instrument are based is not altered as a result of the interest rate benchmark reform.

(3) IAS 39 retrospective assessment

An entity is not required to undertake the IAS 39 retrospective assessment (i.e. the actual results

– of the hedge are within a range of 80 125%) for hedging relationships directly affected by the interest rate benchmark reform.

(4) separately identifiable risk components

For hedges of a non-contractually specified benchmark component of interest rate risk, an entity

shall apply the separately identifiable requirement only at the inception of such hedging relationships.

The amendments also include the end of application of the exceptions requirements and the related disclosures requirements of the amendments.

The abovementioned standards and interpretations were issued by International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) and endorsed by FSC so that they are applicable for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2020. All other standards and interpretations have no material impact on the Company.

(3) Standards or interpretations issued, revised or amended, by International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) which are not endorsed by FSC, but not yet adopted by the Company as at the end of the reporting period are listed below.:

Items New,Revised or Amended Standards and Interpretations Effective Date
issued byIASB
a IFRS 10 “Consolidated Financial Statements” and IAS 28
“Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures” — Sale or
Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its
Associate or Joint Ventures
To be determined
by IASB
b IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts” January1,2021
c Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current –
Amendments to IAS 1
January 1, 2022

238~

  • A. IFRS 10“Consolidated Financial Statements” and IAS 28“Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures” — Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Ventures

The amendments address the inconsistency between the requirements in IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements and IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures, in dealing with the loss of control of a subsidiary that is contributed to an associate or a joint venture. IAS 28 restricts gains and losses arising from contributions of non-monetary assets to an associate or a joint venture to the extent of the interest attributable to the other equity holders in the associate or joint ventures. IFRS 10 requires full profit or loss recognition on the loss of control of the subsidiary. IAS 28 was amended so that the gain or loss resulting from the sale or contribution of assets that constitute a business as defined in IFRS 3 between an investor and its associate or joint venture is recognized in full. IFRS 10 was also amended so that the gains or loss resulting from the sale or contribution of a subsidiary that does not constitute a business as defined in IFRS 3 between an investor and its associate or joint venture is recognized only to the extent of the unrelated investors’ interests in the associate or joint venture. The effective date of the amendments has been postponed indefinitely, but early adoption is allowed.

B. IFRS 17 “Insurance Contracts”

IFRS 17 provides a comprehensive model for insurance contracts, covering all relevant accounting aspects (including recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure requirements). The core of IFRS 17 is the General (building block) Model, under this model, on initial recognition, an entity shall measure a Company of insurance contracts at the total of the fulfilment cash flows and the contractual service margin. The fulfilment cash flows comprise of the following:

(a) estimates of future cash flows;

  • (b) Discount rate: an adjustment to reflect the time value of money and the financial risks related to the future cash flows, to the extent that the financial risks are not included in the estimates of the future cash flows; and

  • (c) a risk adjustment for non-financial risk.

The carrying amount of a Company of insurance contracts at the end of each reporting period shall be the sum of the liability for remaining coverage and the liability for incurred claims. Other than the General Model, the standard also provides a specific adaptation for contracts with direct participation features (the Variable Fee Approach) and a simplified approach (Premium Allocation Approach) mainly for short-duration contracts.

C. Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current – Amendments to IAS 1

These are the amendments to paragraphs 69-76 of IAS 1 Presentation of Financial statements and the amended paragraphs related to the classification of liabilities as current or non-current.

The abovementioned standards and interpretations issued by IASB have not yet endorsed by FSC at the date when the Company’s financial statements were authorized for issue, the local effective dates are to be determined by FSC. All other standards and interpretations have no material impact on the Company.

239~

4. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(1) Statement of compliance

The parent company only financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 have been prepared in accordance with the Regulations Governing the Preparation of Financial Reports by Securities Issuers (“the Regulations”).

(2) Basis of preparation

When preparing the parent company only financial statements, the Company account for subsidiaries and associates by using the equity method. In order to agree with the amount of net income, other comprehensive income and equity attributable to shareholders of the parent in the consolidated financial statements, the differences of the accounting treatment between the parent company only basis and the consolidated basis are adjusted under the heading of investments accounted for using equity method, share of profits of subsidiaries and associates and share of other comprehensive income of subsidiaries and associates in the parent company only financial statements.

The parent company only financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for financial instruments that have been measured at fair value. The PARENT COMPANY ONLY financial statements are expressed in thousands of New Taiwan Dollars (“NT$”) unless otherwise stated.

(3) Foreign currency transactions

The parent company only financial statements are presented in NT$, which is also the Company’s functional currency. Each entity in The Company determines its own functional currency and items included in the financial statements of each entity are measured using that functional currency.

Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by The Company entities at their respective functional currency rates prevailing at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated at the functional currency closing rate of exchange ruling at the reporting date. Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value is determined. Non-monetary items that are measured at historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using the exchange rates as at the dates of the initial transactions.

All exchange differences arising on the settlement of monetary items or on translating monetary items are taken to profit or loss in the period in which they arise except for the following:

  • (a) Exchange differences arising from foreign currency borrowings for an acquisition of a qualifying asset to the extent that they are regarded as an adjustment to interest costs are included in the borrowing costs that are eligible for capitalization.

  • (b) Foreign currency items within the scope of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement are accounted for based on the accounting policy for financial instruments.

  • (c) Exchange differences arising on a monetary item that forms part of a reporting entity’s net investment in a foreign operation is recognized initially in other comprehensive income and reclassified from equity to profit or loss on disposal of the net investment.

240~

When a gain or loss on a non-monetary item is recognized in other comprehensive income, any exchange component of that gain or loss is recognized in other comprehensive income. When a gain or loss on a non-monetary item is recognized in profit or loss, any exchange component of that gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss.

(4) Translation of financial statements in foreign currency

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated into NT$ at the closing rate of exchange prevailing at the reporting date and their income and expenses are translated at an average rate for the period. The exchange differences arising on the translation are recognized in other comprehensive income. On the disposal of a foreign operation, the cumulative amount of the exchange differences relating to that foreign operation, recognized in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the separate component of equity, is reclassified from equity to profit or loss when the gain or loss on disposal is recognized.

On the partial disposal of a subsidiary that includes a foreign operation that does not result in a loss of control, the proportionate share of the cumulative amount of the exchange differences recognized in other comprehensive income is re-attributed to the non-controlling interests in that foreign operation. In partial disposal of an associate or joint arrangement that includes a foreign operation that does not result in a loss of significant influence or joint control, only the proportionate share of the cumulative amount of the exchange differences recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified to profit or loss.

Any goodwill and any fair value adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and expressed in its functional currency.

  • (5) Current and non-current distinction

An asset is classified as current when:

  • (a) The Company expects to realize the asset, or intends to sell or consume it, in its normal operating cycle.

  • (b) The Company holds the asset primarily for the purpose of trading.

  • (c) The Company expects to realize the asset within twelve months after the reporting period.

  • (d) The asset is cash or cash equivalent unless the asset is restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period.

All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is classified as current when:

  • (a) The Company expects to settle the liability in its normal operating cycle.

  • (b) The Company holds the liability primarily for the purpose of trading.

  • (c) The liability is due to be settled within twelve months after the reporting period.

  • (d) The Company does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least twelve months after the reporting period. Terms of a liability that could, at the option of the counterparty, result in its settlement by the issue of equity instruments do not affect its classification.

All other liabilities are classified as non-current.

241~

(6) Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents comprises cash on hand, demand deposits and short-term, highly liquid time deposits (including ones that have maturity within three months) or investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.

  • (7) Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognized when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

Financial assets and financial liabilities within the scope of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments are recognized initially at fair value plus or minus, in the case of investments not at fair value through profit or loss, directly attributable transaction costs.

  • A. Financial instruments: Recognition and Measurement

The Company accounts for regular way purchase or sales of financial assets on the trade date.

The Company classified financial assets as subsequently measured at amortized cost, fair value through other comprehensive income or fair value through profit or loss considering both factors below:

  • (a) the Company’s business model for managing the financial assets and

  • (b) the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset.

Financial assets measured at amortized cost

A financial asset is measured at amortized cost if both of the following conditions are met and presented as note receivables, trade receivables financial assets measured at amortized cost and other receivables etc., on balance sheet as at the reporting date:

  • (a) the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows and

  • (b) the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

Such financial assets are subsequently measured at amortized cost (the amount at which the financial asset is measured at initial recognition minus the principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortization using the effective interest method of any difference between the initial amount and the maturity amount and adjusted for any loss allowance) and is not part of a hedging relationship. A gain or loss is recognized in profit or loss when the financial asset is derecognized, through the amortization process or in order to recognize the impairment gains or losses.

242~

Interest revenue is calculated by using the effective interest method. This is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of a financial asset except for:

  • (a) purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets. For those financial assets, the Company applies the credit-adjusted effective interest rate to the amortized cost of the financial asset from initial recognition.

  • (b) financial assets that are not purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets but subsequently have become credit-impaired financial assets. For those financial assets, the Company applies the effective interest rate to the amortized cost of the financial asset in subsequent reporting periods.

Financial asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income

A financial asset is measured at fair value through other comprehensive income if both of the following conditions are met:

  • (a) the financial asset is held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets and

  • (b) the contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount outstanding.

Recognition of gain or loss on a financial asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income are described as below:

  • (a) A gain or loss on a financial asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income recognized in other comprehensive income, except for impairment gains or losses and foreign exchange gains and losses, until the financial asset is derecognized or reclassified.

  • (b) When the financial asset is derecognized the cumulative gain or loss previously recognized in other comprehensive income is reclassified from equity to profit or loss as a reclassification adjustment.

  • (c) Interest revenue is calculated by using the effective interest method. This is calculated by applying the effective interest rate to the gross carrying amount of a financial asset except for:

  • i. Purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets. For those financial assets, the Company applies the credit-adjusted effective interest rate to the amortized cost of the financial asset from initial recognition.

  • ii. Financial assets that are not purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets but subsequently have become credit-impaired financial assets. For those financial assets, the Company applies the effective interest rate to the amortized cost of the financial asset in subsequent reporting periods.

243~

Besides, at initial recognition, the Company makes an irrevocable election to present in other comprehensive income subsequent changes in the fair value of an investment in an equity instrument within the scope of IFRS 9 that is neither held for trading nor contingent consideration recognized by an acquirer in a business combination to which IFRS 3 applies. Amounts presented in other comprehensive income are not subsequently transferred to profit or loss (when disposal of such equity instrument, its cumulated amount included in other components of equity is transferred directly to the retained earnings) and should be recorded as financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income on balance sheet. Dividends on such investment are recognized in profit or loss unless the dividends clearly represents a recovery of part of the cost of investment.

Financial asset measured at fair value through profit or loss

Financial assets were measured at amortized cost or measured at fair value through other comprehensive income only if they met particular conditions. All other financial assets were measured at fair value through profit or loss and presented on the balance sheet as financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss and trade receivables.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in profit or loss. Dividends or interests on financial assets at fair value through profit or loss are recognized in profit or loss (including those received during the period of initial investment).

  • B. Impairment of financial assets

The Company recognizes a loss allowance for expected credit losses on debt instrument investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and financial asset measured at amortized cost. The loss allowance on debt instrument investments measured at fair value through other comprehensive income is recognized in other comprehensive income and not reduce the carrying amount in the statement of financial position.

The Company measures expected credit losses of a financial instrument in a way that reflects:

  • (a) an unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes;

  • (b) the time value of money; and

  • (c) reasonable and supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.

The loss allowance is measures as follow:

  • (a) At an amount equal to 12-month expected credit losses: the credit risk on a financial asset has not increased significantly since initial recognition or the financial asset is determined to have low credit risk at the reporting date. In addition, the Company measures the loss allowance at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses in the previous reporting period, but determines at the current reporting date that the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition is no longer met.

244~

  • (b) At an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses: the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition or financial asset that is purchased or originated credit-impaired financial asset.

  • (c) For trade receivables or contract assets arising from transactions within the scope of IFRS 15, the Company measures the loss allowance at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses.

  • (d) For lease receivables arising from transactions within the scope of IFRS 16 (before January 1, 2019: IAS 17), the Company measures the loss allowance at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses.

At each reporting date, the Company needs to assess whether the credit risk on a financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition by comparing the risk of a default occurring at the reporting date and the risk of default occurring at initial recognition. Please refer to Note 12 for further details on credit risk.

  • C. Derecognition of financial assets

A financial asset is derecognized when:

  • (a) The rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired.

  • (b) The Company has transferred the asset and substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset have been transferred.

  • (c) The Company has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has transferred control of the asset.

On derecognition of a financial asset in its entirety, the difference between the carrying amount and the consideration received or receivable including any cumulative gain or loss that had been recognized in other comprehensive income, is recognized in profit or loss.

  • D. Financial liabilities and equity

Classification between liabilities or equity

The Company classifies the instrument issued as a financial liability or an equity instrument in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement and the definitions of a financial liability, and an equity instrument.

Equity instruments

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an entity after deducting all of its liabilities. The transaction costs of an equity transaction are accounted for as a deduction from equity (net of any related income tax benefit) to the extent they are incremental costs directly attributable to the equity transaction that otherwise would have been avoided.

245~

Financial liabilities

Financial liabilities within the scope of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments are classified as financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss or financial liabilities measured at amortized cost upon initial recognition.

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss include financial liabilities held for trading and financial liabilities designated upon initial recognition as at fair value through profit or loss. A financial liability is classified as held for trading if:

(a) it is acquired or incurred principally for the purpose of selling or repurchasing it in the near term;

  • (b) on initial recognition it is part of a portfolio of identified financial instruments that are managed

together and for which there is evidence of a recent actual pattern of short-term profit-taking; or

  • (c) it is a derivative (except for a derivative that is a financial guarantee contract or a designated and effective hedging instrument).

If a contract contains one or more embedded derivatives, the entire hybrid (combined) contract may be designated as a financial liability at fair value through profit or loss; or a financial liability may be designated as at fair value through profit or loss when doing so results in more relevant information, because either:

(a) it eliminates or significantly reduces a measurement or recognition inconsistency; or (b) Company of financial assets, financial liabilities or both is managed and its performance is evaluated on a fair value basis, in accordance with a documented risk management or investment strategy, and information about the Company is provided internally on that basis to the key management personnel.

Gains or losses on the subsequent measurement of liabilities at fair value through profit or loss including interest paid are recognized in profit or loss.

Financial liabilities at amortized cost

Financial liabilities measured at amortized cost include interest bearing loans and borrowings that are subsequently measured using the effective interest rate method after initial recognition. Gains and losses are recognized in profit or loss when the liabilities are derecognized as well as through the effective interest rate method amortization process.

Amortized cost is calculated by taking into account any discount or premium on acquisition and fees or transaction costs.

246~

Derecognition of financial liabilities

A financial liability is derecognized when the obligation under the liability is discharged or cancelled or expires.

When an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms of an existing liability are substantially modified (whether or not attributable to the financial difficulty of the debtor), such an exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of the original liability and the recognition of a new liability, and the difference in the respective carrying amounts and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognized in profit or loss.

E. Offsetting of financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet if, and only if, there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognized amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis, or to realize the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

(8) Fair value measurement

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value measurement is based on the presumption that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes place either:

(a) In the principal market for the asset or liability, or

(b) In the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market for the asset or liability

The principal or the most advantageous market must be accessible to by The Company.

The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market participants in their economic best interest.

A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes into account a market participant’s ability to generate economic benefits by using the asset in its highest and best use or by selling it to another market participant that would use the asset in its highest and best use.

The Company uses valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, maximizing the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizing the use of unobservable inputs.

247~

(9) Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realizable value item by item. Cost incurred in bringing each product to its present location and condition are accounted for as follows:

- Raw materials Purchase cost on an average basis - Finished goods and work in Cost of direct materials and labor and a proportion of Progress manufacturing overheads based on normal operating capacity on weighted average cost basis

Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

Rendering of services is accounted in accordance with IFRS 15 and not within the scope of inventories.

  • (10) Non-current assets held for sale and discontinued operations

Non-current assets and disposal Company s are classi ed as held for sale if their carrying amounts will be recovered through a sale transaction that is highly probable within one year from the date of classification and the asset or disposal Company is available for immediate sale in its present condition. Non-current assets and disposal Company s classified as held for sale are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell.

In the consolidated income statement of the reporting period, and of the comparable period of the previous year, income and expenses from discontinued operations are reported separate from income and expenses from continuing activities, down to the level of profit after taxes, even when the Company retains a non-controlling interest in the subsidiary after the sale. The resulting profit or loss (after taxes) is reported separately in the income statement.

Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets once classi ed as held for sale are not depreciated or amortized.

  • (11) Investments accounted for using the equity method

The Company’s investment in its associate is accounted for using the equity method. An associate is an entity in which the Company has significant influence.

Under the equity method, the investment in the associate is carried in the balance sheet at cost and adjusted thereafter for the post-acquisition change in the Company’s share of net assets of the associate. After the interest in the associate is reduced to zero, additional losses are provided for, and a liability is recognized, only to the extent that the Company has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate. Unrealized gains and losses resulting from transactions between the Company and the associate are eliminated to the extent of the Company’s related interest in the associate.

248~

When changes in the net assets of an associate occur and not those that are recognized in profit or loss or other comprehensive income and do not affects the Company’s percentage of ownership interests in the associate, the Company recognizes such changes in equity based on its percentage of ownership interests. The resulting capital surplus recognized will be reclassified to profit or loss at the time of disposing the associate on a prorata basis.

When the associate issues new stock, and the Company’s interest in an associate is reduced or increased as the Company fails to acquire shares newly issued in the associate proportionately to its original ownership interest, the increase or decrease in the interest in the associate is recognized in Additional Paid in Capital and Investment in associate. When the interest in the associate is reduced, the cumulative amounts previously recognized in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss or other appropriate items. The aforementioned capital surplus recognized is reclassified to profit or loss on a pro rata basis when the Company disposes the associate.

The financial statements of the associate are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent company. Where necessary, adjustments are made to bring the accounting policies in line with those of the Company.

The Company determines at each reporting date whether there is any objective evidence that the investment in the associate is impaired in accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. If this is the case the Company calculates the amount of impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of the associate and its carrying value and recognizes the amount in the ‘share of profit or loss of an associate’ in the statement of comprehensive income in accordance with IAS 36 Impairment of Assets . In determining the value in use of the investment, the company estimates :

  • (a) Its share of the present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to be generated by the associate or joint venture, including the cash flows from the operations of the associate and the proceeds on the ultimate disposal of the investment; or

  • (b) The present value of the estimated future cash flows expected to arise from dividends to be received from the investment and from its ultimate disposal.

Upon loss of significant influence over the associate, the Company measures and recognises any retaining investment at its fair value. Any difference between the carrying amount of the associate upon loss of significant influence and the fair value of the retaining investment and proceeds from disposal are recognized in profit or loss.

Because goodwill that forms part of the carrying amount of an investment in an associate or an investment in a joint venture is not separately recognized, it is not tested for impairment separately by applying the requirements for impairment testing goodwill in IAS 36 Impairment of Assets.

249~

The Company recognizes its interest in the jointly controlled entities using the equity method other than those that meet the criteria to be classified as held for sale. A jointly controlled entity is a joint venture that involves the establishment of a corporation, partnership or other entity.

(12) Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Such cost includes the cost of dismantling and removing the item and restoring the site on which it is located and borrowing costs for construction in progress if the recognition criteria are met. Each part of an item of property, plant and equipment with a cost that is significant in relation to the total cost of the item is depreciated separately. When significant parts of property, plant and equipment are required to be replaced in intervals, the Company recognized such parts as individual assets with specific useful lives and depreciation, respectively. The carrying amount of those parts that are replaced is derecognized in accordance with the derecognition provisions of IAS 16 Property, plant and equipment. When a major inspection is performed, its cost is recognized in the carrying amount of the plant and equipment as a replacement if the recognition criteria are satisfied. All other repair and maintenance costs are recognized in profit or loss as incurred.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic lives of the following assets:

assets:
Buildings 1051 years
Machinery and equipment 312 years
Transportation equipment 5 years
Office equipment 5 years
Right-of use assets/Leased assets (Note) 251 years
Leasehold improvements 515 years
Other equipment 5 years

(Note): The Company reclassified the lease assets to right-of-use assets after the adoption of IFRS 16 from January 1, 2019.

An item of property, plant and equipment and any significant part initially recognized is derecognized upon disposal or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the asset is recognized in profit or loss.

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate.

250~

(13) Investment property

The accounting policy from January 1, 2019 as follow:

The Company’s owned investment properties are measured initially at cost, including transaction costs. The carrying amount includes the cost of replacing part of an existing investment property at the time that cost is incurred if the recognition criteria are met and excludes the costs of day-to-day servicing of an investment property. Subsequent to initial recognition, other than those that meet the criteria to be classified as held for sale (or are included in a disposal Company that is classified as held for sale) in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations, investment properties are measured using the cost model in accordance with the requirements of IAS 16 Property, plant and equipment for that model. If investment properties are held by a lessee as right-of-use assets and is not held for sale in accordance with IFRS 5, investment properties are measured in accordance with the requirements of IFRS 16.

Investment properties are derecognized when either they have been disposed of or when the investment property is permanently withdrawn from use and no future economic benefit is expected from its disposal. The difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset is recognized in profit or loss in the period of derecognition.

The Company transfers to or from investment properties when there is a change in use for these assets.

Properties are transferred to or from investment properties when the properties meet, or cease to meet, the definition of investment property and there is evidence of the change in use.

The accounting policy before January 1, 2019 as follow:

The Company’s investment properties are measured initially at cost, including transaction costs. The carrying amount includes the cost of replacing part of an existing investment property at the time that cost is incurred if the recognition criteria are met and excludes the costs of day-to-day servicing of an investment property. Subsequent to initial recognition, investment properties are measured using the cost model in accordance with the requirements of IAS 16 Property, plant and equipment for that model, other than those that meet the criteria to be classified as held for sale (or are included in a disposal Company that is classified as held for sale) in accordance with IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations.

Investment properties are derecognized when either they have been disposed of or when the investment property is permanently withdrawn from use and no future economic benefit is expected from its disposal. The difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset is recognized in profit or loss in the period of derecognition.

251~

The Company transfers to or from investment properties when there is a change in use for these assets.

Properties are transferred to or from investment properties when the properties meet, or cease to meet, the definition of investment property and there is evidence of the change in use.

(14) Leases

The accounting policy from January 1, 2019 as follow:

For contracts entered on or after January 1, 2019, the Company assesses whether the contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. To assess whether a contract conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time, the Company assesses whether, throughout the period of use, has both of the following:

(a) the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the identified asset; and (b) the right to direct the use of the identified asset.

The Company elected not to reassess whether a contract is, or contains, a lease on January 1, 2019. The Company is permitted to apply IFRS 16 to contracts that were previously identified as leases applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4 but not to apply IFRS 16 to contracts that were not previously identified as containing a lease applying IAS 17 and IFRIC 4.

For a contract that is, or contains, a lease, the Company accounts for each lease component within the contract as a lease separately from non-lease components of the contract. For a contract that contains a lease component and one or more additional lease or non-lease components, the Company allocates the consideration in the contract to each lease component on the basis of the relative stand-alone price of the lease component and the aggregate stand-alone price of the non-lease components. The relative stand-alone price of lease and non-lease components shall be determined on the basis of the price the lessor, or a similar supplier, would charge the Company for that component, or a similar component, separately. If an observable stand-alone price is not readily available, the Company estimates the standalone price, maximising the use of observable information.

Company as a lessee

Except for leases that meet and elect short-term leases or leases of low-value assets, the Company recognizes right-of-use asset and lease liability for all leases which the Company is the lessee of those lease contracts.

252~

At the commencement date, the Company measures the lease liability at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at that date. The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease, if that rate can be readily determined. If that rate cannot be readily determined, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate. At the commencement date, the lease payments included in the measurement of the lease liability comprise the following payments for the right to use the underlying asset during the lease term that are not paid at the commencement date:

  • (a) fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable;

  • (b) variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, initially measured using the index or rate as at the commencement date;

  • (c) amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees;

  • (d) the exercise price of a purchase option if the Company is reasonably certain to exercise that option; and

  • (e) payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising an option to terminate the lease.

After the commencement date, the Company measures the lease liability on an amortised cost basis, which increases the carrying amount to reflect interest on the lease liability by using an effective interest method; and reduces the carrying amount to reflect the lease payments made.

At the commencement date, the Company measures the right-of-use asset at cost. The cost of the rightof-use asset comprises:

  • (a) the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability;

  • (b) any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received;

  • (c) any initial direct costs incurred by the lessee; and

  • (d) an estimate of costs to be incurred by the lessee in dismantling and removing the underlying asset, restoring the site on which it is located or restoring the underlying asset to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease.

For subsequent measurement of the right-of-use asset, the Company measures the right-of-use asset at cost less any accumulated depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. That is, the Company measures the right-of-use applying a cost model.

If the lease transfers ownership of the underlying asset to the Company by the end of the lease term or if the cost of the right-of-use asset reflects that the Company will exercise a purchase option, the Company depreciates the right-of-use asset from the commencement date to the end of the useful life of the underlying asset. Otherwise, the Company depreciates the right-of-use asset from the commencement date to the earlier of the end of the useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease term.

The Company applies IAS 36 “Impairment of Assets” to determine whether the right-of-use asset is impaired and to account for any impairment loss identified.

253~

Except for those leases that the Company accounted for as short-term leases or leases of low-value assets, the Company presents right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the balance sheet and separately presents lease-related interest expense and depreciation charge in the statements of comprehensive income.

For short-term leases or leases of low-value assets, the Company elects to recognize the lease payments associated with those leases as an expense on either a straight-line basis over the lease term or another systematic basis.

Company as a lessor

At inception of a contract, the Company classifies each of its leases as either an operating lease or a finance lease. A lease is classified as a finance lease if it transfers substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of an underlying asset. A lease is classified as an operating lease if it does not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of an underlying asset. At the commencement date, the Company recognizes assets held under a finance lease in its balance sheet and present them as a receivable at an amount equal to the net investment in the lease.

For a contract that contains lease components and non-lease components, the Company allocates the consideration in the contract applying IFRS 15.

The Company recognizes lease payments from operating leases as rental income on either a straight-line basis or another systematic basis. Variable lease payments for operating leases that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognized as rental income when incurred.

The accounting policy before January 1, 2019 as follow:

Company as a lessee

Finance leases which transfer to the Company substantially all the risks and benefits incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalized at the commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are recognized in profit or loss.

A leased asset is depreciated over the useful life of the asset. However, if there is no reasonable certainty that the Company will obtain ownership by the end of the lease term, the asset is depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset and the lease term.

Operating lease payments are recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

254~

Company as a lessor

Leases in which the Company does not transfer substantially all the risks and benefits of ownership of the asset are classified as operating leases. Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating an operating lease are added to the carrying amount of the leased asset and recognized over the lease term on the same basis as rental income. Contingent rents are recognized as revenue in the period in which they are earned.

(15) Intangible assets

Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is its fair value as at the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses, if any. Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalized development costs, are not capitalized and expenditure is reflected in profit or loss for the year in which the expenditure is incurred.

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed as either finite or indefinite.

Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over the useful economic life and assessed for impairment whenever there is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. The amortization period and the amortization method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at the end of each financial year. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected pattern of consumption of future economic benefits embodied in the asset is accounted for by changing the amortization period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates.

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but are tested for impairment annually, either individually or at the cash-generating unit level. The assessment of indefinite life is reviewed annually to determine whether the indefinite life continues to be supportable. If not, the change in useful life from indefinite to finite is made on a prospective basis.

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset and are recognized in profit or loss when the asset is derecognized.

Research and development costs

Research costs are expensed as incurred. Development expenditures on an individual project are recognized as an intangible asset when the Company can demonstrate:

  • (a) The technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale

  • (b) Its intention to complete and its ability to use or sell the asset

  • (c) How the asset will generate future economic benefits

  • (d) The availability of resources to complete the asset

  • (e) The ability to measure reliably the expenditure during development.

255~

Following initial recognition of the development expenditure as an asset, the cost model is applied requiring the asset to be carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization of the asset begins when development is complete and the asset is available for use.

It is amortized over the period of expected future benefit.

A summary of the policies applied to the Company’s intangible assets is as follows:

Cost of computer software Useful lives 1 3 years Amortization method used Amortized on a straight-line basis Internally generated or acquired Acquired

(16) Impairment of non-financial assets

The Company assesses at the end of each reporting period whether there is any indication that an asset in the scope of IAS 36 Impairment of Assets may be impaired. If any such indication exists, or when annual impairment testing for an asset is required, the Company estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s (“CGU”) fair value less costs to sell and its value in use and is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or companies of assets. Where the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

For assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment losses may no longer exist or may have decreased. If such indication exists, the Group estimates the asset’s or cash-generating unit’s recoverable amount. A previously recognized impairment loss is reversed only if there has been an increase in the estimated service potential of an asset which in turn increases the recoverable amount. However, the reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years.

An impairment loss of continuing operations or a reversal of such impairment loss is recognized in profit or loss.

256~

(17) Revenue recognition

The Company’s revenue arising from contracts with customers are primarily related to sale of goods and rendering of services. The accounting policies are explained as follow:

Sale of goods

The Company manufactures and sells machinery. Sales are recognized when control of the goods is transferred to the customer and the goods are delivered to the customers. The main products of the Company are integrated circuits, semiconductor devices and computer motherboards, etc and revenue is recognized based on the consideration stated in the contract. For certain sales of goods transactions, they are usually accompanied by volume discounts (based on the accumulated total sales amount for a specified period). Therefore, revenue from these sales is recognized based on the price specified in the contract, net of the estimated volume discounts.

Products manufactured according to customer's agreed specifications if the customer controls the product at the time of creation or enhancement of the product, the Company will gradually recognize revenue over time.

The Company provides its customer with a warranty with the purchase of the products. The warranty provides assurance that the product will operate as expected by the customers. And the warranty is accounted in accordance with IAS 37.

The credit period of the Company's sale of goods is from 30 to 150 days. For most of the contracts, when the Company transfers the goods to customers and has a right to an amount of consideration that is unconditional, these contracts are recognized as trade receivables. The Company usually collects the payments shortly after transfer of goods to customers; therefore, there is no significant financing component to the contract. For some of the contracts, the Company has transferred the goods to customers but does not has a right to an amount of consideration that is unconditional, these contacts should be presented as contract assets. Besides, in accordance with IFRS 9, the Company measures the loss allowance for a contract asset at an amount equal to the lifetime expected credit losses. However, for some contracts, part of the consideration was received from customers upon signing the contract, then the Company has the obligation to transfer the goods to customers subsequently; accordingly, these amounts are recognized as contract liabilities.

Rendering of services

Revenue is recognized when the Company finishes the processing services.

257~

(18) Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale are capitalized as part of the cost of the respective assets. All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in connection with the borrowing of funds.

(19) Post-employment benefits

All regular employees of the Company and its domestic subsidiaries are entitled to a pension plan that is managed by an independently administered pension fund committee. Fund assets are deposited under the committee’s name in the specific bank account and hence, not associated with the Company and its domestic subsidiaries.

Therefore, fund assets are not included in the parent company only financial statements. Pension benefits for employees of the overseas subsidiaries and the branches are provided in accordance with the respective local regulations.

For the defined contribution plan, the Company and its domestic subsidiaries will make a monthly contribution of no less than 6% of the monthly wages of the employees subject to the plan. The Company recognizes expenses for the defined contribution plan in the period in which the contribution becomes due. Overseas subsidiaries and branches make contribution to the plan based on the requirements of local regulations.

Post-employment benefit plan that is classified as a defined benefit plan uses the Projected Unit Credit Method to measure its obligations and costs based on actuarial assumptions. Re-measurements, comprising of the effect of the actuarial gains and losses, the effect of the asset ceiling (excluding net interest) and the return on plan assets, excluding net interest, are recognized as other comprehensive income with a corresponding debit or credit to retained earnings in the period in which they occur. Past service costs are recognized in profit or loss on the earlier of:

  • (a) the date of the plan amendment or curtailment, and

  • (b) the date that the Company recognizes restructuring-related costs

Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate to the net defined benefit liability or asset, both as determined at the start of the annual reporting period, taking account of any changes in the net defined benefit liability (asset) during the period as a result of contribution and benefit payment.

(20) Share-Based Payment Transactions

The cost of equity-settled transactions between the Company and its subsidiaries is recognized based on the fair value of the equity instruments granted. The fair value of the equity instruments is determined by using an appropriate pricing model.

258~

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognized, together with a corresponding increase in other capital reserves in equity, over the period in which the performance and/or service conditions are fulfilled. The cumulative expense recognized for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Company’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will ultimately vest. The income statement expense or credit for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognized as at the beginning and end of that period.

No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for equity-settled transactions where vesting is conditional upon a market or non-vesting condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market or non-vesting condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions are satisfied.

Where the terms of an equity-settled transaction award are modified, the minimum expense recognized is the expense as if the terms had not been modified, if the original terms of the award are met. An additional expense is recognized for any modification that increases the total fair value of the sharebased payment transaction, or is otherwise beneficial to the employee as measured at the date of modification.

Where an equity-settled award is cancelled, it is treated as if it vested on the date of cancellation, and any expense not yet recognized for the award is recognized immediately. This includes any award where non-vesting conditions within the control of either the entity or the employee are not met. However, if a new award is substituted for the cancelled award, and designated as a replacement award on the date that it is granted, the cancelled and new awards are treated as if they were a modification of the original award, as described in the previous paragraph.

The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as additional share dilution in the computation of diluted earnings per share.

The cost of restricted stocks issued is recognized as salary expense based on the fair value of the equity instruments on the grant date, together with a corresponding increase in other capital reserves in equity, over the vesting period. The Company recognized unearned employee salary which is a transitional contra equity account; the balance in the account will be recognized as salary expense over the passage of vesting period.

  • (21) Income taxes

Income tax expense (income) is the aggregate amount included in the determination of profit or loss for the period in respect of current tax and deferred tax.

259~

Current income tax

Current income tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities, using the tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. Current income tax relating to items recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity is recognized in other comprehensive income or equity and not in profit or loss.

The income tax for undistributed earnings is recognized as income tax expense in the subsequent year when the distribution proposal is approved by the Shareholders’ meeting.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences at the reporting date between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable temporary differences, except:

  • (a) Where the deferred tax liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss.

  • (b) In respect of taxable temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint ventures, where the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences can be controlled and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences, carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilized, except:

  • (a) Where the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss.

  • (b) In respect of deductible temporary differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates and interests in joint ventures, deferred tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that the temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable future and taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date. The measurement of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities reflects the tax consequences that would follow from the manner in which the Company expects, at the end of the reporting period, to recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities.

260~

Deferred tax relating to items recognized outside profit or loss is recognized outside profit or loss. Deferred tax items are recognized in correlation to the underlying transaction either in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. Deferred tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognized accordingly.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current income tax assets against current income tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

5. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ESTMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

The preparation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements require management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities, at the end of the reporting period. However, uncertainty about these assumption and estimate could result in outcomes that require a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the asset or liability affected in future periods.

Judgement

In the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies, management has made the following judgements, which have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the parent company only financial statements:

Revenue recognition

The Company based on trading patterns and whether the economic substance were expose to the sale of goods or services related to the significant risks and rewards, to determine whether the Company should be classified as the principal of the transaction or agent. When expose to the sale of goods or services related to the significant risks and rewards, the principal of the transaction should recognize the total receivables or received economic benefit as revenue; if determine as the agent, recognize the net transaction as revenue.

The Company provides electronic manufacturing services and integrated circuit packaging and testing manufacturing services, determined as to conform to the following indicators; it is recognized as total revenue collected:

  • (a) Has the primary responsibility to the provision of goods or services provided

  • (b) Assumed inventory risk

  • (c) Assumed customer’s credit risk

261~

Estimates and assumptions

The key assumptions concerning the future and other key sources of estimation uncertainty at the reporting date, that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

(1) The Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Where the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded in the balance sheet cannot be derived from active markets, they are determined using valuation techniques including income approach (for example the discounted cash flows model) or the market approach. Changes in assumptions about these factors could affect the reported fair value of the financial instruments. Please refer to Note 12 for more details.

(2) Post-employment benefits

The cost of post-employment benefit and the present value of the pension obligation under defined benefit pension plans are determined using actuarial valuations. An actuarial valuation involves making various assumptions. These include the determination of the discount rate, future salary increases, mortality rates and future pension increases. Please refer to Note 6.(15) for more details.

(3) Income tax

Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex tax regulations and the amount and timing of future taxable income. Given the wide range of international business relationships and the long-term nature and complexity of existing contractual agreements, differences arising between the actual results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future adjustments to tax income and expense already recorded. The Company establishes provisions, based on reasonable estimates, for possible consequences of audits by the tax authorities of the respective counties in which it operates. The amount of such provisions is based on various factors, such as experience of previous tax audits and differing interpretations of tax regulations by the taxable entity and the responsible tax authority. Such differences of interpretation may arise on a wide variety of issues depending on the conditions prevailing in the respective Group Company’s domicile.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for all carryforward of unused tax losses and unused tax credits and deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available or there are sufficient taxable temporary differences against which the unused tax losses, unused tax credits or deductible temporary differences can be utilized. The amount of deferred tax assets determined to be recognized is based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits and taxable temporary differences together with future tax planning strategies.

262~

(4) Accounts receivables—estimation of impairment loss

The Company estimates the impairment loss of accounts receivables at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses. The credit loss is the present value of the difference between the contractual cash flows that are due under the contract (carrying amount) and the cash flows that expects to receive (evaluate forward looking information). However, as the impact from the discounting of short-term receivables is not material, the credit loss is measured by the undiscounted cash flows. Where the actual future cash flows are lower than expected, a material impairment loss may arise. Please refer to Note 6 for more details.

(5) Inventories

Estimates of net realisable value of inventories take into consideration that inventories may be damaged, become wholly or partially obsolete, or their selling prices have declined. The estimates are based on the most reliable evidence available at the time the estimates are made. Please refer to Note 6 for more details.

6. CONTENTS OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTS

(1) CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash on hand
Demand deposits
Total
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$125
1,490,904
$125
555,355
$1,491,029 $555,480

(2) NOTES RECEIVABLES

Notes receivables
Less: loss allowance
Total
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$10,510
()
$10,510
$1,770
()
$1,770

Notes receivables were not pledged.

The Company follows the requirement of IFRS 9 to assess the impairment . Please refer to Note 6.(19) for more details on loss allowance and Note 12 for more details on credit risk.

263~

- (3) ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES AND ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES AFFILIATES

(A) Details are as follows :
Accounts receivables
Add : Pledged accounts receivable
Less: loss allowance
Subtotal
Accounts receivables-affiliates
Less: loss allowance
Subtotal
Total
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$2,447,900

(26,096)
$2,147,903
224,523
(17,182)
2,421,804 2,355,244
229,557
695,535
(1,200)
229,557 694,335
$2,651,361 $3,049,579
  • (B) Accounts receivables are generally on 30-150 day terms. The total carrying amount as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $2,679,227 thousand, $3,078,471 thousand , respectively. Please refer to Note 6.(19) for more details on loss allowance and Note 12 for details on credit risk management.

  • (C) The Company signed loan agreements with the following banks and used its accounts receivable as securities for the loans. Certain of the Company’s accounts receivable were under pledge to the banks. The details of the loan agreements are as follows:

Dec. 31, 2019

None.

Dec. 31, 2018

Dec. 31, 2018
Bank Contractperiod Bankingfacility
$135,000
Loan amount Factored
amount
Far Eastern Bank August 20,
2018~August 20,
2019
$135,000 $224,523

(4) INVENTORIES

  • (A) Details are as follows :
Details are as follows : Details are as follows :
) Dec. 31,2019
Raw materials
$725,372
Supplies
76,261
Work in progress
228,413
Finished goods
19,711
Total
$1,049,757
Dec. 31,2018
)
$725,372
76,261
228,413
19,711
$973,828
102,425
128,137
49,694
$1,049,757 $1,254,084

264~

(B)

Cost of inventories sold
Loss on realizable value and obsolescence of inventories
Loss in inventory write-off
Inventory loss
Cost of goods sold
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$15,427,296
54,177
55,936
1,001
$14,435,735

43,705
1,118
$15,538,410 $14,480,558
  • (C) As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, inventories were insured for $12,958,170 thousand and $12,067,679 thousand, respectively.

(D)No inventories were pledged.

(5) FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME - NON CURRENT

Equity instrument investments measured at fair value through
other comprehensive income-Non-current
Unlisted companies stocks
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$226,860 $234,878

The Company classified certain of its financial assets as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income. Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income were not pledged.

(6) INVESTMENTS ACCOUNTED FOR USING THE EQUITY METHOD

(A) The company investments accounted for using the equity method are as follows:

Investee Company
Investments in subsidiaries:
ORIENT SEMICONDUCTOR
ELECRTONICS PHILIPPINES
INC.(OSEP)
OSE USA, INC. (OSEU)
OSE INTERNATIONAL LTD.
COREPLUS (HK) LIMITED
Add: Credit balance for investments
accounted for using equity
method
Subtotal
Type of stock
Common stock
Common stock
Common stock
Common stock
Dec. 31, 2019
Ownership
93.67
100.00
100.00
100.00
Dec. 31,2018 Dec. 31,2018
Amount Amount Ownership
($15,404)
111,745
304,281
460,130
$23,361
100,115
296,610
440,101
93.67
100.00
100.00
100.00
860,752
15,404
860,187
876,156 860,187

265~

Investee Company
Investments in associates:
OSE PROPERTIES, INC.
ATP ELECTRONICS, TAIWAN
INC.
INFOFAB, INC.
SCS HIGHTECH INC.
Subtotal
Total
Type of stock
Common stock
Common stock
Common stock
Common stock
Dec. 31, 2019
Ownership
39.99
9.57
13.32
18.17
Dec. 31,2018 Dec. 31,2018
Amount Amount Ownership

230,553
10,880

230,815
8,288
39.99
9.57
13.52
18.17
241,433 239,103
$1,117,589 $1,099,290
  • (B) In February 2006, for the purpose of a merger, the investee company OSE ACQUISITION CORP. purchased 100% of common shares in OSE USA, Inc. at a price of US$0.006 per share and assumed all of its assets and liabilities. After the merger, OSE ACQUISITION CORP. changed its name to OSE USA, Inc.

  • (C) In September 2006, shares of the investee company ATP were exchanged with ATP TAIWAN so that the Company would hold 6.79% ownership of ATP TAIWAN after the exchange. The Company had purchased 1,929 thousand treasury shares in February. So the Company held 9.57% ownership of ATP TAIWAN.

  • (D) Because SCS HIGHTECH INC. was in financial crisis in 2004, the long-term investment amounted to $96,203 thousand was written off as losses in 2004.

  • (E) Owing to the continue loss of OSE PROPERTIES, INC., the accumulated investment loss has made the book value of long-term investment declining to zero, the company will no longer recognize the investment loss.

  • (F) In order to improve the financial structure of OSEP, the Company made a financial structure improvement plan as following:

  • i. On December 12, 2008, the board of directors of the Company approved OSEP to issue first set of new stocks for a total value of US$8 million, consisting of US$5.18 million of cash and US $2.82 million worth of debt to equity swap. This was approved on May 21, 2009 by Investment Commission M.O.E.A.

  • ii. On December 9, 2009, the board of directors of the Company approved OSEP to issue second set stocks for a total value of US$8 million, consisting of US$1.6 million of cash and US$6.4 million of debt-to-equity swap. This was approved on September 8, 2011 by Investment Commission M.O.E.A.

266~

  • iii. On May 5, 2010, the board of the directors of the Company approved OSEP to issue third set of stocks for a total value of US$13.5 million, consisting of US$2.7 million of cash and US$10.8 million of debt-to-equity swap. This was approved on September 8, 2011 by Investment Commission M.O.E.A.

  • iv. On August 26, 2010, the board of the directors of the Company approved OSEP to issue fourth set of stocks for a total value of US$10.5 million, consisting of US$2.1 million of cash and US$8.4 million of debt-to-equity swap. This was approved on September 8, 2011 by Investment Commission M.O.E.A.

  • v. On December 28, 2010, the board of the directors of the Company approved OSEP to issue fifth set of stocks for a total value of US$8 million, consisting of US$1.6 million of cash and US$6.4 million of debt-to-equity swap. This was approved on January 16, 2012 by Investment Commission M.O.E.A.

  • (G) In order to improve the financial structure of OSEU, the Company made financial improvement plan as following:

  • i. On July 15, 2010, the board of directors of the Company approved to merge OSEI and OSEU in September 2010. OESU is the remaining existing entity while OSEI ceased to operate. Starting from September 2010, all assets, liabilities, rights and obligations of OSEI were transferred to OSEU.

  • ii. On July 15, 2010 the board of directors of the Company approved OSEU to raise capital by the issuance of new stock for the total value of US$35,762 thousand in debt-to-equity swap. This was approved on January 17, 2011 by Investment Commission M.O.E.A.

  • (H) On March 24, 2011, the board of the directors of the Company approved COREPLUS (HK) LIMITED to issue stocks, consisting of US$2.7 million of debt-to-equity swap. This was approved on October 3, 2012 by Investment Commission M.O.E.A.

  • (I) OSE INTERNATIONAL LTD was approved by its Board of Directors to decrease its capital by US$2,800 thousand and US$4,200 thousand on June 25, 2008 and April 20, 2015, respectively. The Company had taken back the investment amount by $84,280 thousand (US$2,800 thousand) and $132,536 thousand (US$4,200 thousand), respectively.

  • (J) The Company recognized losses in OSEP at its ownership percentage; therefore, the carrying amount of this long-term equity investment present at a credit balance. The Company transferred the relevant credit amount to non-current liabilities.

267~

  • (K) The share of the profit or loss of these associates and joint ventures for using the equity method are as follows
Investee Companies
OSE PHILIPPNES INC.
OSE PROPERTIES, INC.
OSE USA, INC.
OSE INTERNATIONAL LTD.
INFOFAB, INC.
ATP TAIWAN
COREPLUS (HK) LIMITED.
Total
For theyears ended December 31
2019
2018
($39,115)
($32,158)


14,016
(2,280)
11,516
25,576
2,898
3,651
19,673
33,895
31,755
40,082
$40,743
$68,766

The 2019 and 2018 financial statements were audited by other auditors.

  • (L) In year 2019 and 2018, the Company obtained cash dividend from ATP Taiwan and INFOFAB in the form of cash dividend for $18,797 thousand and $1,265 thousand, $17,293 thousand and $0, respectively. They are recorded as credit to “Investments accounted for using the equity method”.

  • (M)The details of translation adjustment from investments accounted for using the equity method are as follows

Investee Companies
OSE PHILIPPNES INC.
OSE USA, INC.
OSE INTERNATIONAL LTD.
ATP TAIWAN.
COREPLUS (HK) LIMITED.
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019
$350
(2,386)
(3,845)
(1,138)
(11,946)
($18,965)
2018
$1,082
3,089
5,379
1,391
6,528
$17,469
  • (N) Part of investments accounted for using the equity method has been pledged to the banks as securities for bank loans granted to the Company. Please refer to Note 8 for more details.

  • (O) Investment in subsidiary was accounted for investment accounted for under equity method when preparing the parent company only financial statements.

268~

  • (P) The Company’s investments by using the equity method are not published price quatations which are not individually material. The aggregate financial information of the Group’s investments is as follows:
Total assets
Total liabilities
Revenue
Profit
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Total Comprehensive Income
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
2019 2018
$503,089
22,571
(1,138)
21,433
$530,354
37,546
1,391
38,937

(7) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Owner occupied property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment leased out under
operating leases
Total
Dec. 31,2019
$6,079,672
140,455
$6,220,127
Dec. 31,2018
$7,012,652
(Note)
$7,012,652

(Note): The Company adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Company elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

269~

(A) Owner occupied property, plant and equipment (applicable under IFRS 16 requirements)

Cost:
As of Jan. 1, 2019
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
As of Dec. 31, 2019
Depreciation and impairment:
As of Jan. 1, 2019
Depreciation
Disposals
Transfers
As of Dec. 31, 2019
Net carrying amount
As of Jan. 1, 2019
As of Dec. 31, 2019
Land and land
Improvements











Buildings
$6,989,653


68,897
$7,058,550
$4,327,874
222,154


$4,550,028
$2,661,779
$2,508,522
Machinery and
equipment
$15,923,693

(2,467,325)
647,761
$14,104,129
$11,943,826
1,173,899
(2,464,396)
8,703
$10,662,032
$3,979,867
$3,442,097
Transportation
equipment
Office
equipment
$54,890



$54,890
$53,864
500


$54,364
$1,026
$526
Other equipment
$363,893


4,437
$368,330
$310,537
22,962


$333,499
$53,356
$34,831
Construction in
progress and
equipment awaiting
examination
$143,600
285,055

(334,989)
$93,666





$143,600
$93,666
Total
$1,087


$23,476,816
285,055
(2,467,325)
386,106
$1,087 $21,680,652
$1,047
10

$16,637,148
1,419,525
(2,464,396)
8,703
$1,057 $15,600,980
$40 $6,839,668
$30 $6,079,672

(Note): The Company adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Company elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

270

(B) Property, plant and equipment leased out under operating leases (applicable under IFRS 16 requirements)

Cost:
As of Jan. 1, 2019
Additions
Disposals
Transfers
As of Dec. 31, 2019
Depreciation and impairment:
As of Jan. 1, 2019
Depreciation
Disposals
Transfers
As of Dec. 31, 2019
Net carrying amounts as at:
As of Jan. 1, 2019
As of Dec. 31, 2019
Buildings
$279,343


$279,343
$132,203
6,685

$138,888
$147,140
$140,455

271

(C) Property, plant and equipment (prior to the application of IFRS 16)

Land and land
Improvements
Cost:
As of Jan. 1, 2018

Additions

Disposals

Transfers

As of Dec. 31, 2018

Depreciation and impairment:
As of Jan. 1, 2018

Depreciation

Disposals

Transfers

As of Dec. 31, 2018

Net carrying amount:
As of Jan. 1, 2018

As of Dec. 31, 2018
Land and land
Improvements
Buildings Machinery and
equipment

Transportation
equipment

Office
equipment
Rental
assets
Leased
assets
Other
equipment
Construction in
progress and
equipment
awaiting
examination
Total



$6,951,055

(14,399)
52,997
$15,322,416

(162,992)
764,269
$1,804

(717)
$54,890


$279,343


$158,211


(124,351)
$355,290

(354)
8,957
$17,109
402,530

(276,039)
$23,140,118
402,530
(178,462)
425,833
$6,989,653 $15,923,693 $1,087 $54,890 $279,343 $33,860 $363,893 $143,600 $23,790,019
$4,125,549
216,704
(14,379)
$10,895,907
1,116,921
(128,740)
59,738
$1,749
14
(716)
$53,364
500

$125,518
6,685

$51,565
16,189

(59,738)
$286,362
24,527
(352)



$15,540,014
1,381,540
(144,187)
$4,327,874 $11,943,826 $1,047 $53,864 $132,203 $8,016 $310,537 $16,777,367
$2,825,506 $4,426,509 $55 $1,526 $153,825 $106,646 $68,928 $17,109 $7,600,104
$2,661,779 $3,979,867 $40 $1,026 $147,140 $25,844 $53,356 $143,600 $7,012,652

272

(D) Affects both the cash and non-cash items of investing activities:

For theyears ended December 31
2019
2018
$637,301
$823,363
(6,415)
118,667
92,462
(184,083)
$723,348
$762,947
2019
Acquisition of property, plant, and equipment
expenditure:
Increase of property, plant and equipment
(Decrease)Increase of prepayment for equipment
Decrease (Increase) of payables on equipment
Cash expenditure
$637,301
(6,415)
92,462
$723,348

(E) Details of capitalized borrowing costs are as follows:

Item For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
Prepayments for equipment
Capitalisation rate of borrowing costs
$4,980
3.04%~3.95
$4,308
2.89%~3.78
  • (F) As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, fixed assets were insured for $9,835,562 thousand and $11,031,474 thousand, respectively.

(G) Please refer to Note 8 for more details on property, plant and equipment under pledge.

(8) INTANGIBLE ASSETS

  • (A) As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the cost of the computer software, original cost, accumulated amortization and amount of amortization in the book of the Company is listed as below:
Cost:
As of Jan. 1, 2019
Addition
Transfers
As of Dec. 31, 2019
As of Jan. 1, 2018
Addition
Transfers
As of Dec. 31, 2018
Computer software
Amount
$335,612
32,657
1,504
$369,773
$263,863
63,714
8,035
$335,612

273

Computer software

Computer software
Amortization and impairment:
As of Jan. 1, 2019
Amortization
As of Dec. 31, 2019
As of Jan. 1, 2018
Amortization
As of Dec. 31, 2018
Net carrying amount :
As of Dec. 31, 2019
As of Dec. 31, 2018
Amount
$246,346
65,235
$311,581
$184,878
61,468
$246,346
$58,192
$89,266

(B) Amortization expense of intangible assets under the statement of comprehensive income:

Operating costs
Managing costs
Research and development costs
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$38,471 $38,371
$5,796 $1,978
$20,968 $21,119

(9) PREPAYMENTS

Current assetsprepayments
Prepaid expenses
Other prepayments
Total
Non-current assetsprepayments for equipment
Prepayment for equipment
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$42,337
3,002
$40,651
2,236
$45,339 $42,887
$151,424 $180,354

(10) LONG-TERM RECEIVABLES-AFFILIATES

Loan receivable (Note)
Receivable for sale/rent of machinery and equipment
and payment on behalf (Note)
Interest receivable from financial activities (Note)
Total
(Less) : Loss allowance
Net
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$370,127
73,176
53,096
$378,002
74,733
46,666
496,399
()
499,401
()
$496,399 $499,401

274

(Note):

  • (1) Long-term receivable – OSE PHILIPPINES INC. and Long-term receivable – OSE USA Inc. amounted to $803,966 thousand and $1,148,668 thousand, respectively. In 2010, they were converted to common stocks of OSEP and common stocks of OSEU through debt-to-equity swap options.

  • (2) Long-term receivable OSE PHILIPPINES INC. amounted to $183,843 thousand. In May 2011, the receivable was subsequently converted to common stocks of OSE PHILIPPINES INC. through debt-to-equity swap options.

  • (3) Long-term receivable COREPLUS amounted to $79,893 thousand. In October, 2012, the amount was converted to common stocks of investment of COREPLUS through debt-to-equity swap options.

(11) SHORT-TERM LOANS

(A) Detail are as follows :
Items
L/C
Unsecured bank loans
Mortgage loans on machine and equipment
Total
(A) Detail are as follows :
Items
L/C
Unsecured bank loans
Mortgage loans on machine and equipment
Total
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
L/C
Unsecured bank loans
Mortgage loans on machine and equipment
Total
$315,900
2,057,866
$798,069
1,924,803
83,985
$2,373,766 $2,806,857
  • (B) The ranges of interest rates and the due dates:
Ranges of interest rates
Due dates
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
1.55%~3.17%
January 01, 2020~
December 17, 2020
1.06%~4.25%
January 14, 2019~
November 30, 2019
  • (C) As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company’s unused short-term lines of credits amount to $1,394,036 thousand and $614,906 thousand, respectively.

  • (D) Part of property, plant and equipment, stocks, time deposits, and deposits reserved for repayment are pledged as security for the Group’s short-term borrowings. Please refer to Note 8 for the more detail on held for trading financial assets pledged as security for short-term loans.

275

(12) SHORT-TERM NOTES PAYABLE-NET

  • (A) Detail are as follows :
Detail are as follows :
Par value of commercial papers
(Less) : Discount for short-term notes payable
Net
The ranges of interest rates and the due dates:
Ranges of interest rates
Due dates
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$380,000
(790)
$350,000
(390)
$379,210 $349,610
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
1.788%~1.858%
January 9, 2020~
February 27, 2020
1.938%~2.088%
January 3, 2019~
March 7, 2019
  • (B) The ranges of interest rates and the due dates:

(13) LONG-TERM LOANS

  • (A) Detail are as follows:
Detail are as follows:
Items Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
Mortgage loan
Less: Due within one year
Net
$2,095,326
(1,190,490)
$3,053,515
(1,340,270)
$904,836 $1,713,245
  • (B) The ranges of interest rates and the due dates:
The ranges of interest rates and the due dates:
Ranges of interest rates
Due dates
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
1.80%~3.30%
October 31, 2020~
August 15, 2023
1.80%~4.65%
January 26, 2019~
August 15, 2023
  • (C) Part of property, plant and equipment, and deposits reserved for repayment are pledged as security for the Company’s long-term borrowings. Please refer to Note 8 for more details.

(14) LONG-TERM LEASE PAYABLE

The Company has finance leases contracts for various items of machinery. These leases contain purchase options. Future minimum lease payments under finance leases together with the present value of the net minimum lease payments are as follows:

276

(A)

)
Within one year
After one year but not more than five years
Total minimum lease payments
Less : finance charges on finance lease
Present value of minimum lease payments
Current
Non-current
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
Minimum
payments
Present value
ofpayments
Minimum
payments
Present value
ofpayments
$2,617
$2,610
2,617
(7)
2,610
$2,610 $2,610
$2,610

(15) POST-EMPLOMENT BENEFITS

(A) Defined contribution plan

The Company adopts a defined contribution plan in accordance with the Labor Pension Act of the R.O.C. Under the Labor Pension Act, the Company will make monthly contributions of no less than 6% of the employees’ monthly wages to the employees’ individual pension accounts. The Company has made monthly contributions of 6% of each individual employee’s salaries or wages to employees’ pension accounts.

Expenses under the defined contribution plan for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are $113,103 thousand and $102,285 thousand, respectively.

(B) Defined benefits plan

The Company adopts a defined benefit plan in accordance with the Labor Standards Act of the R.O.C. The pension benefits are disbursed based on the units of service years and the average salaries in the last month of the service year. Two units per year are awarded for the first 15 years of services while one unit per year is awarded after the completion of the 15th year. The total units shall not exceed 45 units. Under the Labor Standards Act, the Company contributes an amount equivalent to 2% of the employees’ total salaries and wages on a monthly basis to the pension fund deposited at the Bank of Taiwan in the name of the administered pension fund committee. Before the end of each year, the Company assesses the balance in the designated labor pension fund. If the amount is inadequate to pay pensions calculated for workers retiring in the same year, the Company will make up the difference in one appropriation before the end of March the following year.

Costs under the defined contribution plan for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 are $59,735 thousand and $59,828 thousand, respectively.

277

The Ministry of Labor is in charge of establishing and implementing the fund utilization plan in accordance with the Regulations for Revenues, Expenditures, Safeguard and Utilization of the Labor Retirement Fund. The pension fund is invested in-house or under mandate, based on a passive-aggressive investment strategy for long-term profitability. The Ministry of Labor establishes checks and risk management mechanism based on the assessment of risk factors including market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk, in order to maintain adequate manager flexibility to achieve targeted return without over-exposure of risk. With regard to utilization of the pension fund, the minimum earnings in the annual distributions on the final financial statement shall not be less than the earnings attainable from the amounts accrued from two-year time deposits with the interest rates offered by local banks. Treasury Funds can be used to cover the deficits after the approval of the competent authority. As the Company does not participate in the operation and management of the pension fund, no disclosure on the fair value of the plan assets categorized in different classes could be made in accordance with paragraph 142 of IAS 19. The Company expects to contribute $85,943 thousand to its defined benefit plan during the 12 months beginning after December 31, 2019.

The average duration of the defined benefits plan obligation as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, is the end of the year of 2029 and 2028, respectively.

Pension costs recognized in profit or loss for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018:

Current period service costs
Net interest expense of net defined benefit
liability(asset)
Expected return on plan assets
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$7,116
5,009
$7,814
7,475
$12,125 $15,289

Changes in the defined benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets are as follows:

Present value of the defined benefit obligation
Plan assets at fair value
Other non-current liabilities - Accrued pension
liabilities recognized on the company only
balance sheets
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018 Jan. 1,2018
$1,007,077
(576,227)
$1,019,883
(523,987)
$1,022,458
(484,675)
$430,850 $495,896 $537,783

278

Reconciliation of liability (asset) of the defined benefit plan is as follows:

As of Jan. 1, 2018
Current period service costs
Net interest expense (income)
Subtotal
Remeasurements of the net defined benefit
liability (asset):
Actuarial gains and losses arising from
changes in demographic assumptions
Actuarial gains and losses arising from
changes in financial assumptions
Experience adjustments
Return on plan assets
Subtotal
Payments from the plan
Contributions by employer
As of Dec. 31, 2018
Current period service costs
Net interest expense (income)
Subtotal
Remeasurements of the net defined benefit
liability (asset):
Actuarial gains and losses arising from
changes in demographic assumptions
Actuarial gains and losses arising from
changes in financial assumptions
Experience adjustments
Return on plan assets
Subtotal
Payments from the plan
Contributions by employer
As of Dec. 31, 2019
Present value of
the defined
benefit
obligation

Fair value of
plan assets
Net defined
benefit liability
(asset)
$1,022,458
7,814
14,211
($484,675)

(6,737)
$537,783
7,814
7,474
22,025 (6,737) 15,288
2,674
38,784
12,752



(11,642)
2,674
38,784
12,752
(11,642)
54,210 (11,642) 42,568
(78,810)
78,810
(99,743)

(99,743)
1,019,883
7,116
10,301
(523,987)

(5,292)
495,896
7,116
5,009
17,417 (5,292) 12,125
(2,761)
29,224
992



(18,683)
(2,761)
29,224
992
(18,683)
27,455 (18,683) 8,772
(57,678)
57,678
(85,943)

(85,943)
$1,007,077 ($576,227) $430,850

279

The following significant actuarial assumptions are used to determine the present value of the defined benefit obligation:

Discount rate
Expected rate of salary increases
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
0.76%
1.40%
1.01%
1.40%

Sensitivity analysis for significant assumption:

Discount rate increase by 0.5%
Discount rate decrease by 0.5%
Future salary increase by 0.5%
Future salary decrease by 0.5%
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
Increase
defined
benefit
obligation
Decrease
defined
benefit
obligation
Increase
defined
benefit
obligation
Decrease
defined
benefit
obligation

$80,888
$79,937
$50,693


$50,633

$76,629
$75,851
$50,647


$50,699

The sensitivity analyses above are based on a change in a significant assumption (for example: change in discount rate or future salary), keeping all other assumptions constant. The sensitivity analyses may not be representative of an actual change in the defined benefit obligation as it is unlikely that changes in assumptions would occur in isolation of one another. There was no change in the methods and assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analyses compared to the previous period.

(16) EQUITY

(A) Common stock

(a) The Company had increased capital by cash by $1,800,000 thousand with par value $10 per share and issued price $9.2 on May 30, 2007. The rights and obligations of new shares by private placement are the same as those of common shares. Ownership of shares by private placement cannot be transferred to others within three years since issuance per Security and Exchange regulations.

280

  • (b) The board of directors of the Company agreed on June 21, 2011 to capital injection by issuing common stocks for cash in order to repay loan and improve the Company financial structure. A total of 200,000 thousand shares of common stocks, with face value of $10 per share, will be issued for a total of $2,000,000 thousand. Approval has been granted by Financial Supervisory Commission on July 22, 2011 by Doc No. 1000030977. In the event of existing shareholders or employees forfeiting purchasing rights or the event of shortage of subscription of share, the board of directors will authorize the chair of directors to contact an arranged person for purchases. As of August 2, 2011, the board of directors agreed stocks will be issued with the issuance price of NTD 6.4 per share with the official issuance date of September 5, 2011. As of September 19, 2011, registration for the issuance of new stocks is complete.

  • (c) To reward employees, the Board of shareholders’ meeting of the Company agreed on June 29, 2018 to reduce capital $2,536,872 thousand for cover accumulated deficits in order to improve the Company’s financial structure. The ratio of reduction capital was 31.4742285%, and it was declared effective by Financial Supervisory Commission on August 8, 2018. The record date for reverse split was at September 30, 2018, and the amendment of registration was completed at October 8, 2018.

  • (d) To reward employees, the Board of shareholders’ meeting of the Company agreed on June 29 ,2018 to issue restricted stocks for employees by $50,000 thousand of common stock with par value $10 per share, and it was declared effective by Financial Supervisory Commission on June 10, 2019. The record date for capital increase was at November 25, 2019, and the amendment of registration was completed at December 10, 2019.

  • (e) As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, the authorized capitals were $20,000,000 thousand. Issued capital were $5,573,285 thousand and $5,523,285 thousand, with 557,328,533 shares and 552,328,533 shares respectively. Each share is at a par value of NT$10.

  • (B) Additional paid-in capital

Form shares of changes in equities of subsidiaries
The differences between the fair value of consideration
paid or received from acquiring or disposing
subsidiaries and the carrying amounts of the
subsidiaries
Share of changes in net assets of associates and joint
ventures accounted for using the equity method
Restricted stocks for employees
Total
Dec. 31,2019
$5,717
16,940
(2,675)
25,729
$45,711
Dec. 31,2018
$5,833
16,940
(2,669)
$20,104

281

  • (a)According to the Company Act, the capital reserve shall not be used except for making good the deficit of the company. When a company incurs no loss, it may distribute the capital reserves related to the income derived from the issuance of new shares at a premium or income from endowments received by the company. The distribution could be made in cash or in the form of dividend shares to its shareholders in proportion to the number of shares being held by each of them.

  • (b)According to the prevailing laws and regulations, each year, the amount of capital increase transferred from capital reserve arising from premiums on issuance of capital stock and donations cannot exceed 10% of the Company’s total issued capital.

  • (C) Retained earnings and dividend policies

According to the Company’s original Articles of Incorporation, current year’s earnings, if any, shall be distributed in the following order:

  • (a) Payment of all taxes and dues;

  • (b)Offset prior years’ operation losses;

  • (c) Set aside 10% of the remaining amount as legal reserve;

  • (d)Set aside or reverse special reserve in accordance with the requirements for operating and law and regulations;

  • (e) The remaining balance combined with the undistributed earnings accumulated during previous years shall be distributed to the shareholders as dividends.

The Company shall take into account the changing environment of the industry and development stage of the Company in meeting the needs of capital in the future and in establishing long-term financial planning together with satisfying the shareholders’ demand for cash. The earnings distributed for the current year shall not be lower than 10% of accumulated distributable earnings and shall not be distributed if the accumulated distributable earnings is lower than 1% of contributed capital. Cash dividends distributed shall not be lower than 10% of the dividends distributed.

According to the Company Act, the Company needs to set aside amount to legal reserve unless where such legal reserve amounts to the total authorized capital. The legal reserve can be used to make good the deficit of the Company. When the Company incurs no loss, it may distribute the portion of legal serve which exceeds 25% of the paid-in capital by issuing new shares or by cash in proportion to the number of shares being held by each of the shareholders.

282

Following the adoption of TIFRS, the FSC on 6 April 2012 issued Order No. FinancialSupervisory-Securities-Corporate-1010012865, which sets out the following provisions for compliance:

On a public company's first-time adoption of the TIFRS, for any unrealized revaluation gains and cumulative translation adjustments (gains) recorded to shareholders’ equity that the company elects to transfer to retained earnings by application of the exemption under IFRS 1, the company shall set aside an equal amount of special reserve. Following a company’s adoption of the TIFRS for the preparation of its financial reports, when distributing distributable earnings, it shall set aside to special reserve, from the profit/loss of the current period and the undistributed earnings from the previous period, an amount equal to “other net deductions from shareholders’ equity for the current fiscal year, provided that if the company has already set aside special reserve according to the requirements in the preceding point, it shall set aside supplemental special reserve based on the difference between the amount already set aside and other net deductions from shareholders’ equity. For any subsequent reversal of other net deductions from shareholders’ equity, the amount reversed may be distributed.

Details of 2019 and 2018 earnings distribution and dividends per share as approved and resolved by the board of directors’ meeting and shareholders’ meeting on March 27, 2020 and June 18, 2019, respectively, are as follows:

Legal reserve
Special reserve
Cash dividends
Appropriation of earnings Appropriation of earnings Dividend per share (NT$) Dividend per share (NT$)
2019 2018(Note) 2019 2018(Note)
$53,719
$18,729
$82,849


$0.15
  • (Note) The Company still had accumulated deficit in 2018. As a result, the Company did not distribute earnings.

Please refer to Note 6.(21) for further details on employees’ compensation and remuneration to directors.

(17) SHARE-BASED PAYMENT PLANS

Restricted stocks plan for employees

The Company issued restricted stocks for employees on November 25, 2019 at $0 per share in the amount of $50,000 thousand, totaling 5,000 thousand shares. The share price at grant date was $15.8 per share.

283

Restriction on the rights and vesting conditions of restricted stocks for employees is as follows:

  • a. The restricted stock awards the employees will obtain was kept by the designated trust institution as trustee, which the employee cannot request to return the restricted stock awards for any reasons or ways.

  • b. Before accomplishing the vesting conditions, the employee cannot sell, pledge, transfer, gift, set or dispose in other ways, and they have no right to be allotted or obtaining dividends. Other rights are similar with the capital that has been issued.

  • c. Before the employee accomplish the vesting conditions, the attendance, proposal, speaking, right of voting, and other matters associated with shareholders meeting were executed based on the trust custody contracts.

  • d. From the book closure date of issuance of bonus shares, cash dividends, issuance of common stock for cash, shareholders meeting regulated by Article 165-3 of company law, or other facts that has occurred to the date of rights allocation. The unrestricted stocks of the employees that have accomplished the vesting conditions during the aforementioned period still have no rights to obtain dividends or allotment.

For the years ended December 31, 2019, the Company incurred expenses of $4,428 thousand for the share-based payment transactions.

(18) OPERATING REVENUE

The details are as follow:

Revenue from contracts with customers
Sales of IC packaging and testing service
Sales of electronics manufacturing service
Other operating revenue
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$10,101,028
6,633,839
501,047
$8,452,652
5,866,760
604,959
$17,235,914 $14,924,371

(A) Disaggregation of revenue

For the years ended
December 31,2019
Sales of IC packaging and
testing service
Sales of electronics
manufacturing service
Other operating revenue
Total
Semiconductor
Group
$10,101,028

426,456
$10,527,484
EMS Group Total

$6,633,839
74,591
$10,101,028
6,633,839
501,047
$6,708,430 $17,235,914

284

For the years ended
December 31,2019
Timing of revenue recognition:
Over time
At a point in time
Total
For the years ended
December 31,2018
Sales of IC packaging and
testing service
Sales of electronics
manufacturing service
Other operating revenue
Total
Timing of revenue recognition:
Over time
At a point in time
Total
Semiconductor
Group
$10,101,028
426,456
$10,527,484
Semiconductor
Group
$8,452,652

563,121
$9,015,773
$8,452,652
563,121
$9,015,773
EMS Group Total

$6,708,430
$10,101,028
7,134,886
$6,708,430 $17,235,914
EMS Group Total

$5,866,760
41,838
$8,452,652
5,866,760
604,959
$5,908,598 $14,924,371

$5,908,598
$8,452,652
6,471,719
$5,908,598 $14,924,371

(B) Contract balances

(a) Contract assets-current

Sales of IC packaging and
testing service
Dec. 31,2019
$302,982
Dec. 31,2018 Jan. 1,2018
$425,684 $212,604

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the Company does not have an unconditional right to receive the consideration in the contract and transferred to accounts receivables at the reporting date were $302,982 thousand and $425,684 thousand, respectively.

(b) Contract liabilities-current

Sales of IC packaging and
testing service
Dec. 31,2019
$27,845
Dec. 31,2018 Jan. 1,2018
$15,150 $45,782

285

As of December 31, 2019, and 2018, the Company recognized $3,989 thousand and $16,583 thousand, respectively, in revenues from the contract liabilities balance at the beginning of the period.

  • (C) Transaction price allocated to unsatisfied performance obligations

None.

  • (D) Assets recognized from costs to fulfil a contract

None.

(19) EXPECTED CREDIT LOSSES

For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
Operating expenses-expected credit losses $7,714
1,148
$15,338
Accounts receivable and contract assets
Non-operating income and expenses-expected
credit losses
Other receivables
Total $8,862 $15,338

Please refer to Note 12 for more details on credit risk.

The Company measures the loss allowance of its contract assets and accounts receivables at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses. The assessment of the Company’s loss allowance as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 are as follow:

The Company considers the grouping of contract assets and accounts receivables by counterparties’ credit rating, by geographical region and by industry sector and its loss allowance is measured by using a provision matrix, details are as follow:

As of December 31, 2019

As of December 31, 2019
Semiconductor
Group
Gross carrying
amount
Loss ratio
Lifetime expected
credit losses
Carrying amount of
trade receivables
Not yet due
(Note)
Overdue Total

Within
30 days
31-60 days 61-90 days 91-180 days After
181 days
$1,613,762
0%~0.35%
$131,993
0%~2.13%
$11,053
0%~19.86%
$11,059
0%~50.03%
$5,995
0.01%~69.01%
$4,139
100%
$1,778,001
21,698
3,121 2,608 2,160 5,533 4,137 4,139
$1,610,641 $129,385 $8,893 $5,526 $1,858 $1,756,303

286

EMS Group

Overdue

EMS Group Overdue
Gross carrying
amount
Loss ratio
Lifetime expected
credit losses
Carrying amount of
trade receivables
Not yet due
(Note)

Within
30 days
31-60 days 61-90 days 91-180 days After
181 days
Total
$1,130,155
0%~0.04%
$46,084
1.55%
$19,180
4.01%
$5,514
14.05%
$1,962
18.84%
$1,313
100%
$1,204,208
4,398
458 714 769 774 370 1,313
$1,129,697 $45,370 $18,411 $4,740 $1,592 $1,199,810

As of December 31, 2018

Semiconductor
Group
Gross carrying
amount
Loss ratio
Lifetime expected
credit losses
Carrying amount of
trade receivables
EMS Group
Gross carrying
amount
Loss ratio
Lifetime expected
credit losses
Carrying amount of
trade receivables
Not yet due
(Note)
Overdue Total

Within
30 days
31-60 days 61-90 days 91-180 days After
181 days
$2,103,807
0%~0.19%
$188,799
0%~2.76%
$13,441
0%~15.21%
$1,379
0%~50.26%
$8,172
0.01%~85.63%
$4,483
100%
$2,320,081
17,162
1,847 1,902 1,306 660 6,964 4,483
$2,101,960 $186,897 $12,135 $719 $1,208 $2,302,919
Not yet due
(Note)
Overdue Total

Within
30 days
31-60 days 61-90 days 91-180 days After
181 days
$1,130,624
0%~0.01%
$49,631
0%~0.13%
$4
0%~10.05%
$3,282
0%~16.12%
$24
0%~46.39%
$509
100%
$1,184,074
1,220
114 65 521 11 509
$1,130,510 $49,566 $4 $2,761 $13 $1,182,854

(Note): The Company’s note receivables are not overdue.

287

The movement in the provision for impairment of contract assets, note receivables and trade receivables for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 is as follows:

Bal. as of Jan. 1, 2019
Addition/(reversal) for the current period
Bal. as of Dec. 31, 2019
Bal. as of Jan. 1, 2018 (in accordance
with IAS 39)
Transition adjustment to retained earnings
as of Jan. 1, 2018
Beginning balance as of Jan.1 ,2018 (in
accordance with IFRS 9)
Addition for the current period
Bal. as of Dec. 31, 2018
Contract assets Notes
receivables
Accounts
receivables


$18,382
7,714
$26,096


$3,044


3,044
15,338
$18,382

(20) LEASES

A. Group as a lessee (applicable to the disclosure requirement under IFRS 16)

The Company leases various properties, including real estate such as land and buildings, transportation equipment and other equipment. The lease terms range from 2 to 51 years.

The Company’s leases effect on the financial position, financial performance and cash flows are as follow:

(a) Amounts recognized in the balance sheet

  • I. Right-of-use assets

The carrying amount of right-of-use assets

Land
Transportation equipment
Other equipment
Total
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018(Note)
$150,742
8,793
$159,535

(Note): The Company adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Company elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

For the years ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s additions to right-of-use assets amounting to $65,949 thousand.

288

II. Lease liabilities

Current
Non-current
Lease liabilities
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018(Note)
$13,864
146,759
$160,623

Please refer to Note 6.(22)(c) for the interest on lease liabilities recognized for the years ended December 31, 2019 and refer to Note 12.(5) Liquidity Risk Management for the maturity analysis for lease liabilities as of December 31, 2019.

(Note): The Company adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Company elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

(b) Amounts recognized in the statement of profit or loss

Depreciation charge for right-of-use assets

Land
Transportation equipment
Other equipment
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019
$12,949
4,679
687
2018(Note)
$18,315

(Note): The Company adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Company elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

(c) Income and costs relating to leasing activities

The expenses relating to short-term leases
The expenses relating to leases of low-value assets (Not
including the expenses relating to short-term leases of low-
value assets)
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018(Note)
$2,304
3,396

(Note): The Company adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Company elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

(d) Cash outflow relating to leasing activities

For the years ended December 31, 2019, the Company’s total cash outflows for leases amounting to $24,494 thousand.

289

  • B. Operating lease commitments - Company as a lessee (applicable to the disclosure requirement in IAS 17)

The Company has entered into a series of land rental agreements with the government which will expire between January 31, 2020 and April 30, 2025. The Company could apply for lease renewal three months prior to the expiry date. If the Company fails to do so, the land shall be returned to the government and the building on the land shall be sold to another approved exporting enterprise within six months after the expiry date. If the Company fails to complete all the above-mentioned procedures within the prescribed six months, the government has the right to dispose the property on the land on the behalf of the Company. The government has the right to adjust the rent based on the publicly announced land value. The government also has the right to terminate the contract if the Company breaches the contract or fails to pay the rent over four months or violates the civil law or the land law.

According to the non-cancellable operating leases, the future minimum rentals payable as of December 31, 2018 are as follows:

Within one year
After one year but not more than five years
More than five years
Total
Dec.31,2019(Note) Dec. 31,2018
$13,135
35,425
26,139
$74,699

Operating lease expenses recognized are as follows:

Minimum lease payments For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019(Note) 2018
$13,135

(Note): The Company adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Company elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

  • C. Company as a lessor (applicable to the disclosure requirement in IFRS 16)

Leases of owned investment properties are classified as operating leases as they do not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards incidental to ownership of underlying assets.

290

Lease income for operating leases
Income relating to fixed lease payments
and variable lease payments that
depend on an index or a rate
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018(Note)
$24,625
  • (Note): The Company adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Company elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

Please refer to Note 6.(7) for relevant disclosure of property, plant and equipment for operating leases under IFRS 16. For operating leases entered by the Group, the undiscounted lease payments to be received and a total of the amounts for the remaining years as of December 31, 2019 are as follow:

Not later than one year
Later than one year but not later than two years
Later than two years but not later than three years
Later than three years but not later than four years
Later than four years but not later than five years
Later than five years
Total
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018(Note)
$24,092
21,610
14,296
4,254
3,191
$67,443

(Note): The Company adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Company elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

  • D. Operating lease commitments - Company as a lessor (applicable to the disclosure requirement in IAS 17)

The Company has signed non-cancellable operating leases. There are no restrictions placed upon the Company by entering into these leases. Future minimum rentals payable as at December 31, 2018 are as follows:

Not later than one year
Later than one year and not later than five years
Later than five years
Total
Dec. 31,2019(Note) Dec. 31,2018
$24,557
64,077
3,190
$91,824

(Note): The Company adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Company elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

291

(21) SUMMARY STATEMENTS OF EMPLOYEE BENEFITS, DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION EXPENSES BY FUNCTION

For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
Operating
costs
Operating
expenses
Total
amount
Operating
costs
Operating
expenses
Total
amount
Employee benefits expense
Salaries $2,574,666 $436,207 $3,010,873 $2,174,812 $328,869 $2,503,681
Pension 145,355 27,483 172,838 136,089 26,024 162,113
Labor and health
insurance
288,237 39,635 327,872 249,843 36,670 286,513
Remuneration to directors 14,963 14,963 3,720 3,720
Other employee benefits
expense
161,803 51,487 213,290 146,376 46,623 192,999
Depreciation 1,392,451 53,583 1,446,034 1,347,234 35,526 1,382,760
Amortization 38,371 26,764 65,235 38,371 23,097 61,468

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the total number of employees of the Company were 6,393 and 6,111, including 5 and 5 non-employee directors, respectively.

The Company’s average employee benefit expenses for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $592 thousand and $544 thousand, respectively. The Company’s average salary expenses for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $479 thousand and $433 thousand. The Company’s average salary expense adjustment for the years ended December 31, 2019 increased by 21%.

According to the resolution, the employee’s compensation and remuneration to directors is based on the current year’s earnings, which should be used first to cover accumulated deficit, if any, and then the remaining balance shall be distributed: 8%~12% as employees’ compensation, and no more than 3% as remuneration to directors.

The distribution ratio of employee’s compensation and remuneration to directors and employee’s compensation may be made in the form of stocks or cash, which shall be determined by a resolution adopted by a majority vote at a board of directors meeting attended by two-thirds or more of the directors and be reported at a shareholders’ meeting. Cash or stock dividends as bonus to employees shall only be given to employees who satisfy certain conditions.

Based on the profit of the years ended December 31, 2019, the Company estimated the employees’ compensation and remuneration to directors amounts to $60,921 thousand and $11,423 thousand, respectively, which are accounted for as salary expense.

As of December 31, 2018, the Company still had accumulated deficit. As a result, the Company did not estimate the amounts of the employees’ compensation and remuneration to directors.

292

Information on the Board of Directors’ resolution regarding the employees’ compensation and remuneration to directors can be obtained from the “Market Observation Post System” on the website of the TWSE.

(22) NON-OPERATING INCOME AND EXPENSES

  • (A) Other income
Rental income
Interest income
Other income
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019
$24,626
10,833
17,210
$52,669
2018
$24,626
13,386
26,316
$64,328

(B) Other gains and losses

Gains on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Foreign exchange (losses) gains, net
Gains on financial assets at fair value through
profit or loss
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$41,191
(48,962)
$6,464
7,406
7,371
($7,771) $21,241

(C) Finance costs

Interest on borrowings from bank
Interest on borrowings from others
Interest on lease liabilities
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
($110,459)
(41)
(3,301)
($125,034)
(952)
(Note)
($113,801) ($125,986)

(Note): The Company adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Company elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

293

(23) COMPONENTS OF OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME(LOSS)

For the years ended December 31, 2019

Items that will not be
reclassified subsequently to
profit or loss:
Remeasurements of defined
benefit plans
Unrealized gains (losses) from
equity instruments investments
measured at fair value through
other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified
subsequently to profit or loss:
Exchange differences arising on
translating of foreign operation
Share of other comprehensive
income of associates and joint
ventures accounted for using the
equity method
Total of other comprehensive
income
Arising during
the period
Reclassification
adjustments
during the
period
Other
comprehensive
income, before
tax
Income tax
relating to
components of
other
comprehensive
income
Other
comprehensive
income, net of
tax
($8,772)
(8,018)
(18,965)
1,081



($8,772)
(8,018)
(18,965)
1,081
$1,754
416
3,793
($7,018)
(7,602)
(15,172)
1,081
($34,674) ($34,674) $5,963 ($28,711)

294

For the years ended December 31, 2018

Items that will not be
reclassified subsequently to
profit or loss:
Remeasurements of defined
benefit plans
Unrealized gains (losses) from
equity instruments investments
measured at fair value through
other comprehensive income
Unrealized gains (losses) from
equity instruments investments
measured at fair value through
other comprehensive income of
subsidiaries, associates and joint
ventures accounted for using the
equity method
Items that may be reclassified
subsequently to profit or loss:
Exchange differences arising on
translating of foreign operation
Total of other comprehensive
income
Arising during
the period
Reclassification
adjustments
during the
period
Other
comprehensive
income, before
tax
Income tax
relating to
components of
other
comprehensive
income
Other
comprehensive
income, net of
tax
($42,568)
(17,627)
(4,553)
17,469



($42,568)
(17,627)
(4,553)
17,469
$10,708
(1,928)

(7,408)
($31,860)
(19,555)
(4,553)
10,061
($47,279) ($47,279) $1,372 ($45,907)

295

(24) INCOME TAX

Based on the amendments to the Income Tax Act announced on February 7, 2018, the Company’s applicable corporate income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2018 has changed from 17% to 20%. The corporate income surtax on undistributed retained earnings has changed from 10% to 5%.

(A) The major components of income tax (expense) income are as follows:

(a) Income tax (expense) income recognized in profit or loss

(b) For theyears ended December 31
2019
2018
Current income tax (expense) benefit income:
Current income tax charge


Adjustments in respect of current
income tax of prior periods
($341)
($100)
Deferred tax (expense) income:
Deferred tax (expense) relating to
origination and reversal of temporary
differences
(3,764)
(80,207)
Deferred tax (expense)
relating to origination and reversal of
tax loss and tax credit
(141,936)
85,235
Deferred tax income relating to change
in tax rate

253,144
Total income tax (expense) benefit
($146,041)
$258,072
Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive income
For theyears ended December 31
2019
2018
Deferred tax income:
Remeasurements of defined benefit
plans
$1,754
$8,514
Unrealized (gains) losses from equity
instruments investments measured at
fair value through other comprehensive
income
416
3,324
Exchange differences resulting from
translating a foreign operation
3,793
(3,494)
Deferred tax income relating to change
in tax rate

(6,972)
Income tax relating to components of
other comprehensive income
$5,963
$1,372
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018

($100)
(80,207)
85,235
253,144
($146,041) $258,072

Deferred tax income:
Remeasurements of defined benefit
plans
Unrealized (gains) losses from equity
instruments investments measured at
fair value through other comprehensive
income
Exchange differences resulting from
translating a foreign operation
Deferred tax income relating to change
in tax rate
Income tax relating to components of
other comprehensive income
2019 2018
$1,754
416
3,793
$8,514
3,324
(3,494)
(6,972)
$5,963 $1,372

296

(B) Reconciliation between tax expense and the product of accounting profit multiplied by applicable tax rates is as follows:

tax rates is as follows:
Accounting profit (loss) before tax from continuing operations
At parent company statutory income tax rate
Tax effect of revenues exempt from taxation
Tax effect of deferred tax asset/liability
Other adjustment due to taxation
Adjustments in respect of current income tax of prior periods
Deferred tax income relating to change in tax rate
Total income tax (expense) benefit recognized in profit or loss
For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$734,001 ($369,620)
(146,800)
4,013
3,042
(5,955)
(341)
73,924
3,833
(70,267)
(2,462)
(100)
253,144
($146,041) $258,072
  • (C) Deferred tax assets (liabilities) relate to the following:

For the years ended December 31, 2019

Temporary differences
Unrealized exchange gains and
losses
Loss on inventory obsolescence
Investments accounted for using
the equity method
Unrealized (gains) losses from
financial assets measured at fair
value through other comprehensive
income
Loss allowance
Impairment of assets
Non-current liability – Defined
benefit Liability
Compensated absences
Other
Unused tax losses
Deferred tax (expense)/ income
Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
Reflected in balance sheet as follows:
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Beginning
balance as of
Jan. 1,2019
Deferred tax
income (expense)
recognized in
profit or loss
Deferred tax
income (expense)
recognized in
other
comprehensive
income
Ending balance as
of Dec. 31,2019
($1,951)
49,774
1,139,737

(31,688)

2,109
99,180
4,651
17,929
374,783
$1,654,524
$2,985
11,187
(5,107)

230

(13,105)
585
(539)
(141,936)


$3,793
416


1,754


$1,034
60,961
1,138,423
(31,272)
230
2,109
87,829
5,236
17,390
232,847
$1,514,787
($145,700) $5,963
$1,688,163 $1,546,059
$33,639 $31,272

297

For the years ended December 31, 2018

Temporary differences
Unrealized exchange gains and
losses
Loss on inventory obsolescence
Investments accounted for using
the equity method
Unrealized (gains) losses from
financial assets measured at fair
value through other comprehensive
income
Unrealized intragroup profits and
losses
Impairment of assets
Non-current liability – Defined
benefit Liability
Compensated absences
Other
Unused tax losses
Deferred tax (expense)/ income
Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)
Reflected in balance sheet as follows:
Deferred tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities
Beginning
balance as of
Jan. 1,2018
Deferred tax
income (expense)
recognized in
profit or loss
Deferred tax
income (expense)
recognized in
other
comprehensive
income
Ending balance as
of Dec. 31,2018
$1,220
39,298
995,821

(29,760)
56
1,793
91,424
5,859
43,152
246,116
$1,394,979
($3,171)
10,476
151,324

(56)
316
(2,952)
(1,208)
(25,223)
128,667


($7,408)
(1,928)


10,708


($1,951)
49,774
1,139,737
(31,688)

2,109
99,180
4,651
17,929
374,783
$1,654,524
$258,173 $1,372
$1,424,739 $1,688,163
$29,760 $33,639

(D) The following table contains information of the unused tax losses of the Company:

Year Tax losses for
theperiod

Unused tax
Dec. 31,2019
losses as of Expiration
year
Note
Dec. 31,2018
2009
2011
2013
2017
2018
$377,207
155,641
52,387
1,155,026
498,015
Total



$958,742
498,015
$1,456,757
$305,367
155,641
52,387
862,507
498,015
2019
2021
2023
2027
2028
Assessed
Assessed
Assessed
Assessed
Non-assessed
$1,873,917

298

  • (E) Unrecognized deferred tax assets

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, deferred tax assets that have not been recognized as they may not be used to offset taxable profits were $58,504 thousand and $0, respectively.

  • (F) The assessment of income tax returns

As of December 31, 2019, the assessment of the income tax returns of the Company is as follows:

The assessment of income tax returns The Company Assessed and approved up to 2017

(25) EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing net profit for the year attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent entity by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year.

Diluted earnings per share amounts are calculated by dividing the net profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent (after adjusting for interest on the convertible bonds payable) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period plus the weighted average number of ordinary shares that would be issued on conversion of all the dilutive potential ordinary shares into ordinary shares.

(a) Basic earnings (losses) per share
Profit (Loss) attributable to ordinary
equity holders of the Company (in
thousand NT$)
Weighted average number of ordinary
shares outstanding for basic earnings per
share (in thousands)
Basic earnings (losses) per share (NT$)
For theyears ended December 31
2019
2018
$587,960
($111,548)
552,329
552,329
$1.06
($0.20)

299

(b) Diluted earnings (losses) per share
Profit (Loss) attributable to ordinary
equity holders of the Company (in
thousand NT$)
Weighted average number of ordinary
shares outstanding for basic earnings per
share (in thousands)
Effect of dilution:
Employee compensationstock (in
thousands)
Weighted average number of ordinary
shares outstanding after dilution (in
thousands)
Diluted earnings (losses) per share
(NT$)
For the years ended December 31 For the years ended December 31
2019 2018
$587,960 ($111,548)
552,329
4,102
552,329
556,431 552,329
$1.06 ($0.20)

There have been no other transactions involving ordinary shares or potential ordinary shares between the reporting date and the date of completion of the financial statements.

7. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Information of the related parties that had transactions with the Company during the financial reporting period is as follows:

Name and nature of relationship of the related parties

Name of the related parties Nature of relationship of the related parties ORIENT SEMICONDUCTOR ELECTRONICS Subsidiary PHILIPPINES, INC. (OSEP) OSE USA, INC. OSEU Subsidiary ATP Electronics Taiwan Inc.(ATP) Associate INFOFAB, INC.(INFOFAB) Associate OSE PROPERTIES, INC.(PROPERTIES) Associate OSE INTERNATIONAL LTD. (B.V.I) Subsidiary COREPLUS (HK) LIMITED. (COREPLUS) Subsidiary ACTIONTEC ELECTRONICS, INC. (ACTIONTEC) Substantive related party SCREENBEAM,INC (SCREENBEAM) Substantive related party INFOACTION TECHNOLOGY, INC. (INFOACTION) Substantive related party GOLFWARE INC.(GOLFWARE) Substantive related party VALUE PLUS TECHNOLOGY (SUZHOU) CO. Subsidiary (VALUEPLUS) Phison Electronics Corporation (PHISON) Legal Director of the Company Longsys Electronics (TAIWAN) Co., Ltd. (LONGSYS) Legal Director of the Company(No longer listed as a related party in the third quarter in 2019) Longsys (HK) Electronics Co., Ltd. (LONGSYS) Associate of Legal Director of the Company(No longer listed as a related party in the third quarter in 2019)

300

(1) Significant transactions with related parties:

(A) Sales

Subsidiaries
Associates
PHISON
LONGSYS(Note)
Other related party
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018

$216,110
2,332,055
748,726
16,616
$189
187,869
1,521,906
946,231
7
$3,313,507 $2,656,202

(Note) : No longer listed as a related party in the third quarter in 2019.

The sales price to the above related parties was determined through mutual agreement based on the market rates. The details of credit period are 30 60 days. The outstanding balance at December 31, 2019 and 2018 was unsecured, non-interest bearing and must be settled in cash. The receivables from the related parties were not guaranteed.

(B) Purchase

Purchase
COREPLUS
Subsidiaries
Associates
Key management personnel of the
Company
Other related party
Total
For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$579,968
23,439
1,162
74
8,817
$483,184
8,588
892

3,799
$613,460 $496,463

The purchase price to the above related parties was determined through mutual agreement based on the market rates. The payment terms from the related party suppliers are comparable with third party suppliers

(C) Accounts Receivable

Subsidiaries
ATP
LONGSYS(Note)
PHISON
Other related party
Less: loss allowance
Total
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$187
45,024
306,961
343,356
7
(1,200)
$694,335

$32,904

194,116
2,537
()
$229,557

(Note) : No longer listed as a related party in the third quarter in 2019.

301

(D) Other Receivable

VALUEPLUS
Associates
ATP
LONGSYS(Note)
Key management personnel of the
Company
Other related party
Total
Dec. 31,2019
$3,033
266
2,512



$5,811
Dec. 31,2018
$5,897
274
1,499
6,389
79
238
$14,376

(Note) : No longer listed as a related party in the third quarter in 2019.

(E) Accounts Payable

COREPLUS
Subsidiaries
INFOFAB (Note)
Other related party
Key management personnel of the
Company
Total
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$169,039
1,855
36,587
1,826
70
$92,706
255
48,889
271
50
$209,377 $142,171

(Note): The payments are the purchase of computer software and information system maintenance.

(F) Lease-related parties

Rental income

ATP
INFOFAB
Other related party
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$4,258
2,940
42
$4,258
2,940
42
$7,240 $7,240

302

(G) Transaction of properties

For the years ended December 31, 2019

For the years ended December 31, 2019 For the years ended December 31, 2019 For the years ended December 31, 2019 For the years ended December 31, 2019 For the years ended December 31, 2019
Counterparties
Property
Amount
Gain (loss) on
sales of ssets
The basis of
transactionprice
Purchases
INFOFAB
Other equipment
$2,224
Not applicable
Negotiate
INFOFAB
Computer software
15,887
Not applicable
Negotiate
Total
$18,111
Counterparties
Property
Unreduced
balance
Saleprice
Gain (loss) on
sales of assets
The basis of
transactionprice
Sales
VALUEPLUS
Machinery
and
equipment

$31,178
$31,178
Negotiate
Sales Machinery
and
equipment
$31,178 Negotiate
VALUEPLUS

For the years ended December 31, 2018

Counterparties Property Property Amount Gain (loss) on
sales of assets
Purchases $3,595
$51,168
INFOFAB
INFOFAB
Counterparties
Sales
LONGSYS
$54,763
Machinery and
equipment
$1,448

(H) Intercompany borrowing

Dec. 31, 2019

Relatedparties Maximum amount Amount Interest
rates
Interest income
(expense)
$7,596

303

Dec. 31, 2018

Relatedparties Maximum amount Amount Interest
rates
Interest income
(expense)
$7,422

(I) Compensation of key management personnel

Short-term employee benefits
Post-employment benefits
Share-based payment
Total
For theyears ended December 31 For theyears ended December 31
2019 2018
$64,055
879
710
$38,044
661
$65,644 $38,705
  • (J) Other disclosures

  • (a) PROPERTY had borrowed USD$3,102 thousand from subsidiary and provided all of real estates to trust as the mortgage for financing bank.

  • (b) The Company has engaged with OSEU as its sales and collection agent in America. For the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, total commission expenses amounted to $58,312 thousand and $52,799 thousand. The amount unpaid as of December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $11,186 thousand and $10,381 thousand, which were included in accrued expenses account.

  • (c) As of December 31,2019 and 2018, the Company paid $40,428 thousand and $89,288 thousand、$71,306 thousand and $7,605 thousand service fees to maintain information system of INFOFAB, respectively, which are accounted for as maintenance expenses. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, the unpaid maintenance expenses amounted to $36,587 thousand and $48,889 thousand, respectively, which were recorded under accounts payable – affiliatesaccount.

  • (d) The summary of the guaranty/ warranty balance toward the Company’s affiliates is as follows:

COREPLUS Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$75,200
(USD2,500 thousand)
$76,800
(USD2,500 thousand)

304

8. ASSETS PLEDGED AS SECURITY

The following table lists assets of the Company pledged as security:

Assetspledged for security
Accounts Receivables–Short-term
Other financial assets–current–time deposits
Other financial assets–current–deposits
reserved for repayment
Investments accounted for using the equity
method –ATP
Property, plant and equipment–Buildings
Property, plant and equipment–Machinery
and equipment
Property, plant and equipment–Lease Assets
Property, plant and equipment–Assets leased
to others–Buildings
Refundable deposits-time deposits
Total
Carryingamount Carryingamount Secured liabilities details
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018

$46,214
108,012
171,403
860,389
2,096,755

139,225
131,500
$224,523
107,944
135,671
171,597
890,776
2,623,647
25,845
145,777
163,704
Short-term borrowings
Short and long-term borrowings
Short and long-term borrowings
Short-term borrowings
Short and long-term borrowings
Short and long-term borrowings
Short and long-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Customs export guarantee and
Other
$3,553,498 $4,489,484

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

  • (1) Guarantee given by the bank for the payment of input tax imposed for sales from a tax free zone to non tax free zone amounted to $800,000 thousand.

  • (2) The Company issued promissory notes of $8,973,768 thousand as guarantees for bank loans.

  • (3) The Company issued promissory notes of $16,955 thousand as guarantee for payments of raw materials and machineries purchased.

  • (4) The Company issued promissory notes of $1,428 thousand as guarantee for project.

  • (5) The Company has acted as a subcontractor for processing electronic products and provided storage services for outsiders. As of December 31, 2019, the Company kept the processed electronic products of $10,736,546 thousand and raw materials of $560,111 thousand on custodian.

  • (6) As of December 31, 2019, the Company had opened an unused letter of credit amounting to USD 115 thousand.

10. LOSSES DUE TO MAJOR DISASTERS

None.

305

11. SIGNIFICANT SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

None.

12. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

(1) Categories of financial instruments

Financial assets
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive
income
Financial assets measured at amortized cost :
Cash and cash equivalents (exclude cash on hand)
Notes, accounts and other receivables
Other financial asset
Long-term receivables-Affiliates
Subtotal
Total
Financial liabilities
Financial liabilities at amortized cost:
Short-term borrowings
Short-term notes payable
Notes, accounts and other payable
Long-term loans (including of current portion)
Lease payable (including of current portion)
Lease liabilities
Total
Dec. 31,2019
$226,860
1,490,904
2,687,504
154,226
496,399
4,829,033
$5,055,893
Dec. 31,2019
$2,373,766
379,210
4,170,733
2,095,326

160,623
$9,179,658
Dec. 31,2018
$234,878
555,355
3,116,458
243,615
499,401
4,414,829
$4,649,707
Dec. 31,2018
$2,806,857
349,610
4,243,863
3,053,515
2,610
(Note)
$10,456,455

(Note): The Company adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Company elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

(2) Financial risk management objectives and policies

The Company’s principal financial risk management objective is to manage the market risk, credit risk and liquidity risk related to its operating activates. The Company identifies measures and manages the aforementioned risks based on the company’s policy and risk appetite.

306

The Company has established appropriate policies, procedures and internal controls for financial risk management. Before entering into significant transactions, due approval process by the Board of Directors and Audit Committee must be carried out based on related protocols and internal control procedures. The Company complies with its financial risk management policies at all times.

(3) Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of the changes in market prices. Market prices comprise currency risk, interest rate risk and other price risk (such as equity risk).

In practice, it is rarely the case that a single risk variable will change independently from other risk variable, there is usually interdependencies between risk variables. However, the sensitivity analysis disclosed below does not take into account the interdependencies between risk variables.

(A)Foreign currency risk

The Company’s exposure to the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates relates primarily to the Company’s operating activities (when revenue or expense are denominated in a different currency from the Company’s functional currency) and the Company’s net investments in foreign subsidiaries.

The Company has certain foreign currency receivables to be denominated in the same foreign currency with certain foreign currency payables, therefore natural hedge is received. The Company also uses forward contracts to hedge the foreign currency risk on certain items denominated in foreign currencies. Hedge accounting is not applied as they did not qualify for hedge accounting criteria. Furthermore, as net investments in foreign subsidiaries are for strategic purposes, they are not hedged by the Company.

The foreign currency sensitivity analysis of the possible change in foreign exchange rates on the company’s profit is performed on significant monetary items denominated in foreign currencies as at the end of the reporting period. The company’s foreign currency risk is mainly related to the volatility in the exchange rates for foreign currency USD and foreign currency JPY.

(B)Interest rate risk

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. The Company’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the company’s loans and receivables at variable interest rates, bank borrowings with fixed interest rates and variable interest rates.

The Company manages its interest rate risk by having a balanced portfolio of fixed and variable loans and borrowings and entering into interest rate swaps. Hedge accounting does not apply to these swaps as they do not qualify for it.

307

(C)Equity price risk

The Company’s listed and unlisted equity securities are susceptible to market price risk arising from uncertainties about future values of the investment securities. The Company’s listed equity securities are classified under held for trading financial assets or available-for-sale financial assets, while unlisted equity securities are classified as available-for-sale. The Company manages the equity price risk through diversification and placing limits on individual and total equity instruments. Reports on the equity portfolio are submitted to the Company’s senior management on a regular basis. The Company’s Board of Directors reviews and approves all equity investment decisions.

- (D)Risks of pre tax Sensitivity analysis are as follows:

For the years ended December 31, 2019

Sensitivityofprofit and loss
/15,337 thousand
/373 thousand
/4,469 thousand

Sensitivityofprofit and loss
/7,290 thousand
/855 thousand
/5,861 thousand
Sensitivityof equity



/2,269 thousand
Sensitivityof equity



/2,349 thousand
Foreign currency risk
Interest rate risk
Equity price risk
NTD/USD Foreign currency
/1
NTD/JPY Foreign currency
/1
Market rate/10
fundamental proposition
Market price/10
fundamental proposition
  • (4) Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a contract, leading to a financial loss. The Company is exposed to credit risk from operating activities (primarily for accounts receivables and notes receivables) and from its financing activities, including bank deposits and other financial instruments.

308

Customer credit risk is managed by each business unit subject to the company’s established policy, procedures and control relating to customer credit risk management. Credit limits are established for all customers based on their financial position, rating from credit rating agencies, historical experience, prevailing economic condition and the company’s internal rating criteria etc. Certain customer’s credit risk will also be managed by taking credit enhancing procedures, such as requesting for prepayment or insurance.

As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, amounts receivables from top ten customers represent 84.74% and 85.70% of the total accounts receivables of the Company, respectively. The credit concentration risk of other accounts receivables is insignificant.

Credit risk from balances with banks, fixed income securities and other financial instruments is managed by the company’s treasury in accordance with the company’s policy. The Company only transacts with counterparties approved by the internal control procedures, which are banks and financial institutions, companies and government entities with good credit rating and with no significant default risk. Consequently, there is no significant credit risk for these counter parties.

(5) Liquidity risk management

The Company’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of cash and cash equivalents, highly liquid equity investments, bank borrowings, convertible bonds and finance leases. The table below summarizes the maturity profile of the company’s financial liabilities based on the contractual undiscounted payments and contractual maturity. The payment amount includes the contractual interest. The undiscounted payment relating to borrowings with variable interest rates is extrapolated based on the estimated interest rate yield curve as of the end of the reporting period.

Non-derivative financial instruments

As of Dec. 31,2019 Less than 1
year
2 to 3years 4 to 5years > 5years Total
$3,567,916
379,210
17,170
4,153,483
349,610
2,617
$867,994

29,798
1,650,614

$36,842

25,001
62,631



123,386


$4,472,752
379,210
195,355
5,866,728
349,610
2,617
Borrowings
Short-term notes payable
Lease liabilities
As of Dec. 31,2018
Borrowings
Short-term notes payable
Lease payable

309

  • (6) Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities

Reconciliation of liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2019:

Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Lease liabilities (Note)
Refundable deposits
Short-term notes payable
As of Jan.
1,2019
Cash flows Foreign
exchange
movement
Others As of Dec.
31,2019
$2,806,857
3,053,515
152,959
3,424
349,610
($433,155)
(962,010)
(18,794)
50
29,600




$64
3,821
26,458

$2,373,766
2,095,326
160,623
3,474
379,210

(Note): The beginning balance that the Company adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019.

Reconciliation of liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2018:

Short-term borrowings
Long-term borrowings
Lease payables
Refundable deposits
Short-term notes payable
As of Jan.
1,2018
Cash flows Foreign
exchange
movement
Others As of Dec.
30,2018
$2,192,678
3,757,706
24,551
3,474
398,938
$613,297
(707,191)
(21,941)
(50)
(49,328)
$1,059
6,670


($177)
(3,670)


$2,806,857
3,053,515
2,610
3,424
349,610
  • (7) Fair values of financial instruments

  • A. The methods and assumptions applied in determining the fair value of financial instruments:

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The following methods and assumptions were used by the Company to measure or disclose the fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities:

  • (a) The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivables, accounts payable and other current liabilities approximate their fair value due to their short maturities.

  • (b) For financial assets and liabilities traded in an active market with standard terms and conditions, their fair value is determined based on market quotation price (including listed equity securities, beneficiary certificates, bonds and futures etc.) at the reporting date.

310

  • (c) Fair value of equity instruments without market quotations (including private placement of listed equity securities, unquoted public company and private company equity securities) are estimated using the market method valuation techniques based on parameters such as prices based on market transactions of equity instruments of identical or comparable entities and other relevant information (for example, inputs such as discount for lack of marketability, P/E ratio of similar entities and Price-Book ratio of similar entities).

  • (d) Fair value of debt instruments without market quotations, bank loans, bonds payable and other non-current liabilities are determined based on the counterparty prices or valuation method. The valuation method uses DCF method as a basis, and the assumptions such as the interest rate and discount rate are primarily based on relevant information of similar instrument (such as yield curves published by the GreTai Securities Market, average prices for Fixed Rate Commercial Paper published by Reuters and credit risk, etc.)

  • (e) The fair value of derivatives which are not options and without market quotations, is determined based on the counterparty prices or discounted cash flow analysis using interest rate yield curve for the contract period. Fair value of option-based derivative financial instruments is obtained using on the counterparty prices or appropriate option pricing model (for example, Black-Scholes model) or other valuation method (for example, Monte Carlo Simulation).

  • B. Fair value of financial instruments measured at amortized cost

Other than cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivables, accounts payable and other current liabilities whose carrying amount approximate their fair value, the fair value of the Company’s financial assets and financial liabilities measured at amortized cost is listed in the table below:

Financial Assets
Long-term receivables-affiliates
Financial liabilities
Long-term borrowings
Lease payable
Lease liabilities
Carryingamount Carryingamount
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$496,399
$2,095,326
(Note)
$160,623
$499,401
$3,053,515
$2,610
(Note)

311

Financial Assets
Long-term receivables-affiliates
Financial liabilities
Long-term borrowings
Lease payable
Lease liabilities
Fair Value Fair Value
Dec. 31,2019 Dec. 31,2018
$496,399
$2,095,326
(Note)
$160,623
$499,401
$3,053,515
$2,610
(Note)
  • (Note): The Company adopted IFRS 16 since January 1, 2019. The Company elected not to restate prior periods in accordance with the transition provision in IFRS 16.

  • C. Fair value measurement hierarchy for financial instruments

Please refer to Note 12.(8) for fair value measurement hierarchy for financial instruments of the Company.

  • (8) Fair value measurement hierarchy

  • A. Fair value measurement hierarchy:

All asset and liabilities for which fair value is measured or disclosed in the financial statements are categorized within the fair value hierarchy, based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole. Level 1, 2 and 3 inputs are described as follows:

Level 1: Quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date

Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly

Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability

For assets and liabilities that are recognized in the financial statements on a recurring basis, the Company determines whether transfers have occurred between Levels in the hierarchy by reassessing categorization at the end of each reporting period.

312

B. Fair value measurement hierarchy of the Company’s assets and liabilities:

The Company does not have assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Fair value measurement hierarchy of the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis is as follows:

December 31, 2019
Financial assets:
Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income
Equity instrument
December. 31, 2018
Financial assets:
Financial assets at fair value through other
comprehensive income
Equity instrument
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total

Level 1

Level 2
$226,860
Level 3
$226,860
Total
$234,878 $234,878

Transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during the period

During the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements.

Reconciliation for fair value measurements in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for movements during the period is as follows:

Beginning balance as of Jan. 1, 2019
Recognized in other comprehensive income
Transfer out of Level 3
Ending balance as of Dec. 31, 2019
At fair value through other
comprehensive income
Stock
$234,878
(8,018)
$226,860

313

Beginning balance as of Jan. 1, 2018
Recognized in other comprehensive income
Transfer out of Level 3
Ending balance as of Dec. 31, 2018
At fair value through other
comprehensive income
Stock
$252,505
(17,627)
$234,878

Information on significant unobservable inputs to valuation

Description of significant unobservable inputs to valuation of recurring fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy is as follows:

December 31, 2019

Relationship Valuation Significant Quantitative between inputs Sensitivity of the input techniques unobservable inputs information and fair value to fair value Financial assets : Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income Stocks (1) Market (1)Discount rate 11.59%~ (1) The higher 1% increase approach (2)Discount for 25.06% the discount (decrease) in the P/E lack of rate, the discount for lack of (2) Market marketability lower the fair marketability would approach value of the result in (decrease) P/S stocks increase in the (3) Option (2) The higher Company’s equity by the discount $2,376 thousand. for lack of marketability , the lower the fair value of the stocks

314

December 31, 2018

Relationship Valuation Significant Quantitative between inputs Sensitivity of the input techniques unobservable inputs information and fair value to fair value Financial assets : Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income Stocks Option(1) Discount rate 13%~19% (1) The higher 1% increase Pricing (2) Discount for the discount (decrease) in the Model lack of rate, the discount for lack of marketability lower the fair marketability would value of the result in (decrease) stocks increase in the (2) The higher Company’s equity by the discount $2,365 thousand. for lack of marketability , the lower the fair value of the stocks

  • C. Fair value measurement hierarchy of the Company’s assets and liabilities not measured at fair value but for which the fair value is disclosed :
December 31, 2019
Financial assets not measured at fair value
but for which the fair value is disclosed:
Long-term receivables-affiliates
Financial liabilities not measured at fair
value but for which the fair value is
disclosed:
Long-term loans
Lease liabilities
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total


$496,399
2,095,326
160,623


$496,399
2,095,326
160,623

315

December 31, 2018
Financial assets not measured at fair value
but for which the fair value is disclosed:
Long-term receivables-affiliates
Financial liabilities not measured at fair
value but for which the fair value is
disclosed:
Long-term loans
Lease payable
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total


$499,401
3,053,515
2,610


$499,401
3,053,515
2,610
  • (9) Significant assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies

Information regarding the significant assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies is listed below:

Financial assets Dec. 31,2019
Foreign currencies Foreign exchange rate NTD
$128,553
386,287
36,188
77,567
251,559
30.08
0.2771
30.08
30.08
0.2771
Dec. 31,2018
$3,866,874
107,040
1,088,535
2,333,215
69,707
Monetary items:
USD
JPY
Non-monetary items:
USD
Financial liabilities
Monetary items:
USD
JPY
Financial assets
Foreign currencies Foreign exchange rate NTD
$114,733
220,238
35,670
91,003
527,327
30.72
0.2784
30.72
30.72
0.2784
$3,524,598
61,314
1,095,782
2,795,612
146,808
Monetary items:
USD
JPY
Non-monetary items:
USD
Financial liabilities
Monetary items:
USD
JPY

316

The above information is disclosed based on the carrying amount of foreign currency (after conversion to functional currency).

The Company’s entities functional currencies are various, and hence are not able to disclose the information of exchange gains and losses of monetary financial assets and liabilities by each significant asset and liability denominated in foreign currencies. The foreign exchange gains (losses) were ($48,962) thousand and $7,406 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

(10) Capital management

The primary objective of the Company’s capital management is to ensure that it maintains a strong credit rating and healthy capital ratios in order to support its business and maximize shareholder value. The Company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it, in light of changes in economic conditions. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue new shares.

VI. Financial difficulties of the company and its affiliated enterprises:None.

317

Seven. Review and analysis of financial status and financial performance and risk matters

I. Financial status

Unit: NTD thousand

Year
Item

2019
2018 Increase
(decrease)
amount
Proportion of
change
Analysis
of change
(Note)
Current assets 6,258,470
6,276,273

(17,803)
(0.28%)
Property, plant and equipment 6,264,246
7,063,908
(799,662) (11.32%)
Intangible assets 58,445
89,633

(31,188)
(34.80%) (I)
Other assets 3,337,589
3,350,268

(12,679)
(0.38%)
Total assets 15,918,750 16,780,082 (861,332) (5.13%)
Current liabilities 8,263,388
9,031,180
(767,792) (8.50%)
Non-current liabilities 1,589,207
2,246,302
(657,095) (29.25%) (II)
Total liabilities 9,852,595 11,277,482 (1,424,887) (12.63%)
Equity attributed to owners of
theparent company
6,066,155
5,502,600

563,555
10.24%
Capital 5,573,285
5,523,285

50,000
0.91%
Capital reserve 45,711
20,104

25,607
127.37% (III)
Retained earnings(loss) 537,191
(44,832)
582,023 1,298.36%
(IV)
Other equity (90,032) 4,043
(94,075)
(2,326.86%) (V)
Total equity 6,066,155
5,502,600

563,555
10.24%

(Note): Analysis for proportion of change between the current and the previous period which reaches 20% and the amount is considerable

Analysis for proportion of change:

  • (I) Intangible assets decreased by NT$31,188 thousand compared to the same period last year mainly due to the parent company activating the project program during 2018, resulting in an increase in computer software costs by NT$35,000 thousand; there is no such situation this period.

  • (II) Non-current liabilities decreased by NT$657,095 thousand compared to the same period last year mainly due to the repayment of long-term loan of NT$808,409 thousand and the increase of noncurrent lease liabilities of NT$218,681 thousand arising from initial adoption of IFRS16.

  • (III) Capital reserve increased by NT$25,607 thousand compared to the same period last year mainly due to the issuance of bonus new restricted employee shares in November in 2019.

  • (IV) The retained earnings increase by NT$582,023 thousand compared with the same period of the last year, and the main reason is the decrease of re-measurements of the defined benefit plans by NT$5,937 thousand, and increase of net income by 587,960 thousand.

  • (V) Other equity reduced by NT$94,075 thousand mainly due to the decrease rate in foreign currency exchange differences of financial statements for foreign operating agencies, the effect of net foreign currency exchange loss by the USD (30.72 30.08), reduced by NT$15,172 thousand, unrealized gains and losses for available-for-sale decreased by NT$7,602 thousand as a result of evaluation, and the issuance of new restricted employee shares of NT$71,301 thousand recognized as employees’ earning of remuneration.

318

II. Financial performance

Unit: NTD thousand

Item 2019 2018 Increase
(decrease)
amount
Proportion
of change
Analysis
of change
(Note)
Operating revenue
Operating margin
Operating income (loss)
Non-operating income and
expenses
Net income (loss) before tax
Net income(loss) from
continuing operations
Loss of discontinued operations
Net income (loss)
Other comprehensive income
/loss (net of tax) of current
period
Total comprehensive income
(loss)
Net income attributed to the
owner of parent company
Net income attributed to
non-controlling interest
Total comprehensive income
attributed to the owner of
parent company
Total comprehensive income
attributed to non-controlling
interest
EPS(note)
17,515,145
1,772,942
776,472
(39,879)
736,593
587,960

587,960
(28,711)
559,249
587,960

559,249

1.06
15,188,192
532,137
(406,063)
43,527
(362,536)
(111,548)

(111,548)
(45,907)
(157,455)
(111,548)

(157,455)

(0.20)
2,326,953
1,240,805
1,182,535

(83,406)
1,099,129

699,508


699,508

17,196

716,704

699,508



716,704

15.32%
233.17%
291.22%
(191.62%)
303.18%
627.09%

627.09%
37.46%
455.18%
627.09%

(455.18%)
(I)
(I)
(II)

Note: Analysis for proportion of change between the current and the previous period which reaches 20% and the amount is considerable

Analysis for proportion of change:

  • (I) Gross profit, operating loss:

  • Due to the increase yield of upstream customer 3D NAND flash wafer, the productive capacity of the semiconductor business center has constantly improved which has met the market supply. With the significant improvement of operations, the demand for modules of solid state drive (SSD), cloud servers and industrial computers have all contributed to the business performances. In terms end markets, laptops, data center and severs use a large amount of SSDs, the penetration rate has grown rapidly. With the help of the demand from various industries, the Company is able to use the advantage of existing production platforms to adjust the setting of production line in order to accommodate the industry trend by making full use of existing resources to enhance production efficiency and constantly develop various application and production services.

319

Together with the factors of EMS center continuing to increase the orders for OEM consumer electronic products, niche products such as Class 3 becoming more mature, and the increase of mass production models as well as the reduction of the need to purchase materials and high-end server products for OEM, the sales income has increased and the purchase cost for materials has deceased which has allowed the gross margin to grow compared to the same period of the previous year. (II) Non-operating income and (expenses):

Reduced by 191.62% compared to the same period of the previous year, due to the effect of net foreign currency exchange loss by the USD (30.72→30.08), resulted in a decrease in other gains and (loss) by 152.29%.

III. Cash flow

(I) The analysis of the liquidity for the past two years

Year
Item

Dec. 31, 2019
Dec. 31, 2018 Proportion of
change
Cash flow ratio 36.73% 2.61% 34.12%
Cash flow adequacyratio 114.61% 83.56% 31.05%
Cash reinvestment ratio 13.09% 0.95% 12.14%

Analysis for proportion of change:

Compared with the previous period, cash flow ratio, cash allowance ratio and cash investment ratio increased by 34.12%, 31.05% and 12.14%, respectively, mainly due to an increase in net cash flow from operating activities of NT$2,798,793 thousand compared to the previous year.

(II) Analysis of cash liquidity for the coming year

Unit: NTD thousand

Unit: NTD thousand
Cash balance A in
the beginning of the
year
Projected net cash
flow provided by
operating activities
in the wholeyear B
Projected cash
outflow in the
whole year C
Projected cash
balance
A+B-C
1,701,412 1,147,611 1,416,874 1,432,149

Analysis interpretation:

We project that the cash flow from the operating activities in the coming year is about NT$1,147,611 thousand, cash outflow in the whole coming year is about NT$1,416,874 thousand, cash balance in the end of the year is about NT$1,432,149 thousand.

320

  • IV. Major capital expenditures in the recent years and the impact on finance and business (I)Use status of major capital expenditures and source of the capital 1.Semiconductor Group
Plan
Actual or
planned source of
capital
Crystallization
Machine
Own funds,
long-term debt
payable
Forming machine
Sealing machine
and dies
Die saw machine
Microscope
Flipchipmachine
Laser printer
Wafer grinding
machine
Wafer cutting
machine
Tester
2.Electronics ManufacturingServices
Plan
Actual or
planned source
of capital
Mounter
Own funds,
long-term debt
payable
Solder paste
inspection machine
Solder joint
inspection machine
Reflow oven
Plant 5 Building 3
Plant Engineering
Solderpasteprinter
X-RAY inspection
machine
IC Building 3 Plant
Engineering
Dual sided
automated optical
inspection machine
N2 reflow oven
Facilities around
MST machine
Plan Actual or
planned source of
capital
Actual or
planned source of
capital

Actual or
planned date
of completion
Total
capital
amount
Actual or planned use
status of capital
Actual or planned use
status of capital
Actual or planned use
status of capital
Actual or planned use
status of capital
2018 2019 2020
Crystallization
Machine
Own funds,
long-term debt
payable
April 2019
December
2019
December
2019
February2019
May2019
May2019
December
2019
June 2019
April 2019
September
2019
80,131 47,162 32,969
Forming machine 60,635 20,871 39,413
351
Sealing machine
and dies
79,879 5,097 74,704
78
Die saw machine 20,856 15,574
5,282

Microscope 17,920 10,940
6,980

Flipchipmachine 17,000 17,000
Laser printer 16,843 10,558
4,867

1,418
Wafer grinding
machine
13,396 2,311 11,085
Wafer cutting
machine
12,152 9,114
3,038

Tester 11,681 5,993
4,826

862
Group
Plan Actual or
planned source
of capital
Actual or
planned date of
completion

Total
capital
amount
Actual or planned use
status of capital
2019 2020
Mounter Own funds,
long-term debt
payable
July2019 100,747
100,747

Solder paste
inspection machine
December 2019
18,703

18,703

Solder joint
inspection machine
June 2019 8,658
8,658

Reflow oven July2019 8,576
8,576

Plant 5 Building 3
Plant Engineering
May 2019 7,882
7,882

Solderpasteprinter August 2019 7,661
7,661

X-RAY inspection
machine
June 2019 7,484
7,484

IC Building 3 Plant
Engineering
January 2019 7,471
7,471

Dual sided
automated optical
inspection machine
January 2019 3,581
3,581

N2 reflow oven December 2019
9,596

9,596
Facilities around
MST machine
October 2019 4,450
4,450

321

  • (II) The impact on finance and business:

    1. Expand the capacity of flash memory-related products to increase the products' added level.

    2. Increase the automatic production equipment to lower the dependence on the manpower, reduce the production procedure and improve the production quality.

  • V. Reinvestment policy in the most recent year, main reasons for profits or losses, improvement plans and investment plans for the coming year:

  • (I) The subsidiary in the Philippines OSEP shut down in Oct. 31, 2011 and the disposal of the machines was completed in 2013

  • (II) In 1st quarter of 2015, OSE PROPERTIES, INC. had completed the disposal of idle land whose area is 18,380 m[2] , the proceeds were used to repay OSEP after deducting the relevant payment.

  • (III) The Company continues implementing the selling/ lease plan of land and plant for the subsidiary in the Philippines OSEP. We appointed the professional real estate agent to assist in the selling and lease of land and plant.

  • VI. Risk matters

  • (I) The influence of changes in Interest rates, foreign exchange rates and inflation on corporate losses of profits, and future countermeasures:

    1. In response to the change of international political and economic situation, we keep in touch with banks to acquire the latest relevant information and take the countermeasures such as conversion of the liabilities currency, expediting the re-payment for the foreign currency liabilities to achieve the effect of hedging.

    2. The receiving and paying of the foreign currency resulting from the sales and purchases transactions will offset mutually to lower the risks of foreign currency exchange losses.

  • (II) Policies, main reasons for profits or losses and future countermeasures with respect to engaging in high-risk, high-leverage investments, loaning to others, endorsements and guarantees and derivatives transactions:

    1. To control the financial risks with caution, the Company doesn't engage in the high-risk, high-leverage investments.

    2. The Company has formulated the "Operational Procedure for Loaning to Others,” “Operational Procedure for Endorsements and Guarantees” and “Operating Procedure for Assets Acquisition and Disposal” to manage the related operations.

    3. Please refer to the Company's loaning amount to others, and the amount for endorsements and guarantees.

  • (III) Future R&D plans and projected R&D expenses: Please refer to the page No. 103 of the annual report.

  • (IV) The influence of change for important domestic or foreign policies and laws on finance and business and the countermeasures:

    1. The Company pays close attention at any time to any policies and laws that will possibly affect the business and operations of the company to adjust the company's internal system. There is no occurrence on the change for the important domestic/ foreign policies and laws and their effects on finance and business in the most recent year and by the date of the annual report publication

322

  1. EU environmental directive (RoHS): Please refer to the page No. 112 of the annual report.

  2. (V) The influence of changes in technology and industry on corporate finance and business and countermeasures:

  3. The Company's business mainly focuses on semiconductor packaging and testing services, electronic manufacturing services, we continue collecting the business information regarding the changes of technology industry and strengthen our management and R&D teams to keep our technical lead in the industry and grasp the effect of this part on our business and finance.

  4. With the constant improvement of the techniques in the semiconductor industry, the Company is devoted to R&D of products and market development in response to the changes of technology and industry to assist the company's finance and business in a positive way.

  5. (VI) The influence of changes in corporate image on corporate risk management and countermeasures:

  6. The Company has established the extensive countermeasures for corporate risk management including the procedure for establishing project response team when it is necessary. If the Company encounters crisis may cause the change in corporate image, it will immediately establish the response team and take the necessary countermeasure to minimize the personal injury, business interruption and finance impact and maintain the operation smoothly.

  7. (VII) The expected benefits and potential risks of mergers and acquisitions and countermeasures: none.

  8. (VIII) The expected benefits and potential risks of plant expansion and countermeasures:

  9. Continue improving the production conditions in the old plant and increase the production quality to satisfy the customers, so there is no relevant risks

  10. (IX) The risks of purchase or sales concentration and countermeasures:

  11. (X) The influence and risk of the massive transaction or conversion of shares of the Directors, Supervisors or dominant shareholders holding over 10% of the stakes and countermeasures: none.

  12. (XI) The influence and potential risks of management right change and countermeasures: none.

  13. (XII) For litigious or non-litigious events, list the major litigious events, non-litigious events or administrative remedies with confirmed verdicts or in progress of the company and its Directors, Supervisors, Presidents, actual person-in-charge, and shareholders holding over 10% of the stakes, subsidiaries and affiliates. When the results of such events and remedies may have potential influence on the shareholder’s equity or stock price, disclose the fact in dispute, the amount in dispute, the start date of event, principal parties involving in the event, and the handling status by the date of annual report publication.

  14. Major litigious events, non-litigious events, or administrative remedies for the Company: none

  15. Major litigious events, non-litigious events, or administrative remedies for Directors, Supervisors, Presidents, actual person-in-charge and shareholders holding over 10% of the stakes, subsidiaries: none.

  16. (XIII) Other important risks and countermeasures:

  17. The influence of unexpected abnormality for information system on the company operation and protection and control measures:

323

  • (1) In constructing the basic structure of information system, we establish the remote communication and connection, host remote backup and integrate with cloud services providers after taking high availability and backup loading into consideration and we try hard to lower the service interruption resulting from equipment abnormality. In addition to the protection of the basic construction, we also conduct the data backup for all the major systems and materials. Aside from strengthening the protection of media backup, we also reinforce the materials preservation. We can activate the recovery when the abnormality occurs to maintain the materials.

  • (2) We have the specialized teams of the development and maintenance for company's major systems, production systems, ERP systems. In addition to the protection of all the major procedures from operating smoothly, the information system can adjust according to the change of the company to ensure the constant operation and the flexible extension for the company. Moreover, the system interruption resulting from abnormality of human or system development vendor can be reduced because of the protection and management of major information system by specialized teams.

  • (3) Because of the annual regular audit by international famous enterprises, including business secrets, laws and regulations, manufacturing process, information system and so on, we can adjust the system, management and control measures to comply with their requirement and the operation requirement. Currently, we continue auditing and improving the information system to lower the operating impacts and recover the operations rapidly when the risk occurs and reduce the losses of the customers and maintain the operations of the company.

  • VII. Other material information: none.

324

Eight. Special Disclosure

==> picture [713 x 365] intentionally omitted <==

----- Start of picture text -----

I. Information of affiliated enterprises
Consolidated business reports of affiliated enterprises
(I) Organization chart of affiliated enterprises
Orient Semiconductor
Electronics, Ltd.
100% 93.66% 100% 100%
OSE USA, INC. OSE OSE International, COREPLUS
Philippines, Ltd. (HK) LTD.
INC.
6.33%
100%
VALUE-PLUS
TECHNOLOGY
(SuZhou) CO.
----- End of picture text -----

325

(II) Basic information of all the affiliated enterprises

Unit: NTD thousand

Unit: NTDthousand
Name of affiliate Date of
establishment
Address Paid- in capital. Major items of operation or production
OSE PHILIPPINES, INC. 1996. 6.11 6 Ring Road, Light Industry &
Science Park II, Brgy. Lamesa,
Calamba, Laguna 4027, Philippines
4,127,308
(USD134,352,476)


(1)
IC and all kinds of semiconductor parts
(2)
The research, design, production,
assembly, processing, testing and
after-sale services of the aforementioned
products.
OSE USA, INC. 2005.10.17 1737 N. 1stStreet, Suite 350, San
Jose,Ca 95112,USA
392,251
(USD12,768,594)

Services for the customers of the Northern
America
OSE INTERNATIONAL
LTD.
1999.11.19 P.O. Box 957, Offshore
Incorporations Centre, Road Town,
Tortola,British Virgin Islands.
491,520
(USD16,000,000)

Investment on all kinds of production business
COREPLUS (HK) LTD. 2008.11.10 1501 Capital Centre,151 Gloucester
Road,Wan Chai,HongKong
230,400
(USD7,500,000)

Operations of raw material purchase and
processing,assemblyoutsourcing.
VALUE-PLUS
TECHNOLOGY (SuZhou)
CO.
2005.9.14 A-7 Factory Building, Export
Processing Zone, No. 19, Datong
Road, SND-EPZ, Suzhou, China
337,920
(USD11,000,000)


Substrate SMT of electronic parts, parts
insertion and welding, relevant testing,
assembly processing, self-manufactured
products sales, corresponding technical
maintenance and after-sale services.
  • Note: If the affiliated enterprises are foreign companies, list the relevant numbers in NTD according to the exchange rate in the report date. (NTD : USD = 1 : 30.08)

  • (III) For companies presumed to have a relationship of control and subordination, disclose the information of identical shareholders: N/A. (IV) Operating relationship interpretation

  • The industries covered by the business operated by all the affiliated enterprises: Please refer to (2) basic information of all the affiliated enterprises.

  • The connections exist among the businesses operated by the affiliated enterprises, and the situation of the mutual dealings and division of work among them: All the affiliated enterprises of the Company build to order and operate individually.

326

(V) The information of Directors, Supervisors and Presidents of all the affiliated enterprises

Name of affiliate Title Name or representative Shareholdings Shareholdings
Share Proportion of
shareholdings
(Votingright)
OSE PHILIPPINES, INC. Chairman/President Edward Shaw-Yau Duh 97
0.00%
Director Yueh-MingTung 1
0.00%
Director Chun-Kuan Lee 1
0.00%
Director Edmond Tseng 5
0.00%
Director Simon Hung 1
0.00%
OSE INTERNATIONAL LTD. Chairman OSE Institutional representative: Chun-Kuan Lee 16,000,000
100.00%
President Chun-Kuan Lee
OSE USA, INC. Chairman/President Edmond Tseng
Director Edward Shaw-Yau Duh
Director OSE Institutional representative: Yueh-MingTung 8,024
100.00%
COREPLUS (HK) LTD. Chairman OSE(Institutional representative: Chun-Kuan Lee) 7,500,000
100.00%
Director OSE(Institutional representative: Edward Shaw-Yau
Duh)
7,500,000
100.00%
Director OSE(Institutional representative: Yueh-MingTung) 7,500,000
100.00%
VALUE-PLUS
TECHNOLOGY(SuZhou) CO.
Chairman COREPLUS (HK) LTD. (Institutional representative:
Chun-Kuan Lee)

100.00%
Director COREPLUS (HK) LTD. (Institutional representative:
Yueh-MingTung)

100.00%
Director COREPLUS (HK) LTD. (Institutional representative:
Tzu MingLiu)

100.00%

327

(VI) Operating status of all the affiliated enterprises

Unit: NTD thousand

Name of affiliate Capital amount Total assets Total liabilities Net worth Operating revenue Operating income
(loss)
Net income or loss
for current period
(after tax)
Earnings per
share (NTD)
(after tax)
OSE PHILIPPINES,
INC.
4,041,322
(USD134,352,476)
675,943
(USD22,471,511)
692,367
(USD23,017,526)
(16,424)
(-USD546,015)
(36,008)
(-USD1,171,436)
(41,759)
(-USD1,358,543)
(10.63)
OSE USA, INC. 384,079
(USD12,768,594)
124,452
(USD4,137,356)
12,706
(USD422,414)
111,745
(USD3,714,942)
59,130
(USD 1,923,691)
14,270
(USD464,261)
14,016
(USD455,984)
1,746.77
OSE
INTERNATIONAL
LTD.
481,280
(USD16,000,000)
304,282
(USD10,115,742)
304,282
(USD10,115,742)
(104)
(-USD3,377)
11,517
(USD374,669)
0.72
COREPLUS (HK)
LTD.
225,600
(USD7,500,000)
732,510
(USD24,352,064)
272,079
(USD9,045,174)
460,431
(USD15,306,890)
1,904,442
(USD61,957,251)
37,189
(USD1,209,867)
31,755
(USD1,033,101)
4.23
VALUE-PLUS
TECHNOLOGY
(SuZhou) CO.
330,880
(USD11,000,000)
196,046
(RMB45,465,207)
72,254
(RMB16,756,513)
123,792
(RMB28,708,694)
238,254
(RMB53,540,189)
(6,916)
(-RMB1,554,045)
(7,688)
(-RMB1,727,645)
(0.70)
(Note 2)

Note: If the affiliated enterprises are foreign companies, list the relevant numbers in NTD according to the exchange rate in the report date.

(Exchange rate in the end of the period NTD : USD = 30.08 : 1, NTD : RMB = 4.312 : 1; average exchange rate NTD : USD = 30.738 : 1, NTD: RMB = 4.450 : 1)

Note2: The type of the invested company is a limited liability company, there is no number of shares issued and denomination, and the calculated earnings per share are not comparable, so it is not applicable.

328

Consolidated financial statements of Affiliated Enterprises

In the fiscal year 2019 (from Jan. 1, 2019 to Dec. 31, 2019), the consolidated entities within the consolidated financial statement of affiliated enterprises in accordance with the “Criteria Governing Preparation of Affiliation Reports, Consolidated Business Reports and Consolidated Financial Statements of Affiliated Enterprises” are identical to the entities within the consolidated financial statement in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard(SFAS)No. 27. All information should be disclosed in the consolidated financial statements of affiliated enterprises is disclosed in the consolidated financial statement in accordance with SFAS No. 27. Consequently, the Company would not prepare the consolidated financial statement of affiliated enterprises separately.

Affiliation Report

The Company is not subordinate company stated in the Chapter Affiliated Enterprises of the Company Act, so we are free from preparing the affiliation report to state the affiliation between the controlling company.

329

II. Private placements of securities in the most recent year and by the date of annual report publication:

reportpublication:
Item Issuance date: Notyet issued (Note)
Private placement of
securities type
Common stock
The date and quantity
approved by the
shareholders meeting
Not yet resolved by the shareholders meeting
The basis and
reasonableness of the
pricing
1. The private placement pricing of the Company should
be based on 20% of the following 2 calculations
whichever is higher prior to the Company’s date of
pricing:
(1) The simple average closing price of the common
shares of the Company for either the 1, 3, or 5 business
days before the price determination date, after
adjustment for any distribution of stock dividends, cash
dividends or capital reduction.
(2) The simple average closing price of the common
shares of the Company for the 30 business days before
the price determination date, after adjustment for any
distribution of stock dividends, cash dividends, or capital
reduction.
2. The actual pricing date and the actual place placement
price may not be lower than the scope of percentage
resolved by the shareholders’ meeting. The board of
directors have been authorized to make decisions
according to the situation of specific persons and market
conditions in the future. However, the pricing shall be
reasonable, therefore, there is no material impact on the
shareholders’ rights and interests.
The method for selecting
the specific persons
The objects of this private placements of ordinary shares
are limited to specific persons who meet the
requirements stipulated in Article 6 of Article 43 of the
Securities Exchange Act and Order No. Tai-Cai-Zhen-1
0910003455 issued by the Financial Supervisory
Commission on June 13, 2002.
The reasons for the
necessity for conducting
theprivateplacement
1. The reasons for not using a public offering:
In consideration of market conditions, timeliness,
feasibility, issuance costs of capital raisingand/or the

330

introduction of strategic investors to correspond with the
Company’s development and the transfer limit can
ensure that the long-term cooperative relationship
between Company and strategic investors which
strengthens the stability of the Company’s management,
therefore the Company uses place placements for raising
funds. Depending on the actual needs of the Company's
operations, by authorizing the board of directors, the
Company also effectively improves the mobility and
flexibility reasons for the necessity for conducting the
private placement.
2. The limit on the private placement:
Within the limit of 120,000,000 shares, the Company
conducts the private placement once within a year from
the resolution date by the shareholders meeting
3. The use of the funds raised by the private placement
and the anticipated benefits:
The funds raised this time are expected to be used to
strength the financial structure, seek business and
technical cooperation or strategic alliance opportunities
with domestic and foreign manufactures, invest in
advanced packaging and testing manufacturing
equipment and research and development of high-end
technology to improve the operating funds and other
fund needs to correspond with the Company's long term
developments which pose one or multiple uses. It is
expect to improve the financial structure, reduce debt
ratio, improve current ratio and quick ratio which poses
positive benefits for the stability of the Company’s
management as well as the rights and interests of
shareholders. Also, by introducing strategic investors, it
helps the Company to expand the market and technical
cooperation so that the Company can profit which poses
positive benefit to shareholders.
Subscription paid up in
full
Not yet issued
Information on the
candidates
No determined candidates yet
Actual subscription (or Notyet issued

331

transfer)price
Difference between actual
subscription (or transfer)
price and reference price
(Note 7)
Not yet issued
Any effect of the private
placement on shareholder
equity (i.e. causes
accumulated loss)
Not yet issued
Status of utilization of the
funds raised in the private
placement and the plan
implementationprogress
Not yet issued
The realization of plan
benefit in the private
placement
Not yet issued
  • Note 1: The number of columns is adjusted according to the actual private placements; private placement of securities shall be separately indicated if there are multiple closings.

  • Note 2: For filling in private placement of securities for common stock stocks, preferred shares, convertible preferred shares, the subscription price of preferred shares with warrants, corporate bonds, convertible corporate bonds, corporate bonds with warrants, overseas convertible corporate bonds, depository receipts, and employee stock warrants.

  • Note 3: For private placement of corporate bonds without being passed by the shareholders meeting, the date and quantity approved by the board of directors’ meeting shall be indicated.

  • Note 4: In the case of private placements, if a candidate has been determined, the title, or name and relation to the Company shall be indicated.

  • Note 5: The number of columns are adjusted according to the actual number.

  • Note 6: For filling in Article 43-6, paragraph 1, subparagraph 1, 2, or 3 of the Securities and Exchange Act.

  • Note 7: Actual subscription (or transfer) price refers to the actual subscription (or transfer) price at the time of conducting the private placement of securities.

  • III. Stocks of the Company held or disposed by subsidiaries in the most recent year and by the date of annual report publication: Note.

  • IV. Other required supplementary notes: None.

  • V. Events with material impacts on shareholder equity or stock price as specified in Item 2, Paragraph 3, Article 36 of the Securities and Exchange Act in the recent year and by the date of annual report publication: None.

332